| Tue 08-11-2026 11:25

WIX Item List

Numeric ID Product Name Weight Price Description
6b4cef8d-9a4d-4b68-8746-14ab69c6c778505717MARK Self Study Course0.819.95Whether you are new to Shopsmith or a returning user, this reference book can help guide you through the set-up, use, and maintenance of your MARK. Through ten lessons with step-by-step instructions, you'll learn tips & tricks to make your woodworking projects easier, safer, and more enjoyable!
4d696ad2-be0c-42ae-91a5-5f64108534f6516027Speed Reducer Belt Tension Adjustment Screw0.54.95Screw (1/4-20 x 5/8)
f6868c50-e0c9-4b4f-b366-ba809d7260a1448027Pan Head Screw0.54.95Pan Head Screw (10-24 X 3/4)
a6de1598-8662-42de-b597-6a708b22efe7501637Hex Head Screw0.54.95Hex-Socket Flathead Machine Screw (1/4-20 x 1/2 Lg.)
63e7e401-a8e7-4646-8c42-24ac2bbd4d77501307Quill Bumper Ring0.54.95Quill Bumper Ring
4a813e7b-337b-4bb5-a2f6-8fd98262fc9b513705Featherboard Flathead Screw with Rubber Ring Asmembly0.54.95Featherboard Flathead Screw with Rubber Ring Assembly
1a236e51-a7b8-44b6-b341-fb241ec6e831521688MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505/500 Lathe Tool Rest Short Lever0.514.95MARK 7/MARK V Tool Rest Lever (Short)
78e37ee5-b81a-4c88-82d2-19554d624f65501630Washer0.54.95Washer (.205ID)
b082e776-254a-4b03-ab63-adffbfb489c2501616Washer0.54.95Washer (.171ID.375O)
8aa60128-611d-4054-9da4-3e5a31b45acd515798Speed Reducer Coupling0.534.95Speed Reducer Coupling
93a7c0b8-a096-4611-9f40-8e08eaa5575f505715Lathe Drive Center Complete0.334.95The Shopsmith Lathe Drive Center attaches directly to the spindle of any MARK model for simple, secure turning support. Use a mallet to drive the four steel spurs of the drive center into the center point of your turning stock and attach to the MARK spindle with the included set screw. Lathe Drive center is made of steel with a replaceable Center Pin. 1 Inch OD and a 5/8 Inch ID x 1-1/2 Inches long. Attaches to the Shopsmith Quill spindle with a single 5/16-18 set screw.
7108cc0c-4f0d-4bb3-a362-99039e7571d1516536C-headstock Logo Pivot Pin Push Nut0.54.95Push Nut
6033e4c5-9860-4d4e-a46c-35d45e275d7b115546Lock Washer0.54.95Washer (.468OD .02)
51755025-ebd3-483f-9093-576df19ad2e2120396Flat Washer0.54.95Flat Washer (.531ID)
edd60385-e989-4a82-b818-1ed024efacf6138245Hex Bolt0.54.95Hex Head Screw
35d30929-6472-4340-8ae5-306d4c95f901120391Washer0.54.95Flat Washer (.218ID.500O
532f6076-e53c-4763-9a64-4a7569f68a66518405MARK 7 / MARK V520 Rip Fence Rear Lock Cross Pin0.255.95Rip Fence Locking Bar Rod
3c7335bd-8328-4f3c-960b-07116f6c9032514779Wire Retainer Clip0.254.95Wire Retainer Clip
41c7a999-26b9-4202-835f-11b2b3694b81556218NOVA Pen Turning Jaws159.95NOVA G3 Pen Turning with 3 Great Ways to Buy!\n\n1. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214)\nBuy this kit if you already have the Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor and Pen Mandrel. You will be ready to go! \n\n2. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle (556220) (Includes: NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214) + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit) \nStarting from Scratch? Here is Everything You Will Need to Get Started Plus Extra Savings!\n\n3. NOVA Pen Turning Accessory Completer Kit (556219) (Includes: NOVA Pen Jaws + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Mandrel Saver)\nThe Perfect Choice if You Already have the NOVA G3 Chuck!\n\n\nNOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle will enable you to turn Beautiful colorful pens out of wood and acrylic alike. The NOVA G3 Turning Bundle (556220) includes the highly popular G3 Chuck with standard 50mm jaws, plus the Pen Plus Jaws, Mandrel Saver and the Woodworm Screw PLUS the special Insert made specially to connect with to Your Shopsmith Spindle. \n\nYou will love the solid construction, minimal vibration and ease-of-use. The NOVA G3 Lathe Chuck Package, made exclusively for use on Shopsmith equipment, has become a customer-favorite chuck for lathe turning. It is made especially for Shopsmith Lathe with up to a 16" of swing over the bed. The G3 is a self-centering chuck, so all four jaws close at the same time by turning a single key. With only one hand needed to close the chuck, your other hand is free to align the stock. And you will love the sturdy storage case which makes it easy to keep your kit free from dust and in top operating condition.\n\nWhat You Can Expect:\n� Small, compact design minimizes load on small spindles and bearings\n� Dedicated, close fitting Insert using only the standard 5/32" Allen wrench to install. No separate insert tools required\n� Single-handed operation with included chuck key\n� Four jaw design firmly grips both round and square wood?Tufflock geared grip provides a powerful, positive hold\n� Locking set screw allows it to be used for sanding in reverse mode when mounted on the PowerPro Smart Motor.\n� Wide range of available accessory jaws (Note that although all Nova jaws will fit, not all are recommended for use with the G3)\n� Jaw slides made from high-tech copper fused steel for maximum hardness, wear, and self-lubricating properties\n� Precision machined in one operation from a solid steel block for optimal accuracy\n� Polished finish to allow for closer tolerances and accuracy\n� Safe Lock� Woodworm screw included for fast mounting of rough timbers\n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor 505603 required to hold the Drill Chuck for center drilling the penstock\n� 5 Year Warranty (Chuck Only) - One of the Best in the Business!\n\n\nNOVA's Pen Plus Jaws quickly convert your NOVA G3 chuck into a fast, accurate pen blank drilling tool. The large jaw profile provides a solid grip for all sizes of pen blanks, and a perfectly centered hole, every time. Being able to finely control the drill Quill feed on your lathe helps to prevent break out on delicate pen walls. Pen Plus Jaws are also perfect for squaring up the pen blank ends after gluing in the tubes. But here's the ''Plus'' in Pen Plus�the heavy-duty design of the jaws means that they're also powerful enough to handle larger, longer spigot work. With an internal profile that accepts square turning blanks, and a rock-solid grip over 1-1/2" long, the jaws perform admirably, with minimal vibration. \nPen mandrels can bend when you extend the mandrel tip into the tailstock center point. With the NOVA Pen Mandrel Saver, the mandrel shaft goes through the hollow live center, providing support without pressure. The pen bushings will rest against the center with little to no pressure on the mandrel shaft.\nOnly Need One Piece? NO PROBLEM! All Items Also Sold Separately!\n� Pen Turning Jaws (556218)\n� Shopsmith Pen Turning Mandrel (556216)\n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor (for All MARKs) (505603)\n� NOVA Pen Turning Mandrel Saver (556217)\n
0ca59b25-c017-4ce3-84db-092bc2187bcf517328Pan Head Sheet Metal Screw0.54.95Phillips Pan Head Screw (8-18x1/2)
bdcaa8ec-d877-4741-834a-42a376b16eb05550161/8 Inch Brad Point Premium Doweling Bit0.55.951/8 Inch Brad Point Premium Doweling Bit
15e5507e-66a0-4f40-8400-cbd66afd745e518114Leg Mounting Truss Head Screw0.54.95Pan Head Screw (1/4-20X5/8)
fd250984-a543-40af-b616-2c90dd130f2a120214Lock Washer0.54.95Lock Washer (5/16 Inch ID x 19/32 Inch OD)
8a5076e1-1fe2-4c9c-a095-37be54cbcf8e132696Round Head Machine Screw0.54.95Screw (6-32X3/8)
4b8b35ce-aea1-4cd9-9a83-93d11a756ee6516531C-headstock Logo Pivot Pin0.255.95Headstock Pivot Pin
3b604b64-ac83-4e7f-a2b5-b6f9da98f25d126315Carriage Bolt0.54.95Carriage Bolt
ce855146-a897-4e84-a31a-972112a25fae120393Flat Washer0.54.95Flat Washer (343ID.687OD)
3888022a-1945-4d6e-b925-ef5af9027cc6147114Socket Head Screw0.54.95Screw (10-24X1-1/4)
6ebdab90-9672-4dd1-8ab7-a0d54ab87caa515615Hex Washer Head Screw0.54.95Hex Head Stop-Screw for Eccentric Bushing
23ed6726-aaba-4961-aa7e-f78ea00662ac514363MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Lower Saw Guard Inner Guard Guide Rod Spring0.254.95Lower Saw Guard Inner Guard Guide Rod Spring (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
f735ca66-c15d-411c-9849-cfd92ffb5f05514527Roll Pin0.54.95Roll Pin (5/32 x 7/8 Inch)
430a7e40-f378-44f3-a82e-a77e6faf45e9514490Fender Washer0.54.95Fender Washer (.406ID1.125)
85523dd1-bedb-4fef-a928-5d11eef9b1b1445124Spring Flat Nut0.54.95Spring Flat Nut
362b744d-f21b-4dcc-87fc-f3481476c757845435MARK V 500 Owners Manual and Reference Guide0.834.95MARK V 500 Owners Manual and Reference Guide
5de6a641-a941-4abb-b808-fb05b0e1c926518393Dust Collector Retaining Strap0.319.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Collection Bag Black Retaining Strap
727770d3-04d8-469a-a4af-2946f64ad4ff501027Belt Sander Retaining Ring0.46.95Belt Sander External Retaining Ring
1b38470d-398a-4de3-8ec6-c13f623099cc502882Power Coupler Compression Spring0.254.95Compression Spring
0d805952-050f-4d97-b659-e0a3885a4fc6514040Pan Head Screw0.54.95Pan Head Screw (10-24X5/16)
475a201d-9667-40a0-94e0-9351dd543184501626Retaining Ring0.54.95Retaining Ring (5100-75 3/4 Inch)
72db6d5c-b8f5-4eeb-a75a-08408a796722555488Bandsaw Table Extension1.879.95

Table Extension Adds 11-1/2" Of Outbound Support for Improved Workpiece Control and Precision (555488)

 

Just slip the twin steel mounting rods into the two holes in the front edge of your (newer model) Shopsmith cast aluminum bandsaw table and tighten the two locking knobs (included with the table extension). Provides loads of extra support and stability when cutting larger, more cumbersome workpieces.

B) Add the optional Shopsmith Bandsaw Circle Cutter (555489) to cut perfect circles from 2" to 36" in diameter, quickly and easily.

 

A) Bandsaw Fence Delivers Improved Straight-Line Cutting Results (555645)Self-aligning aluminum fence locks firmly into position on the band saw table with a twist of the handle and a flip at the locking lever. Adjusts from 0" to 5" from blade. Accepts fence mounted accessories such as flip-up stop, T-track mounted utility light and featherboards. Note: For use on Shopsmith bandsaws with aluminum tables only (as shown here)

a2ecda7b-ccd2-47bd-8bfe-3f1120a74bad514407External Retaining Ring0.54.95External Retaining Ring
57cc6a99-40e1-410b-9cfb-9fb04d0d70d5514365Carriage Bolt0.54.95Carriage Bolt (1/4-20X2)
7f14bd59-6d80-4939-a1f2-b235cd03ba89514473O-Ring0.54.95O-Ring
b2aa538c-65db-4cbf-a593-bc43e231794e514466Flat Washer0.54.95Flat Washer
a2c33f72-216e-4eeb-b9c3-7345fa9f75ea501627Washer0.254.95Washer
51fd7505-d409-4377-bf08-2de628aaa3c5504267Flat Washer0.54.95Flat Washer
f1f0085d-ad83-4263-b337-99ea41a160c5514237Flat Washer0.54.95Flat Washer (.375ID.875O)
b78f785a-c608-4e09-b234-ceea8c72e1cf504259C-Clip Retaining Washer0.54.95C-Clip Retaining Washer
c8668a86-da46-4e7a-be66-84aad710e411501624Retaining Ring0.254.95Quill Assembly Retaining Ring (5108-77 1.772)
bdd4a6cf-8362-4d92-b846-7c91dccd4095514480MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Lower Guard T-Knob with Insert0.254.95Lower Guard T-Knob with Insert (for MARK 7/MARK V520/510/505)
38c1a10b-18b3-4d87-b998-3dcfe4bb4472502051Set Screw0.54.95Knurl Cup Point Set Screw (5/16-18 x 1/4 Long)
e4ed1fe5-8272-4998-b89a-6fcd210b4dd7513056Set Screw0.54.95Set Screw (5/16-18 X 3/8 Inch)
553f9947-5a98-4af7-97f4-db79312c51cf514114MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Upper Saw Guard Support Link Spacer0.254.95Upper Saw Guard Support Link Spacer (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510)
bf72d0a5-100a-44cc-9f4b-a140340ce23e501633Washer0.54.95Washer (.406ID.812O)
116abe40-a2d0-4fcc-b563-6d26b8137c5f515433Socket Head Cap Screw0.54.95Screw (3/8-16X1/2)
24647a3f-786b-4e13-84e5-32fca024b267120394Flat Washer0.54.95Washer (.406ID.812O)
0818b00c-e085-454b-b55f-5aa1e7b33965120382Washer0.54.95Split Lock Washer (.382 ID X .688 OD)
18b3c8e0-95eb-461a-8b98-6a20fe5949d9102634Hex Nut0.54.95Hex Nut
11cfec68-960c-4161-93fc-08e67f134c2c449613Screw0.54.95Pan Head Screw (8-32 x 3/4)
bb1e721a-b618-4319-a769-2647440f385b102581Allen Set Screw0.54.95Knurled Cup Point Screw
38a0c6d9-ffca-45dd-b86c-4ffac163b9b3120392Flat Washer0.254.95Flat Washer (.281ID.625O)
e6737a1e-0c9a-4abc-a7ed-a193f473b6c8516667MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Carriage Stop Ring0.255.95Carriage Stop Ring (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)
7d260bf2-cd2f-4a08-8055-d04bafe2fb07145378Drive Screw0.54.95Round Head Type U Drive Screw (6 X 5/16)
b16bf815-c219-41da-a534-848dcf5d658a518423MARK 7 / MARK V520 Rip Fence Rear Pad0.254.95Rip Fence Rear Pad (for MARK 7/MARK V 520)
ecc36c0a-bd2b-4277-a153-78d74e43e7b7102582Allen Set Screw0.54.95Screw (5/16-18x1/2 Inch)
9a54da44-ed0e-4cb1-868a-2918dd4af455120377Hex Nut0.54.95Hex Nut (3/8-16)
1c8e49c9-1bc9-4b95-9a83-d89580a9a25f516615Crosscut Sliding Table Auxiliary Table Slotted Hex Nut0.255.95Auxiliary Table Slotted Nut (5/16-18)
c6ac2c31-55ba-4e47-a7a5-0d94ce256d78515859MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Table Rail Knob with Stud0.254.95Knob with Stud
dbb0daff-24c2-4b85-9a9f-d1d70f8eb55c522343Lift Assist Hex Head Screw (1/4-20X3 1/4)0.46.95Lift Assist Hex Head Screw (1/4-20X3 1/4)
daa55b6e-c5da-4c45-81fe-248acc36ec19523057Jigs & Fixtures Threaded Insert0.46.95Jigs & Fixtures Threaded Insert
851a00d2-6200-48dd-9066-94ec7e923530518407MARK 7 / MARK V520 Front Fence Locking Bar0.57.95Locking Bar
115ad7f8-3cd1-493e-8b4e-e907633ac084521711Washer (5/16 Inch ID x 1-1/16 Inch OD x 1/16 Inch)0.16.95Washer (5/16 Inch ID x 1-1/16 Inch OD x 1/16 Inch)
454b4304-b308-4b7b-8ec5-b16c7d517dfe522171Screw (1/4-20X1)0.53.95Screw (1/4-20X1)
7878d1d9-a2de-4bda-b34e-b3070c6968cd513864Flat Washer0.54.95Flat Washer
a6c1710b-a46c-4f1e-9d3b-8c4a678fa705517003Universal Storage Shelf Lag Bolt0.254.95Universal Storage Shelf Lag Bolt
7060ed5a-f685-43d2-a5d6-627544dffd76513608Pan Head Sheet Metal Screw0.54.95Pan Head Sheet Metal Screw (8-18X3/4)
9f568924-948c-4de4-9002-52c9ad70ab0f513686035/32" Hex Wrench Short0.54.95Short Arm Allen Wrench (5/32 Inch)
0ec7c99b-5fde-4318-be42-88e58a3e94cb523218Headstock J-Clip (#8)0.254.95

Headstock J-Clip (#8)
Quantity: 1

27d6fa7d-ceb6-46d0-b3b5-7662c1b6af86514750Lathe Duplicator Cutter & Guise Flat Washer0.16.95Lathe Duplicator Cutter and Guise Flat Washer (.151ID.370O)
007d8ed6-d436-47df-b35f-ed9dd384682d518462MARK 7 / MARK V520 Table Rail Connector Tube Lock Knob Return Spring0.254.95Table Spring (for MARK 7/MARK V 520)
b89d9356-aa58-4265-bfd7-2243c2f80ec0514353Rip Fence & Table Tilt Lock Compression Spring0.255.95Fence Compression Spring
f99a2f7e-735b-4e68-8915-e7a8600c9abc515562DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector 3-Way Inlet Mounting Screw0.46.95DC-6000/3300 3-Way Inlet Mounting Screw
e5b997b4-12f0-4060-8422-89dd1d79815f186923Socket Head Cap Screw0.55.95Socket Head Cap Screw (1/4-20x5/8)
d7813900-aebf-45f4-861e-4f2883c1e7c951398905Slotted Set Screw0.56.95Screw (1/4-20X1 1/8)
caf40fad-1fe4-477e-881b-e986fa9a9450120388Flat Washer0.54.95Flat Washer (.438ID 1.00)
a4209a37-f410-41cc-b175-c5fabefedc92517908Bandsaw Upper Guide Nylon Guide Bolt06.95Bandsaw Screw
4f2d9844-79c9-4559-a66a-f41dc3eb2f47513713Knob with Insert0.254.95Knob with Insert
3c61919e-ae6b-46f0-ad78-1909b2335151514089SPT Stand Caster Bracket Spacer0.57.95SPT Stand Caster Bracket Spacer
f6a68389-71f6-45f1-9d44-7c0a6cb6a8cf502552Bandsaw Upper Guide Retainer Brass Set Screw0.57.95Bandsaw Solid Brass Set Screw (5/16-18X3/4)
d63c5cde-7994-4b88-9dc1-e64ad65ace2d556323Shopsmith 9x11 Inch 80 Grit A/O Premium Sandpaper Sheets (6 Pack)0.59.95Our top-quality Shopsmith 9 x 11 Inch Sanding Sheets are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Sanding Sheets are versatile for a variety of finishing tasks and feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (6) 9" x 11" 80 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Sheets
111146a3-1ded-41fe-86f4-f63ffe150871502883Jointer Depth of Cut Screw0.57.95Jointer Depth of Cut Screw (SVC ONLY)
a9346042-873b-49c6-bd61-b9dd929841af502895Jointer Guide Bushing & Fence Lock Nut0.259.95Jointer Guide Bushing and Fence Lock Nut
cfcbf431-797d-4c0d-82be-36f285758141110731Woodruff Key0.54.95Woodruff Key
faef51c8-3cb4-4ba3-8141-a53ca32689265058801/4 Inch Brad Point Premium Doweling Bit15.95Brad Point Drill Bits provide superior cutting during precision drilling operations like doweling, drilling uniformly round pilot holes, and for even countersinking. Our Premium Brad Point Doweling Bits are made of high-quality, carbon-steel alloy to maintain sharp cutting edges. Deep-cut, fluted grooves clear material quickly to avoid clogging or burning. Precision-ground pilot tip ensures proper center alignment every time. This Item: 1/4 Inch Premium Brad Point Doweling Bit
409b124b-8db3-45c8-bdd1-134cb9cb0bd451398901Locking Set Screw0.56.95Screw (1/4-20X1/4)
e1e1f5a3-d3da-47a6-a8c1-5e44d3173faa5058793/16 Inch Brad Point Premium Doweling Bit15.95Brad Point Drill Bits provide superior cutting during precision drilling operations like doweling, drilling uniformly round pilot holes, and for even countersinking. Our Premium Brad Point Doweling Bits are made of high-quality, carbon-steel alloy to maintain sharp cutting edges. Deep-cut, fluted grooves clear material quickly to avoid clogging or burning. Precision-ground pilot tip ensures proper center alignment every time. This Item: 3/16 Inch Premium Brad Point Doweling Bit
e2f41749-cb4f-4292-9dc2-6a0a58f1816c555908Threaded Inserts (3/8-16) (4 Pack)0.255.95Threaded Inserts (3/8-16) (4 Pack)
51eb461d-abf2-43c0-aebb-5e4a96700a3e501293Left Hand Stud0.55.95Left Hand Stud
347fe61d-025d-4a9c-b0c8-09b01c81b83e514350Table Insert Mounting Screw0.55.95Table Insert Mounting Screw (5/16-18X1/2)
56dc7993-33f4-47aa-899d-d5671cd4aadb222458Allen Set Screw0.55.95

Set Screw (5/16-18x1/4)
Quantity: 01

d6f2d0e0-0549-4e53-8b3c-1c16722f6c55513686085/16" Hex Wrench Short0.54.95Short Arm Allen Wrench (5/16 Inch)
74889ac2-da12-4fba-8b49-abccf66c2225515426Pan Head Screw0.54.95Screw (1/4-20X1/2)
a330d70c-3d11-40af-869c-7455a594abfb515568Strip Sander Front Cover Latch-Clip0.16.95Strip Sander Front Cover Latch-Clip
00dba364-64ac-460d-aad8-49db416db91f514310Miter Gauge T-Knob0.255.95T-Knob (4-470-016 ZS 5/16-18X1/2)
fdd8fac3-78fc-4d8d-bab4-1e07705cfdbb514746Lathe Duplicator Template Mounting Set Screw0.46.95Strip Sander Template Mounting Set Screw
78141dca-49c4-427e-871c-11a7fced106e517429Pocket Oiler0.55.95Pocket Oiler
0af7a617-c913-49e4-adc5-1e8857fb847c514491Tee Nut (3 Holes)0.55.95Tee Nut (3 Holes Tapped/Threaded)
361ebb45-946b-4d79-90f6-ec84c8bf7059514741MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Tie Bar Pivot Pin0.16.95Tie Bar Pivot Pin (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
f4f6d2c4-6fb0-4be4-937f-3e41cac814b9502574Bandsaw Blade Guide Adjusting Knob0.16.95Bandsaw Blade Guide Adjustment Knob
ab474610-1d6a-44f4-8fe7-3bdd1b5ee46c514364MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Lower Saw Guard Clamping Knob0.255.95Lower Saw Guard Clamping Knob (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)
857e59cb-0f85-44f0-bd33-19b5e545360d122017Hex Bolt0.46.95Bandsaw Hex Head Cap Screw (5/16-18X1)
d919f147-f006-45f7-a4ee-a9f0357c6e3a521665MARK V 520 Tee Bolt Assembly0.47.95T-Bolt Assembly (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)
184bb235-9aba-42dd-befd-5d44d5cde2f8518011Bandsaw Fence Front Lock0.37.95Bandsaw Fence Front Lock
5acd2ee2-710c-4054-8a2f-13279abd3d3b518460MARK 7 / MARK V520 Rail to Table Mounting Flat Head Screw0.254.95Flat Head Screw (1/4-20 x 1-1/4)
e9453d40-e31c-481a-9f71-ffa03d91353e515434Flat Washer0.254.95Washer (.406ID.625O)
3b85c0f0-713e-4b58-845a-b5373b5abf94513707Featherboard Expansion Bar0.255.95Featherboard Expansion Bar
2979b8df-b51a-407c-a5e8-9987f6042779513734Roll Pin0.255.95Control Sheave Retaining Loop Roll Pin (1/8X5/8)
7867ab0f-217b-4478-bff8-78ac9f0a4904514340MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Table / Front Trunnion Table Stop Pin0.55.95MARK 7/MARK V 520/510/505 Table Front Trunnion Stop Pin
202880c6-ec76-44e8-8229-7e88cfa0ce00513732Roll Pin0.16.95Belt Sander/Scroll Saw Roll Pin (3/16 Inch x 7/8 Inch)
b7513c90-d807-44a9-8e89-b7ed513355b5514341MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Table, Front Trunnion, Stop Pin Compression Spring0.255.95Table Front Trunnion Stop Pin Compression Spring (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 520)
96a38110-43a1-4e03-9017-b4a04f6725f3514026Round Head Screw0.16.95Round Head Screw
297f4a12-374c-472c-b8bd-233c5dd57c22514101MARK V 510 Table Tube Spacer0.257.95Table Tube Spacer
925360c0-88fa-4ff2-b2d0-3caf2bb1ab63504209Long Key for Conventional Headstocks06.95Long Key for Conventional Headstocks
cbfa8f0c-298b-4b48-8025-b37a0d5eec3d114663Flat Head Screw0.46.95Bandsaw Zinc Plated Flat Head Machine Screw (5/16-18 x 3/4)
30cc0393-1a72-4327-85bc-ce8f036effe1504196MV SPRING0.257.95MARK V Spring
a969113e-9196-4d51-9cb1-1a9bff8bcbb0522338Lift Assist Threaded Stud Ball0.46.95Lift Assist Threaded Stud Ball
b2b2a0e3-d090-4a40-8426-f26e1031946d180120Hex Bolt0.36.95Hex Bolt (3/8-16 X 3/4)
2b1d624d-2cf9-402d-8d7d-0ca1a99faf0e514411External Retaining Ring0.55.95External Retaining Ring
3bea8305-1b3c-489e-b49f-808f569ed330514471MARK 7, MARK V 520, 510, 505 Vent Plate0.55.95Headstock Vent Plate
d88693e0-2985-4cc0-8bdb-eb141f4eac86501621Headstock Spirolox Retaining Ring0.55.95Headstock Spirolox Retaining Ring
65afa2bd-3a64-41d5-93c3-5a6013e2b577515805Shoulder Screw0.46.95Shoulder Screw (5/16X1 Inch)
68986898-f232-45bd-b102-e2ec4827cffe506721Dowel Pin (1/4 X 7/8 Inch)0.46.95Dowel Pin (1/4 X 7/8 Inch)
f4768e49-1c61-4771-8b71-9b85ae2629ca517829Button Head Cap Screw0.54.95Screw (1/4-20 x 1/2)
a826515a-150c-4a16-9570-e26138b14293514567Rip Fence Infeed Clamp17.95Rip Fence Infeed Clamp (for All MARKs)
46f67552-7821-4b7d-ad97-e4e9db563419521670SPT Stand Power Cord0.439.95SPT Stand Power Cord (10 Feet Long with Terminals)
46ee54d2-3b08-41df-8918-ea7aa868920d51386801SPT Stand 3-1/2" Pulley0.539.95Strip Sander 3.5 Inch Pulley
0401816a-ae8b-4fcf-b1fe-3f017498cda7514247MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Upper Sawguard Replaceable Insert0.255.95Upper Saw Guard Replaceable Insert (MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510)
16ae239f-18c0-40cb-a178-b63bcb3953cc515294Hex Nut with Star Washer0.54.95Hex Nut with Star Washer (1/4-20)
c5b413d5-884e-486a-bb69-ce0b1a753361502657Bandsaw Upper Guide Block0.257.95Bandsaw Upper Guide Block
58d28a3d-674f-4d32-852e-2d1e5886d0b3516325Knob with Stud0.55.95Knob with Stud
9b0a6f65-65d9-47a7-8a88-b97ea1a48f0f513860Square Motor Key0.257.95Square Motor Key
f75ad6ce-2239-4f63-9ff3-620b4c89ac84501639Nylock Machine Screw0.57.95Miter Gauge Assembly Flat Head Phillips Nylock Machine Screw (1/4-20 x .75)
37f0c136-243f-4955-b82e-ed3d04acaa54521889Belt Cover Shaft Guard0.259.95Belt Cover Shaft Guard
a9a6c1fa-517f-4555-8fc0-817ff114dcbc522087Bandsaw Cover Plastic Washer0.46.95Bandsaw Cover Plastic Washer
caaa0cc8-08ca-4662-aa3c-e219dcdc5fb0516306Sharpen Guise Glide Strip0.59.95Sharpening Jig Glide Strip
15c798d0-780d-4091-884c-a6c7dcc6fb23523086DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Handle Spacer0.511.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Handle Spacer
68f77531-917b-491f-ac02-bf51e10170ea518403MARK 7 / MARK V520 Table Spacer for Rails0.254.95Rail Table Spacer (for MARK 7/MARK V 520)
090a7435-5e52-4b48-924d-290f517ac88e515813Plug Cap0.16.95Belt Sander / Speed Reducer 1-1/8 Plug Cap
c15ad0ec-9fcd-4bca-acba-83b7a3225be4501640Washer0.57.95Washer (.343ID.625O)
6380a627-5537-4f34-a06a-f1a264e5dbfe513089Spring Washer (5/16 Inch)0.57.95Spring Washer
c80dbbb7-f035-4b22-9ba1-6c30705b3bb4514204Hex Nut0.46.95Strip Sander Hex Nut (1/4-20) (BLK Finish)
f51474cb-ce39-4a81-aebc-8b93a02fa54a5219853/16 Inch Premium Combination Bandsaw Blade0.239.95Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades are fabricated from high-quality silicon carbide steel with precision-milled teeth for superior, long lasting performance. Our premium bandsaw blades are induction heat treated to ensure an even hardness. Shopsmith blades feature a special tooth set and rake angle ensuring consistent cutting with less pressure on a wide variety of materials reducing heat build-up, prolonging blade life. All Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades include a lifetime warranty on weld integrity. Should your bandsaw blade break at the weld, we'll replace it for free for the lifetime of the blade. Shopsmith's 3/16 Inch Premium Combination Blade features a 10 TPI, raker-style tooth set for reliable, all-purpose cutting of soft woods, plywood, plastics, and non-ferrous metals. This blade has a 3/8 Inch minimum radius.
cefdd0f6-8b74-40ff-abdd-8985287d5af9513384.005" Thick Shim Washer0.57.95Shim Washer (.005 Inch Thick)
f8583f73-08d2-4c7a-a1fe-6dac2f55ed7c514389MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Rip Fence Outfeed Lock Rod Roll Pin0.46.95Rip Fence Outfeed Lock Rod Roll Pin (for MARK V 510, 505)
438a3d74-653f-4602-9e1e-6f6da022f4d0515954Bandsaw Aluminum Table Table Insert Leveling Screw0.46.95Bandsaw Screw (6-32X1/4)
399ec96f-b96c-4b6f-9733-9ffc8d4014a2515547DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Right Leg / Leg Cap0.36.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Right Side Leg Cap
fdf6335f-1db6-48f3-851f-d72957b65f27506720Jointer Hex Head Screw0.46.95Jointer Hex Head Screw
1ba3ad9e-9d12-402c-a3ff-a5fe91723a50513857Jointer Swing Guard Lock Nut0.46.95Jointer Swing Guard Lock Nut (5/16-18)
f68b948b-3331-4c3d-8179-cc8458729d1e513885Hex Nut0.46.95Nylon Hex Nut (1/4-20)
965d84d8-06a6-4f9f-9650-77d3a4b8f678504293Base Arm Vertical Lock Knob0.47.95Base Arm Vertical Lock Knob
9b6f3698-199a-4eff-a6f7-73f97c6a3535515120Self-Tapping Hex Washer Head Screw0.54.95Self-Tapping Hex Washer Head Screw
1cf77984-0a1b-454c-b558-d46a447dbf06514414Flathead Socket Cap Screw (1/4-20 X 5/8)0.46.95Flathead Socket Cap Screw (1/4-20 X 5/8)
0d411ca9-39fb-4b27-a316-fa016bd8cb21522206DC3300 Self Drilling Screw0.46.95Dust Collector Filter Hood Self Drilling Screw
f49575f0-77f5-4a76-a2df-266e27f600e5455862Roll Pin0.54.95Roll Pin (1/8 in x 7/8 Inch)
efe1c51f-e8f7-41b5-bb8f-cdf9f2ff2767502550Bandsaw Guide Lock Spring0.57.95Bandsaw Guide Lock Spring
fc807fad-f8f8-4025-87dc-c68264a2f406501622Retaining Ring0.257.95Quill and Speed Reducer Retaining Ring
46e55345-5e7b-40b0-9448-6a6bfcb397f2515586Dust Collector Motor Cord Strain Relief0.59.95Strain Relief for DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Motor Cord
0cdd7e7e-a0a2-4031-84ad-89fb4d205a50513014Headstock Lock Rod with Handle0.537.95Headstock Lock Rod with Handle
11157230-7246-4df8-a910-921f7d0bf89e5014191/2 Inch Drill Chuck Key (Key Only)0.259.95Replacement Key for OEM 1/2 Inch Drill Chuck (501420)
90a3d376-5f59-423d-a4c5-aea7826b53be513411Planer Control Box Safety Key0.257.95Planer Control Box Safety Key
0168290d-f168-45bb-8576-d116e25261a7521097Rail to Table Alignment Jig (for MARK 7/MARK V 520)19.95Rail to Table Alignment Jig (for MARK 7/MARK V 520)
cfe409b7-1b95-4455-a62e-939b6f6f47ff501318Quill Feed Sleeve0.512.95Quill Feed Sleeve
a63c2e35-487e-4c84-8c16-271fca510e13521777Universal Tool Rest Collar0.59.95Universal Tool Rest Collar
792d90b8-805b-4cc2-a21a-7898055c0cb4514398Tool Rest Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)3.5109.95

Tool Rest Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)

a4b2cdfc-68a4-4c51-b9ec-f36f513c2fdb514693SPT Stand 120 Volt Receptacle0.113.95SPT Stand Receptacle
693cd3a6-2220-43c3-abc6-6a321a87ae2e502690Bandsaw Blade Tension Indicator Scale0.57.95Bandsaw Blade Tension Indicator Scale
395752bb-db7a-4b48-9bf1-02d4690eb05c502656Bandsaw Lower Guide Block0.257.95Bandsaw Guide Block
17136944-3e54-41be-8b93-57c0cf4ff641505506Molder / Dado Arbor0.537.95The 5/8 Inch Dado Arbor that is used to hold the Dado Head to make any width Dado, Rabbet, or Groove cut you need. Fits MARK 7 and all other MARK V models. Having extras allows you to have a variety of tools ready to go to work on a moment's notice without bothersome change-over. Note: Cannot be used with regular 10 Inch saw blades.
37763494-78b1-4e6d-b4d3-ee4b331667e9502739Bandsaw Cover Decal0.257.95Bandsaw Cover Decal
d73a73c7-996f-4351-a1dd-94a5e1f544b0514824Dust Collector Inlet Plug (2-1/4 OD)0.259.95Dust Collector Inlet Plug (2-1/4 OD)
152ae9f4-6479-478d-a634-0137313be164516235Button Head Cap Screw0.16.95Belt Sander/Speed Increaser Buttonhead Cap Screw (8/32x3/8)
a2f39215-c94c-4855-8226-900563be58fd5227023/4 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. Sanding Drum with Spindle0.259.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 3/4 Inch Dia. Shopsmith Sanding Drum is 2Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. Sanding Sleeves sold separately.
361e1066-9fa4-41e9-b54e-3916dad6c188515510Universal Router Table Plate Insert Mounting Screw0.36.95Phillips Head Screw (6-32 X 1/4)
6f4b729c-0038-44b5-976f-d89c090bcf03911389Milled Scroll Saw Blades (2/0 Skip Tooth Blades -12 Blades)0.511.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Our Milled Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades are great for sawing thicker wood, plastic, and other dense, fibrous materials. These blades cut fast and provide greater chip clearance for a smoother finish without burning. Includes: (12) Milled Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (#2/0 Skip-Tooth)
76faf214-8196-42b8-83ee-fffef2d3c837517085Bandsaw Table Tilt Slotted Screw0.2511.95Bandsaw SL Screw (3/8-16X3)
bdc329a4-c11b-4006-8142-b370f3bb9991501551Shaper Insert Post0.2510.95Shaper Insert Post
bb06ea43-d3bc-4ace-8e4e-a74872fc9e1f515136Speed Reducer Mounting Bracket Hex Head Mounting Bolt0.46.95Speed Reducer Mounting Bracket Hex Head Mounting Bolt
558c5821-795a-ebae-2e4c-86e382f04bad503600DC-330L 26-Inch Filter Hood042.99

This heavy-duty 26-Inch dust collector filter hood is custom-made to fit the discontinued DC-330L small-frame dust collector model. All ShopSmith Filter Hoods are designed to our specifications with high-quality materials that help clean the air that's returned to the environment once the dust is removed. As it does this, a cake of dust forms on the inside of the Hood. As the cake gets thicker, the Hood traps smaller and smaller particles, increasing its dust-capturing efficiency.

Made of a special polyester felt, our Filter Hoods are fully washable, although this is seldom necessary. When you feel that the airflow has been reduced below a level that you're comfortable with, simply turn on your dust collector and tap the sides of the hood firmly several times to dislodge the cake from the inside of the Filter Hood.

The DC-330L filter hood (503600) is solely for use with the discontinued DC-330L Dust Collection System. 

ce0e8511-6c70-41d0-afd9-84febda2ee41515670DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Power Cord with Strain Relief139.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Power Cord with Strain Relief
9bde0de8-6d0c-4ec5-9cdc-ea37dfaadee8514049Jointer Feather Guard Retaining Ring0.46.95Jointer Feather Guard Retaining Ring
65a61b68-92f8-48b2-ab83-ec9836110c43514497Shaper Fence Rear Guard0.118.95Shaper Fence Rear Guard
4607cfbb-270c-43ff-81b4-0664ff66aa64513382Planer Table Height Adjusment Sprocket0.257.95Planer Table Height Adjustment Sprocket
259130a9-479c-4d4d-b11f-63f8e84cdbca504189Sheave Retaining Clip0.257.95Sheave Retaining Clip
0d0b1d35-7a5d-4a68-b07e-69b7134384cc514011Bandsaw Tension Bearing0.257.95Bandsaw Tension Bearing
47a24bc2-6876-4068-90fd-64fc0eac98b6502938Belt Sander Tension Cam0.57.95Belt Sander Tension Cam
be17c0c9-b65a-4484-8b46-d78afd788a155227011/2 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. Sanding Drum with Spindle0.57.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 1/2 Inch Dia. Shopsmith Drum Sander is 2Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. Sanding Sleeves sold separately.
3f081164-2df8-42f0-b8e7-a701798bf5a5501438Stop Collar Assembly0.510.95Collar Assembly
96e3c48f-6d31-4531-97b3-bd00d1034561502666Bandsaw Lower Guide Block0.2510.95Bandsaw Lower Guide Block
5ad4ca6c-4a13-44a5-947c-db337e409d97502961Belt Sander Finger Spring Washer0.57.95Belt Sander Washer (.814ID 1.36)
59b8374e-4910-4b6f-adaa-68e7d3e39441501407Screw0.57.95Thread Locking Cup-Point Set Screw
dc6c5035-18c1-481f-92ee-535c420f585e555366Milled Scroll Saw Blades (12R Reverse Skip Tooth Blades - 12 Blades)0.511.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Reverse Skip-Tooth Blades provide the same characteristics as skip-tooth blades with added benefit of reverse teeth pointing up from the bottom for a smooth, splinter-free finish on both the top and bottom surfaces of your workpiece. Includes: (12) Milled Reverse Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (12R)
be1bc8f2-dce4-8144-eea5-5235fdb3a31b557055Adjustable Fitting for Telescoping Leg (2-Pack)0.554.95

Adjustable Fitting for Telescoping Leg (2-Pack)

4ec6df2d-a07a-4300-a630-369a30c4ed30518491MARK 7 / MARK V520 Extension Table Rear Rail0.139.95

Table Extension Rear Rail Assembly (Short)

e571e262-65c1-4eae-bb75-df95101cbe72555315Lathe Tool Rest Package3.999.95

Save with the Lathe Tool Rest Package and get all three tool rests for all your bowl and spindle turning needs.

 

Lathe Tool Rest Package Includes: Curved, L-Shaped (90 Degree) and 4" Specialty Tool Rests.
 

Lathe Curved Tool Rest (555312)
Rest your Hand or Tools on this Robust, Solid Cast Iron Rest. When using your Shopsmith Lathe, this tool rest can be used to easily craft bowl shaped pieces of wood. It offers You new angles to keep your hands and chisel sturdy. The curved shape lets you reach inside bowls easier and around the outside of a bowl with ease.

Lathe L-Shaped Specialty Tool Rest (555313)
90 Degree Tool Rest accommodates both scraping and shearing techniques. This Tool Rest is perfect for turning bowls, goblets, vases and other projects where you should make flowing, continuous cuts from outside surface to inside surfaces. Will not work on 10-ER and Mark II. Fits Tool Rest supports that have a 3/4" post.

Lathe 4 Inch Specialty Tool Rest (555314)
This Tool Rest lets you position closer to deep coves on a spindle or bowl. Reach farther into bowls for hollowing out, and get close to short spindles while maintaining the same steadiness a larger rest would provide. Will not work on 10-ER and Mark II. Top bevel design allows scraping and shearing. Fits Tool Rest Supports that have a 3/4" Post.

 


NOTE: Lathe Tool Rest Packages and Parts will NOT work on 10-ER and Mark II except for the Lathe Tool Rest Locking Lever Upgrade (521765) which will work with the 10-ER Only.

9be440c2-fc0d-441f-8f9a-517110f40f12514386MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Rip Fence Base Infeed Lock Retaining Ring0.46.95Rip Fence Base Infeed Lock Retaining Ring (for MARK V 510, 505)
b0fe2ba9-36e7-402e-aa2a-21bea8f6baa2518116Tailstock Live Center Retaining Ring0.47.95Tailstock Live Center Internal Retaining Ring
5e8182a7-48cf-45c4-9a2a-83d783c73708515401Strip Sander Tracking Wheel Retaining Ring0.46.95Strip Sander Retaining Ring
431322de-851a-4368-aaa0-e3436ea9260a502985Belt Sander Trunnion Washer0.57.95Belt Sander Washer
6a43f716-38b1-43d1-a354-6befbf7bda9d556202PowerPro DIY Upgrade Owner's Manual�Reference Guide and Drilling Templates0.134.95PowerPro DIY Gen 1 Upgrade Owner's Manual Reference Guide and Drilling Templates (for 556177)
f5d1c385-596d-4ec9-9d62-f17bfe83580c555363Milled Scroll Saw Blades (4 Spiral Blades - 12 Blades)012.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. These Milled Spiral Scroll Saw Blades have the benefit of cutting in all directions simultaneously which makes them ideal for intricate details and delicate materials. Milled Spiral Blades can be used for cutting all types of materials including wood, plastic, non-ferrous metals, bone, plaster, and horn. Spiral Blades Cut Left, Right, Forward and Backwards Just by Pushing Your Workpiece into the Blade. Includes: (12) Milled Spiral Scroll Saw Blades (#4 Spiral)
a4c7bf0f-0cae-4bb4-90b1-9c8824f95b54518070Lathe Duplicator Spacer0.16.95SPACER (3/8 Inch ID x .50-.56 OD x 3/8 Inch Long)
6898fcae-4d24-4aad-8ca2-64507f844e51502682Bandsaw Tracking Bearing Mounting Bracket0.57.95Bandsaw Tracking Roller Mounting Bracket
9fa7cf94-9fe5-42b1-8ffd-0193d5c13f76502898Jointer / Speed Increaser Ball Bearing (Single Bearing Only)0.114.95

(1) Jointer / Speed Increaser Ball Bearing

540ff498-7af7-4c49-bdda-6e87078f5a7b503782Knurled Nut0.257.95Knurled Nut
869e2d3b-2cb8-4b14-97d4-672caecce7fe515500Universal Router Table Plate Pin Insert 1/2" Threaded Pin0.2510.951/2 Inch Threaded Router Table Pin (10-32)
fbfd2d93-6eca-4651-9132-43a11fc8d443503572Drive Hub (1/2 Inch for the Shopsmith Jointer, Jigsaw, Scroll Saw)0.511.95Coupler Hub for Shopsmith Jointer, Jigsaw, and Scroll Saw
9729ebf3-0101-4f49-b6d3-382f2814b204556325Shopsmith 9x11 Inch 120 Grit A/O Premium Sandpaper Sheets (8 Pack)0.59.95Our top-quality Shopsmith 9 x 11 Inch Sanding Sheets are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Sanding Sheets are versatile for a variety of finishing tasks and feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (6) 9" x 11" 120 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Sheets
2da57868-fd51-4ca0-8f5e-ad5b4b062b6f514379MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Rip Fence Base Assembly2579.95Rip Fence Base Assembly (for MARK V 510, 505)
fa6770cc-59ed-47d1-bd49-32e142cc135d515306MARK 7 / MARK V Dust Cover3.889.95Shopsmith Dust Covers are custom tailored to fit your Shopsmith equipment, giving you added protection from condensation and rust, as well as dust and other workshop elements. Material specifically chosen for improved breath-ability. All edges are double stitched. All covers are an attractive gray color with a red Shopsmith logo. In addition to protecting your equipment, they help your shop present a sleek uncluttered appearance.
b53cc997-486d-47ef-b389-cb6bda45e878514335MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Carriage Lock Assembly1.589.95Carriage Lock Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
2c2d8341-3d44-40ed-9cba-d755363fd209514107MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Extension Table Top Only589.95Extension Table Top Only (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510)
ba0f7e7d-31e3-45de-9af7-a5d9f7f83d1750416201MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Leg7.289.95Bench End (Leg) (for All MARKs)
99c4c37f-4487-4ccb-87ce-0052676f3636513375Planer Chain Idler Sprocket Pivot Screw0.257.95Planer Chain Idler Sprocket Pivot Screw
fc3186d2-722d-4313-8d10-dc3431528d4c521675Shopsmith 5-Piece Safety Kit (for MARK 7/MARK V 520/MARK 4)4.5109.95This specially-designed suite of safety tools received the National Safety Council's Achievement in Product Safety Award when it was introduced to the market. These tools have changed very little since their introduction in 1984 which is a testament to the quality and thoughtfulness put into creating them. Each piece is designed to give positive, secure hold over your workpiece while also providing an additional layer of protection between you and the cutting surface. The Shopsmith 5-Piece Safety Kit Includes: (1) Push Stick, (1) Feather Board, (1) Fence Straddler for Ripping, and (2) Rubber-Soled Push Blocks. (This item is only for MARK 7 and other MARK models with the Pro Fence System)
9521e03e-2593-48a8-836e-06d2392066c8522298Main Table Front Rail with Magnet (for MARK 7/MARK V 520S/MARK 4)189.95

Includes Main Table Front Rail Assembly and Magnetic Mounting Tape.

2cf6eea3-a9a4-45a8-9179-02ac4217ba55514366MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Upper Saw Guard Assembly1.899.95Upper Saw Guard Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
9596703e-22cf-4785-8414-6d81006e3584505973Shopsmith 5-Piece Safety Kit (for MARK V 510, 505, 500)5109.95This specially-designed suite of safety tools received the National Safety Council's Achievement in Product Safety Award when it was introduced to the market. These tools have changed very little since their introduction in 1984 which is a testament to the quality and thoughtfulness put into creating them. Each piece is designed to give positive, secure hold over your workpiece while also providing an additional layer of protection between you and the cutting surface. The Shopsmith 5-Piece Safety Kit Includes: (1) Push Stick, (1) Feather Board, (1) Fence Straddler for Ripping, and (2) Rubber-Soled Push Blocks. (This item is only compatible with MARK V models 500/505/510)
92b898a9-59e2-477a-be43-5039d82cd7ef5551301-1/4 Inch Saw Arbor (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510)2.134.951-1/4 Inch Saw Arbor (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510)
9a8f75d7-4a72-463f-8ba2-d4fc2f8e13b6557453MARK V 520S/MARK 4 Sanding Package7.4399.95
4f1d5961-49ef-44c9-a35c-f23308f97b88501430Lathe Center Pin (See 501432)0.257.95Replacement Center Pin for Lathe Cup Center (505716)
c3a5955b-cef3-456c-bc21-cd2f9cfc7c3b514209MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Carriage999.95Carriage (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510)
f1ee5d0b-a207-4965-a956-ec4655ba5492556421Rip Fence Extension (for MARK V 510, 505)5.2119.95Made of the same high-quality extrusion material we use for our rip fences, these extensions give you the added height or length you need for cutting raised panels or making joinery cuts on the edges of boards that are passed through the saw vertically while ripping extra long workpieces or line boring on the drill press. \n \nVarious Ways to Use Your Rip Fence Extension Includes: \n- Line the extensions up end-to-end to extend fence length for line boring or extra support when ripping long workpieces. \n- Stack extensions vertically for panel raising, edging, rabbeting or similar operations. \n- Studs between stacked extensions are the precise length to accept locking featherboards. \n \nThey connect to your existing fences for stacking with studs having a special reverse thread on one end or end-to-end with our sliding T-Nuts (included). \n \nOnce assembled, they are spaced precisely to accept the Shopsmith featherboards. Add optional flip stops (555807, 555808, 52170801, 52170802, 52170803) in their top surfaces for hole spacing, etc. \n \nIncludes: 24-3/8" Long Extrusion (25-3/8" long for Model 510/505 version) � (3) Sliding T-Nuts � (2) Connecting Studs � (2) Square, Reverse-Thread Connecting Nuts � (2) Buttonhead Cap Screws � (2) Flat Washers � (2) Fender Washers and � (4) Adjusting Shims
83ef3a19-8248-4b44-b4d2-cdd1997e5ce6555646Rip Fence Upgrade (for MARK V 500)5149.95The Shopsmith MARK V 500 Rip fence upgrade offers t-slot top surface and single lever locking mechanism. \n \nThe convenient t-slot on the fence's top surface accepts our: \nRip Fence-Mounted Featherboard \nFlip-up Rip Fence Stop \nT-Track Utility Light Bracket \nShop-Made Fixtures Using Our Sliding T-Nuts \nThe single, flip-up lever locks both the front and the back firmly to the worktable in one, simple action. Also works with original as well as wider Model 500 extension table. \n \nNote: For MARK V 500's made prior to 1992. Not compatible with the MARK V 520 or 510.
ab61b5fd-b381-41bd-a2a2-1b33111a15ef518145MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505/500 Drive Sleeve Assembly with Nylon Drive Assembly2179.95Drive Sleeve Assembly with Nylon Drive
7a7c6fbb-c321-4e20-bcf0-c1c6eec5ddc3513456Safety Goggles0.259.95Shopsmith Scratch Resistant Safety Goggles feature a wrap-around design for full coverage. Nothing can get in from the sides or under the lenses. Scratch-resistant vinyl deflects chips and debris. Ventilated to prevent fogging and large enough to fit over prescription eyeglasses.
f85267b2-87a9-4a30-bdcd-949c693478d0556255Complete Multi-Sand Drum Sanding Starter Package (for MARK V 500)2.9139.95Achieving the highest quality, smoothest wood finish must start with a perfectly smooth surface. Achieving that smoothness (especially on a Curved Edge) usually means incrementally sanding raw workpiece edges with coarse, medium and fine grit abrasives. Skip a step and you will end up with poor results. Without Shopsmith’s Multi-Sand Process, You Would Likely Follow a Normal 3-Step Changeover Process: 1. Install a coarse sleeve to remove the majority of the sawing marks. 2. Repeat the process by removing the coarse sleeve from your drum and replacing it with a medium sleeve. 3. Repeat the process again by replacing the medium sleeve with a fine sleeve and complete your final step. What if you could cut those three installation steps down to just one — and spend more time sanding and less time changing? You can, thank Shopsmith's Multi-Sand Drum Sleeves! Shopsmith Multi-Sand Sleeves Eliminate the Changeovers and Get the Job Done Faster! Here's How It Works: • Install a 2" high x 2-5/16" diameter fine grit Multi-Sand Sleeve, sliding it all the way to the top of the 6" drum followed by a 2" medium grit sleeve, and finally a 2" coarse grit sleeve. • Attach the sanding drum to your spindle and you're ready to start sanding. • Remember, your MARK gives you 4-1/4" of up-down quill travel. That means you can go through all three steps of the sanding process on any piece of stock up to 1" thick by simply moving your quill down for each subsequent step. With no sleeve changing, nothing could be simpler or faster! Multi-Sand Drum Sanding Complete Package Includes: • 6" x 2-5/16" Drum Sander • 1 Each Coarse, Medium, and Fine 2" Long Sanding Sleeves • Vacuum Attachment • Vacuum Extender • Table Insert Getting Started Is Amazingly Affordable! If you already own the Shopsmith 6" Drum Sander, all you need to get started is a package of our assorted Multi-Sand Sleeves. If you don't yet own a Shopsmith 6" Drum Sander or any of the optional drum sanding table inserts or vacuum attachments, order the following: Table Inserts: • 555119 Drum Sanding Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4) • 556267 Drum Sanding Table Insert (MARK V 500) Vacuum Attachments: • 556257 Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment and Extender (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4) • 556265 Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment and Extender (for MARK V 500) • 556268 Extender (with bolts and spacers) (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4) • 556269 Extender (with bolts and spacers) (for MARK V 500) Note: Extender is required for those who already own the correct drum sander table insert & drum sander vacuum attachment)
8212aca5-abaf-4500-a16e-fe3db60ee7b8513409Planer Control Box Safety Latch Spring17.95Planer Control Box, Safety Latch Spring
fa38748c-a476-4111-bd17-3fad49a5ffc4504146Bench Tube Locking Bar27.95Locking Bar for Bench Tube
2cec17b4-a690-817e-dd54-eb9bd03c6d7c523139Scroll Saw O-Ring Belt0.514.95

Scroll Saw O-Ring Belt

eb82f6a7-a204-4019-b9a2-c56df093450d514742Lathe Duplicator Cutter Mounting Screw0.16.95Lathe Duplicator Cutter Mounting Screw
90cd96a3-c4b2-4ca5-922c-94cd6e2a26c9426367Hex Bolt0.46.95Bandsaw Screw (5/16-18X3/4)
df277993-f19e-4065-8fcd-6b85f93224a1513969SPT Stand Leg Boot0.257.95SPT Stand Leg Boot
7e741b7c-7719-4487-ac59-8b546bf13f4b454475Cap Screw0.16.95Cap Screw (3/8-16X 1-3/4)
9ecc35eb-499a-49f5-8b66-46fcda4c2906502659Bandsaw Blade Guide Adjusting Knob Screw0.16.95

Bandsaw Screw (10-24X1-1/4), Qty 1

8f5b4cfc-8303-4e6b-bcd0-26980fd305de124818Hex Jam Nut0.16.95Hex Nut (1/4-20)
585d9c07-c047-43f7-8cad-0cdd84108fe0556135Power Coupler Assemblies (Couplers Only)�(Set of 2)0.549.95Make the Connection with the Shopsmith Power Coupler! \nThe Shopsmith Power Coupler (503574 Power Coupler Only) is made of a virtually unbreakable plastic compound. Each end mates with splined metal Hubs that attach to your MARK?7 / MARK V / MARK 4 / POWER STATION and Special Purpose Tools such as Bandsaws, Planers, Jointers, etc. \n \nHave It Your Way: Buy the Power Coupler by itself or buy a Complete Power Coupler Kit or a Classic Power Coupling Kit! \n \nNote: The Power Coupler Kit is required to connect Special Purpose Tools (SPT's) to your Shopsmith MARK?7, MARK V or MARK 4. (It became a standard part included with all MARK?7 / MARK V's manufactured since April 1985) \n \nBuy a pair of couplers. By buying two, you'll have a spare handy and save! \n556135 (2) Shopsmith Power Couplers (Couplers Only) \n \nShopsmith Complete Power Coupler Kit (505631) \nGet everything you need to get started using your Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools in one convenient package! \nYou'll receive our durable plastic coupler, two 4-splined metal hubs that attach to the upper & lower drive-side spindles on your MARK?7 or Mark V Smart Motor, PLUS both 5/8" & 1/2" 5-splined accessory hubs to conect all your special purpose tools. \n \nShopsmith Classic Power Coupling Kit (555124) \nOrder a classic coupling kit. The classic power coupling kit includes the coupler and 2 metal hubs (one each for the upper and lower spindles of your MARK?7 / Mark V Smart Motor). \n \nNote: Special Purpose Tool (Bandsaw, Jointer, etc.) accessory hubs are not included. Order the appropriate accessory hubs you need in the Special Purpose Tool Accessory Hubs section below. \n \nAccessory and Drive Hubs \n503572 1/2" SPT Accessory Hub (for Jointer, Jigsaw or Scroll Saw) \n503740 5/8" SPT Accessory Hub (for Bandsaw, Belt Sander, Planer or Strip Sander) \n \nExtra Smart Motor Drive Hubs \n503570 Upper Drive Hub Assembly \n503738 Lower Drive Hub Assembly
8e366530-ff1d-4165-b962-86535d34f5cd522097Allen Wrench (6 mm)0.46.95Allen Wrench (6 mm)
0e8fa141-8846-4c63-bafa-5ef72ab90064514881Pan Head Screw0.47.95Pan Head Screw (6-20X3/8)
d344d978-3047-43d9-92a3-ffb119da3683514235Wing Nut16.95Wing Nut (5/16-18)
b9cca49d-3225-4b3c-9953-1be97212aded516401Jointer Feather Guard Stop Knob0.59.95Jointer Featherboard Guard Knob
4c97036e-5cfc-4e7c-becd-0f97a2305858514465MARK V 510/505 Handle and Rod Assembly137.95Handle and Rod Assembly (for MARK V 510, 505)
11e16650-ff5b-4770-9964-9bea2f4a031a514008Bandsaw Bearing Shoulder Screw0.257.95Bandsaw Shoulder Screw
d5a4ebf9-7ab0-46aa-b9bb-aedcad859b7a522673Speed Sensor Wire0.2510.95Speed Sensor Wire (Gen 1)
23854107-8b20-4274-901a-3ee7743c0b90514238Tenon Master Ball Knob with Insert (Single Black)0.259.95Tenon Master Ball Knob with Insert (Single Black)
44ff3564-68c1-42bd-8385-18ed483cb92c102388Allen Set Screw0.57.95

Allen Setscrew (5/16-18X1/2 Inch)

QTY: 1

1126a1ca-19b9-4300-b1cd-abc1e91d5b92515282Steady Rest Shoulder Screw0.59.95Lathe Steady Rest Shoulder Screw (.25X.8)
d27bca25-4436-4d4b-9002-eb76c58548ac516571Bandsaw Aluminum Table Screw06.95Bandsaw Set Screw (5/16-18 X 1.25)
ed38c8b2-48d2-4921-9dda-4dc31e5e311b514377MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Miter Bar T-Slot Washer Screw0.46.95Miter Bar T-Slot Washer Screw (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520,510,505)
2a971190-4dd3-4079-8775-db342b56276e555122Shaper Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505)0.944.95Shaper Complete Package (for All MARKs except MARK V 500) (555141) \nCreate Decorative Edges, Fancy Trim and Precision Joinery with This Professional Shaping Package\nWhile the molder produces great straight-line cuts in the surfaces of workpieces and the dado is the tool to reach for when you need square-edged dadoes or grooves, the shaper is best for decorating edges or making edge joints on straight or curved edges.\n\nIn fact, rub collars and starting pins let the shaper tackle irregular shaped edges as easily as regular ones. Plus, the shaper even lets you work on the inside edges of cut-outs such as round or oval picture frames. \n\nIncludes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Kit � Shaper Table Insert � Shaper Arbor with Collars � 1/4" & 1/2" Combo Quarter Round Cutter � Flute & Quarter Round Cutter � 3/16" Bead & Cove Cutter � Door Panel Shaper Cutter � Door-Rail Coper Shaper Cutter\n\nNote: 555141 is Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII, or MARK V 500.\n\nShaping Complete Package is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (556209)\n\nGet Precise Lateral Depth-of-Cut Control With the Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit (555113)\n\nBoth the infeed and outfeed sides of this fence are independently micro-adjustable to 1/64". It provides full workpiece support before and after the cut.\n\nIncludes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence � Shield � Quill-Mounted Feather guard � Table-Mounted Featherboard and � Vacuum Attachment.\n\nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500.\n\nShaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (555144)\n\nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is the perfect partner with your Double-Tilt! (555149)\nGet started quickly and easily making beautiful decorative edges on all your projects. Decorative edges greatly enhance the look of the finished piece. Under-Table Shaping operations are generally considered safer as the workpiece acts as an additional safety guard. It also is considered more convenient and accurate for decorative cuts because you can inspect the workpiece without changing the set-up. It can be used with any MARK that has the Double-Tilt capability. \n\nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is a great option for Owners looking to try under-table shaping for the first time, or who need to replace lost or worn parts of their Complete Shaping Package. MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4\n\nYour Shaper Starter Kit includes:\n� Shaper/Router Safety Shield\n� 1/2" Shaper Arbor with Collars\n� Shaper Table Insert (fits all MARKs except MARK V 500)\n� Ogee Shaper Cutter\n\nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit (555140)\nAdd safety and improve dust and chip removal with the Shaper/Router Guard Retro-Fit Kit. Designed specifically for your Mark V in the shaping and routing configurations for improved dust and chip removal and increased shop safety on any Routing or Shaping packages purchased before 1/86. Works on All MARKs\nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit Includes: Feather Board Guard, Vacuum Attachment, Circular Shield & Brush, Feather Board, & Rear Fence Guard.\n\nRip-Fence Featherboard - Attaches to the top of your router table fence for use as a hold-down during straight-line routing. (555783)\n\nBUNDLE AND SAVE\nBall Bearing Shaper Spindle & Chuck (556270) \nShaper Spindle with Ball Bearing Rub Collars and 1/2" Router Chuck. Works on all MARKs\n\nShaper Spindle Arbor Set - Ball Bearings (555472)\nProvides improved finish cuts on both straight line and contour Shaping; burn-free results.\nFor use with the Speed Increaser (If you already own.) As well as with the �� Router chuck to hold Shaper Cutters. Works on all MARKs\n\nIncrease the Functionality and Convenience of Shaping with these Accessories\n\nRouter / Shaper Table-Mounted Guard (515704)\nOverhead Shaper Guard - Use with the Under Table function of your MARK 7 / MARK V 505,510,520 / MARK 4 for contour Shaping or using Router Bits with bearing pilots. Position this Overhead Shaper Guard directly over the cutter for maximum coverage. Comes with adjustable brush on clear guard to knock down flying chips and shavings for more effective dust collection. Support Bracket comes with integral dust port. This assembly slips in the table T-Slot and locks in place with a quarter-turn of the support post.\n\nIncludes: See-Through Guard � Screw-In Mounting Post � Support Bracket with Integral Dust Port � Mounting Hardware � Instruction Sheet\n \nShaper/Router Shield Puts Safety Back Into Shaping and Routing (555373)\nThis see-through shield clamps around your MARKs quill housing with a single screw and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages.\n\nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500.\n \nShaper Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505) is a Must for Full Workpiece Support for Shaping (555122)\nMARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 table insert is made of rigid diecast aluminum (Mark V model 500 insert is made of a tough polymer). This Table insert has a 2-1/4" diameter circular cutout to allow the shaper cutter to drop below the table surface to shape edges completely and smoothly. Two threaded holes for screw-in starter pins from the top and as a provision for attaching vacuum attachment for dust collection.\n\nShaper / Drum Sander Table Insert (for MARK V 500) (556267)\n
7708d315-34c9-4c42-b505-32fcb599a4835559482-5/16 Dia. x 6 Inch Lg. Sanding Drum with Sleeve2.169.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 2-5/16 Inch Shopsmith Sanding Drum is 6Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. The 6” long sleeves are made with tough, long-lasting A/O Abrasive. Includes (1) 80 grit A/O Sanding Sleeve.
4b776595-1bd9-42da-b272-0c9a2a65a899556083Bandsaw Basic Tune-up Kit1.179.95The Perfect Solutions to Get Rid of Squealing, Fix Worn out Tires or Essentials to Make Your Bandsaw Like New Again! \n \nBandsaw Standard Tune-up Kit (556083) \nIf your Bandsaw�s back-up rollers and guides are squealing and/or your blades are not tracking properly and affecting the accuracy of your cuts, this is the kit for you. The Bandsaw Standard Kit includes our Ball Bearing Back-Up Roller Retro-Fit Kit (555074) to eliminate your squealing problem and help your machine run smoother plus two replacement Rubber Bandsaw Tires and a bottle of Tire Adhesive. \n \nBandsaw Complete Overhaul Tune-up Kit (556084) \nThe Bandsaw Complete Overhaul Kit not only fixes issues where Your Bandsaw�s back-up rollers and guides are squealing and/or your blades are not tracking properly and affecting the accuracy of your cuts, but it also addresses another important issue as well. If Your Blades seem to dull quickly (even after installing a new Blade) if your machine seems to generate excessive heat, if it vibrates or if either (or both) of the Blade Wheels can be wiggled easily when the Blades are removed, you likely need the Overhaul Kit. The Bandsaw Overhaul Kit Includes: Our Ball Bearing Back-Up Roller Retro-Fit Kit (555074) to stop the squealing, an upper Wheel and Bearing w/Tire (502691), and a Lower Wheel Assembly with Tire, Bearing and Shaft (509032). \n \nBandsaw Backup Bearing Upgrade is for Older Model Shopsmith Bandsaws With Squealing Bronze Bushing Back Up Rollers, No More Squealing! (555074) \nBeing driven nuts by the squealing back up rollers on your older model Shopsmith Bandsaw? Here's your solution. These high quality, permanently lubricated ball bearing assemblies work with 1/16" through 5/8" blades to reduce blade friction and make your blades last a lot longer. \n \nCompatible with all Shopsmith Bandsaws and has been standard with Bandsaws with serial numbers later than 97932. Kit components replace the bronze bushing upper, lower and auto-track back-up rollers. Easy to install in a matter of minutes and, best of all, No More Squealing! \n \nBandsaw Tire and Adhesive Kit (555644) \nA worn bandsaw drive wheel tire causes vibrations and affects blade tracking. \nThe Bandsaw and Adhesive Kit (555644) Includes: \n� Original Equipment Tire \n� Special Adhesive \n� Instructions. \n \nBandsaw Tire (Tire Only - No Adhesive) (518108) \nBandsaw Tire (only) Original Equipment Tire. Made to last. Heavy-duty, 1/8" thick. Requires Glue. Pair with 55644 Bandsaw Tire and Adhesive Kit to replace both tires on Your Bandsaw to make it run like new.
38c4f0be-7a29-419d-9767-db26ecdb10a5521875MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505/500 Quill Housing w/Spring1.339.95Quill Housing with Spring
2126b8f4-8c4d-e38f-50a7-dcc58d4f0566557452MARK 5 Drill & Bore Package0199.95

Add enhanced precision and versatility to your Mark 5 with drilling and boring accessories that make every job a breeze.

 

Package include:

  • Drill Chuck with Key (556273)
  • Nine-piece set includes (505905): 1/8", 3/16", 1/4", 5/16", 3/8", 7/16", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4" sizes. Made from high-quality, carbon steel alloy.
1c135bb7-ebdf-4bcc-8df3-33a25ca55efe513363Planer Cutterhead Wedge0.510.95Planer Knife Wedge
c0d106f6-f4a6-4a36-8dba-7e6fd25da3d6504187Control Sheave Retaining Loop0.257.95Control Sheave Retaining Loop
0cfec59b-2425-4dfb-9723-9183b8c6c020504050Elipse P100 NIOSH Respirator139.95The Elipse P100 Respirator is essential for any woodworker or workshop. Approved to NIOSH standards the Elipse P100 protects you from particles, dust, fumes, vapors, and mists. Mask is latex and silicone free, with a lightweight design that makes it comfortable to wear for long periods of time. Pleated HEPA filters provide low breathing resistance to help with user fatigue when using the mask over a period of time. The low clearance filters provide you with an unobstructed view so that you can see a full range of vision while working in your workshop.
c0da1dbb-4e17-41ca-ad92-14b57b418936514236Button Head Screw0.46.95Button Head Screw
acdceccd-d8ab-4be4-8e43-3231ebe01d11556327Shopsmith 9x11 Inch 180 Grit A/O Premium Sandpaper Sheets (8 Pack)0.510.95Our top-quality Shopsmith 9 x 11 Inch Sanding Sheets are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Sanding Sheets are versatile for a variety of finishing tasks and feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (6) 9" x 11" 180 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Sheets
1f2c7d1b-1efc-4d5b-98c7-4431ccf8db4b555904Threaded Inserts 1/4-20 x 7/ (4 Pack)1.2510.95Threaded Inserts 1/4-20 x 7/ (4 Pack)
9c593f81-ac02-41dc-99bf-f35a5529fe16556324Shopsmith 9x11 Inch 100 Grit A/O Premium Sandpaper Sheets (6 Pack)0.57.95Our top-quality Shopsmith 9 x 11 Inch Sanding Sheets are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Sanding Sheets are versatile for a variety of finishing tasks and feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (6) 9" x 11" 100 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Sheets
35937f50-2c8c-4413-8ad3-26ca75c72718555262Milled Scroll Saw Blades (9 Skip Tooth Blades -12 Blades)0.511.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Our Milled Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades are great for sawing thicker wood, plastic, and other dense, fibrous materials. These blades cut fast and provide greater chip clearance for a smoother finish without burning. Includes: (12) Milled Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (#9 Skip-Tooth)
c25ca836-9375-4a17-9eb1-b92d6551ac3c518013Bandsaw Fence Rear Clamp0.511.95Bandsaw Fence Rear Clamp
c3645bc5-f484-487f-91d3-becff6c56e6d505700Miter Gauge & Protractor Only279.95The Shopsmith Miter Gauge with Protractor provides the necessary support for all cutting, work-guiding, and stabalizing operations while delivering precision results safely. The built-in scale on the protractor reads from 0° to 30° left and right. Adjustable “zeroing” pointer that enables measuring down to 1° increments, with adjustable auto-stops at 0° and 45° in both directions. Large, easy-turn knurled knob locks the guage securely into position. Add the optional Miter Gauge Safety Grip (505625) for maximun workpiece control.
c7fa3432-bb3d-49d3-a310-4b481c4b661b515714MARK V Help Kit - Hardware Pack0.439.95MARK V Help Kit Hardware Pack
6479a964-a78b-4883-be13-cf7b60517caa911342Precision Ground Scroll Saw Blades (9RG Reverse Skip Tooth - 6 Blades)0.511.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Our Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Blades are the best-of-the-best for both hardwoods and soft as well as other materials such as paper, fiberboard, plywood, bone, Corian and plastic. Olson Precision Ground Blades are made with propriatary process which produces razor-sharp teeth that cut faster and more accurately and provide a smoother, sand-free surface. Unique tooth-geometry and widely spaced gullets minimize burning and provide rapid chip removal. The reverse teeth at the bottom of the blade cut on the upstroke and eliminate underside tear out. Includes: (6) Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (#5RG)
5e941780-f3ab-4c2f-96f2-852744bd0f7a516913Cross-Cut Sliding Table Non-Slip Surface0.259.95Cross-Cut Sliding Table Non-Slip Surface
25e9ebdc-78a1-42f3-8d5a-c6a4319dfbdb504220MARK V Headstock Idler Gear0.2510.95MARK V Headstock Idler Gear
7c14efc6-679e-4827-9ec6-60328e89ec0a555480Jointer / Feather Guard Upgrade0.179.95Expand Your Capabilities with the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade. (555480) This is the third hand you need on your Jointer. \n \nThe Feather Guard holds the stock against the fence as you push it over the cutterhead. Increases safety - since this Upgrade was introduced in 1990, accidents have been curtailed significantly. Additionally, this guard can be adjusted to hold workpieces firmly again Your fence, increasing the accuracy of Your Cut. \n \nFor Shopsmith Jointers with aluminum Blade Guards. Dual-purpose Guard covers rotating knives to keep hands out of harm's way. Single knob adjusts featherboard tension to hold workpiece against Jointer fence for more precise cuts. \n \nNote: You may need to purchase the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade Installation Kit (555559). \n \nInstall Your Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade Fast and Easy with the Shopsmith Jointer Feather Guard Installation Kit. (555559) \nThe Feather Guard Upgrade Installation Kit Includes: \n� (1) #3 drill bit \n� (1) 1/4-28 tap \n� (1) tap handle for installing the Jointer Feather Guard \n \nNote: If you already own these tools, you will not need to purchase the Jointer Feather Guard Installation Kit. \n \nJointer Chip Chute Upgrade Kit Collects Shavings at the Source (555077) \nKeep Your Tools and Workshop Clean with Jointer Chip Chute Upgrade Kit. It collects shavings at the source keeping them off the floor and from under Your feet. Update older Shopsmith Jointers for improved dust collection. \n \nJointer Chip Chute Upgrade Kit Includes*: \n� Rear Blade Guard \n� Inner Guards \n� Chip Chute \n*Some drilling and tapping required. \n \nNote: For Shopsmith Jointers with serial numbers prior to 70,000. \n \nJointer Chip Chute Assembly may fit Your needs if you already have the Rear Blade Guide and Inner Guard (513944) \n \nJointer Complete Auxiliary Fence Package (555655) \nJointer Complete Auxiliary Fence Package helps you work safer and with improved stability. This 7 3/4" high Fence attaches quickly to your Jointer or MARK V Rip Fence and offers a smooth-gliding, laminate-covered surface. Use it for added support when working with wide boards. Also accommodates two Featherboard hold-downs for increased safety when jointing narrow, difficult-to-hold boards. \n \nJointer Complete 7 3/4" high Auxiliary Fence Package Includes: 2 Featherboards. \n \nJointer Complete 7 3/4" high Auxiliary Fence (Fence Only) (555653) \nAdd a Tall Fence for Control of Wide Boards. \n \nJointer Featherboards (2 Pack) (555654) \nJointer Featherboards mount to the Auxiliary Fence while using on your Shopsmith Jointer. They help to hold your workpiece in place during your jointing operation. \n \nJointer Featherboards (2 Pack) includes two Featherboards and the necessary hardware to mount them on the fence.
0175df73-dd92-4783-b950-037f7e3e1697515691Dust Collector Hose Threaded End0.510.95Dust Collector Hose Threaded End
eb885b23-27c0-43d9-8a0a-4ea8a987d924502936Belt Sander Idler Shaft0.869.95Belt Sander Idler Shaft
43b10a79-05da-499c-8436-9e86eaf15f36516077Jointer Fence Washer0.46.95Jointer Washer (1.25 OD .515 ID ZINC PLATED)
845ed22b-99fc-4bf8-809a-b6900c4258c6513751Planer Outfeed Cover Logo Pivot Stud0.510.95Planer Outfeed Cover Logo Pivot Stud
45973bf9-02b0-49eb-8e87-aa47180dd1f1513017Quill Feed Lever Assembly0.2519.95Quill Lever Assembly
3a66e0fb-6e67-4f42-b493-cc0460c4c1a6556329Shopsmith 9x11 Inch 320 Grit A/O Premium Sandpaper Sheets (8 Pack)19.95Our top-quality Shopsmith 9 x 11 Inch Sanding Sheets are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Sanding Sheets are versatile for a variety of finishing tasks and feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (6) 9" x 11" 320 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Sheets
a5949e4d-7342-459e-a3fe-a9dc0f804c3e502726Bandsaw Lower Wheel Bearing Retainer0.2511.95Bandsaw Lower Wheel Bearing Retainer
5dd5824e-bdc3-48ce-83d6-81749aaabe825227031 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. Sanding Drum with Spindle0.2510.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 1 Inch Dia. Shopsmith drum sander is 2Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. Sanding Sleeves sold separately.
637620c4-250a-4a91-b088-b2ca8a27455a503402Belt Sander Base Assembly16.379.95Belt Sander Base Assembly
8dcfb37f-119a-4a42-87f1-dbc6c21a9afb555263Milled Scroll Saw Blades (5 Skip Tooth Blades -12 Blades)0.2511.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Our Milled Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades are great for sawing thicker wood, plastic, and other dense, fibrous materials. These blades cut fast and provide greater chip clearance for a smoother finish without burning. Includes: (12) Milled Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (#5 Skip-Tooth)
18517644-45e0-4b18-82c3-c18a086ef197514929Dust Collector Inlet Plug Assembly0.2510.95Dust Collector Inlet Plug Assembly
36084c75-2640-49e8-8496-b3a2d74441b2502962Belt Sander Ball Bearing0.2510.95Belt Sander Ball Bearing
2210f269-0fdc-4486-9ff4-b1d18919f0be555361Milled Scroll Saw Blades (0 Spiral Blades - 12 Blades)0.2512.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. These Milled Spiral Scroll Saw Blades have the benefit of cutting in all directions simultaneously which makes them ideal for intricate details and delicate materials. Milled Spiral Blades can be used for cutting all types of materials including wood, plastic, non-ferrous metals, bone, plaster, and horn. Spiral Blades Cut Left, Right, Forward and Backwards Just by Pushing Your Workpiece into the Blade. Includes: (12) Milled Spiral Scroll Saw Blades (0 Spiral)
24567fb7-8924-405e-b1ca-821b3382e10f943487Saw Blade Cleaner1.415.95This specially-formulated Saw Blade Cleaner received a 5-Star Performance Rating from Wood Magazine! Saw Blade Cleaner gets the "gunk" off the saw blades, router bits, and shaper cutters. Get a new looking blade in a matter of minutes. Just spray on and wipe off. (1) 18oz Spray Can. • Removes pitch, resinand adhesive residue from any woodworking cutting tools (saw blades and bits). • Completely non-toxic, non-flammable, certified biodegradable, safe and earth-friendly. • Do not rinse after cleaning. Provides protection from rust/corrosion. Keeps table saw top rust free. • Can be applied by spray bottle or used in ultrasonic cleaners and dip tanks.
7eab46c3-0f8e-41f3-b63e-6b104ae008de55612012 Inch Assorted A/O Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs3.269.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Discs have convenienct hook & loop backing to make swapping out abrasives a snap! Must be used with the Shopsmith Hook & Loop Conversion Disc included with this kit. Package Includes: (3) 150 Grit, (2) 100 Grit, (1) 60 Grit, and (1) Hook & Loop Conversion Disc
d6e08f90-eaa0-43e1-a7b5-68b18555a5625029639Belt Sander Back-Up Plate0.439.95Belt Sander Backup Plate
1e94ae02-6695-4f94-bdfb-ffd5aeae69fe555264Precision Ground Scroll Saw Blades (2 Skip Tooth Blades -12 Blades)0.511.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Our Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Blades are the best-of-the-best for both hardwoods and soft as well as other materials such as paper, fiberboard, plywood, bone, Corian and plastic. Olson Precision Ground Blades are made with propriatary process which produces razor-sharp teeth that cut faster and more accurately and provide a smoother, sand-free surface. Unique tooth-geometry and widely spaced gullets minimize burning and provide rapid chip removal. The reverse teeth at the bottom of the blade cut on the upstroke and eliminate underside tear out. Includes: (12) Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (Universal #2)
0dff7e39-9225-449e-99ee-12297af5a48d514440MARK V 510/505 Table Tube Jack Screw0.512.95Adjustable Screw for MARK V Extension/Main Tables (1/4-20x.95)
d760b4dd-a16e-44c2-baa0-d6e05c6b99eb911390Milled Scroll Saw Blades (7R Reverse Skip Tooth Blades - 12 Blades)0.2511.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Reverse Skip-Tooth Blades provide the same characteristics as skip-tooth blades with added benefit of reverse teeth pointing up from the bottom for a smooth, splinter-free finish on both the top and bottom surfaces of your workpiece. Includes: (12) Milled Reverse Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (7R)
3a35f950-f582-44ba-8253-ba6d23227fa4521902Mortising Chisel Honing Stone19.95Mortising Chisel Honing Stone
e6acb47e-6024-466b-9051-ef24a7d2f718521107Fence Straddler (for MARK 7/MARK V 520)134.95Experienced Woodworkers Recommend the Use of the Shopsmith Safety Accessories! \n \nShopsmith was honored in a National Safety Council's Awards for Achievement in Product Safety Consumer Product Category for the development of the Shopsmith Safety Kit. Shopsmith's Safety Kit consists of four ingenious devices. The objective of this program is to recognize organizations which have significantly contributed to public safety. These safety devices have been so well received that they have often been copied by others. \n \nThe Shopsmith Safety Kit is a winner for every Owner. Each item gives you positive control over your workpiece and provides an extra cushion of safety between you and the blade, cutter, or knife. \n \nThe Shopsmith Saftey Kit Includes: Push Stick � (2) Rubber-Soled Push Blocks � Feather Board (holds stock against fences) � Fence Straddler (for ripping). \n \nWant to Purchase Separately? \nA: Push Stick The Push Stick is used to guide small to medium sized stock. Place the foot on top of the stock and hook the heel over the back edge. \n \nB: Push Block The push block is used to hold down and guide the stock. As you press down, forward, and to the side, the rubber pad grips the stock. The handle is tilted to help keep your hands out of the danger zone. \n \nC: Feather Board The Feather Board is used to press stock against the rip fence or the table. Mount the feather board in a table slot, in the slot of a fence extension, or clamp it to the table. The fingers must be angled in the same direction that you feed the stock-use the arrow on top of the feather board as a guide. Position the fingers so they press against the stock just before it gets to the blade or cutter, then tighten the locking knobs. To reverse the direction of the fingers, remove the mounting bar, turn the feather board over, then replace the bar. \n \nD: Fence Straddler The Fence Straddler is used to hold down and guide small narrow stock past a blade or cutter. The body rides on the rip fence, while the heel hooks over the back edge of the stock. To change the height of the heel, loosen the locking knob. To reverse the heel, rotate the side 180�. Be sure the locking knob is secure before using the straddler.
57c39a6e-1408-4dbd-b0ec-1c85ae7616db911343Precision Ground Scroll Saw Blade (.046 Inch Wide x .018 Inch Thick)0.511.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Our Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Blades are the best-of-the-best for both hardwoods and soft as well as other materials such as paper, fiberboard, plywood, bone, Corian and plastic. Olson Precision Ground Blades are made with propriatary process which produces razor-sharp teeth that cut faster and more accurately and provide a smoother, sand-free surface. Unique tooth-geometry and widely spaced gullets minimize burning and provide rapid chip removal. The reverse teeth at the bottom of the blade cut on the upstroke and eliminate underside tear out. Includes: (12) Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (#5RG)
37f5c265-9de6-4559-bd6b-7304d4e9a1b552220442 Inch Dust Collector Bag Bracket0.510.9542 Inch Dust Collector Bag Bracket
db7a1e4c-c7f0-49f6-bceb-ce31d5645b5c515534DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Support Bracket0.512.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Support Bracket
c6b29c63-181b-42b3-a883-68c72e8b39d0521979Lower Guard Cover Assembly1.822.95Lower Guard Cover Assembly
941f9b70-0a65-4221-8330-965724c64451522219Bandsaw Drive Shaft Guard0.511.95Bandsaw Shaft Guard
e58b7212-0e0e-4caa-92b7-3edeb6d227cf515535DC-3300 Dust Collector Motor Housing0.469.95DC-3300 Dust Collector Motor Housing
e47baea9-fee4-4253-afec-c467e10cf444514829Dust Collector Utility Pickup0.510.95Dust Collector Utility Pickup
de491300-3959-4185-87de-c2b5c1725278555362Milled Scroll Saw Blades (2 Spiral Blades - 12 Blades)0.2512.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. These Milled Spiral Scroll Saw Blades have the benefit of cutting in all directions simultaneously which makes them ideal for intricate details and delicate materials. Milled Spiral Blades can be used for cutting all types of materials including wood, plastic, non-ferrous metals, bone, plaster, and horn. Spiral Blades Cut Left, Right, Forward and Backwards Just by Pushing Your Workpiece into the Blade. Includes: (12) Milled Spiral Scroll Saw Blades (#2 Spiral)
c8840f79-e7f8-48ba-aa05-92360e6e4004504273Extension Table Base (for MARK V)579.95Extension Table Base (for MARK V)
2d986a7c-7af3-4da9-bb86-a1f0473c0623503570Headstock Upper Drive Hub Assembly0.2511.95Replacement Upper Drive Hub Assembly for Power Coupler
a7db739c-6017-4f04-a6e1-47f8502017ed5042559Table Tilt Lock Handle0.512.95Table Tilt Handle
4ac0384b-67a8-4a38-99de-fde6bf35d5f75556085/8 Inch Saw Arbor Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)1.234.95

5/8 Inch Saw Arbor Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)

f374e40f-1f15-4a91-8ef8-b5b3d78811f2522892Shopsmith Speed Conversion Chart0.512.95Ever wonder about the ideal machine speed for drilling a 1/2" hole into plastic -- for resawing a thick piece of hardwood with your bandsaw -- or for rounding an 8" diameter bowl on the lathe? This chart covers these three operations plus over 300 other operations! Whether you're machining hardwoods, softwoods, composites, iron, steel, non-ferrous metals, plastic, bone, horn or fibrous material, you get the ideal speed for virtually every imaginable operation and get it fast. (1) Laminated 11 x 17 Inch Full-Color Reference Chart
9b0838be-6ac6-4b1e-aa87-049641b2bac552278112 Inch 120 Grit Ceramic Stick-On Sandpaper Disc (1 Disc)0.319.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (1) 12 Inch, 120 Grit, Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Disc.
2e9ce7a0-dad4-421a-9868-4986a68b43d1518410MARK 7 / MARK V520 Rip Fence Long Locking Rod212.95Fence Long Rod Rear (for MARK 7/MARK V)
e7e2eefe-6b64-4208-ade5-2b7a72f0c635555265Milled Scroll Saw Blades0.512.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Reverse Skip-Tooth Blades provide the same characteristics as skip-tooth blades with added benefit of reverse teeth pointing up from the bottom for a smooth, splinter-free finish on both the top and bottom surfaces of your workpiece. Includes: (12) Milled Reverse Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (General Purpose)
05b9e518-20f2-4345-9782-f80b4cedf29c514376MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Miter Bar T-Slot Washer0.2510.95Miter Bar T-Slot Washer (for MARK 7/MARK V 520/510/505)
69b27360-1cb9-4780-be5d-9c7c265fad08522937Shopsmith 6x48 Inch 120 Grit Ceramic Belt Sander Sanding Belt (1 Belt)0.522.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (1) 6" x 48"" 120 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt
69c80ae1-5abd-499b-8df4-3f3bcb94b9c8518108Bandsaw Tire (Single)0.2526.95Bandsaw Tire (Single)
a2b658a7-a2c9-4c45-b024-3aed2ccdff51513700MARK V Headstock Speed Control Bracket0.634.95MARK V Headstock Speed Control Bracket
cf665a5b-48bb-4d18-85be-dbcd40a05d33911391Milled Scroll Saw Blades (5R Reverse Skip Tooth Blades - 12 Blades)0.2511.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Reverse Skip-Tooth Blades provide the same characteristics as skip-tooth blades with added benefit of reverse teeth pointing up from the bottom for a smooth, splinter-free finish on both the top and bottom surfaces of your workpiece. Includes: (12) Milled Reverse Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (5R)
5953c84a-b0a3-4a74-ac1f-a90983dcfc01522287Indicator Block Assembly0.511.95Indicator Block Assembly
e86491cb-6c41-4783-a6f2-f79e3933704b513397Planer Table Elevating Screw0.2519.95Planer Table Elevating Screw
e4b39678-1edf-47d8-a709-5e6bee5bb2c5523058Speed Control Knob0.2522.95Speed Control Knob
2cb64b8f-3ab8-48fe-9856-a652f12cf0ad556446dust-collector-bags0.522.95Count on Shopsmith’s heavy-duty, 4mm thick dust collection bags to be strong and durable. These dust collection bags are the original bags that came with your DC-6000/DC-3300. Our see-through bags allow you to see the dust level so the bag can be replaced when full. Includes: (6) Heavy-Duty, Clear Dust Collection Bags (22.3 Gallon)
0a9c4ed2-227b-4ab6-9cc0-111ff4d118a6514447Table Tilt Lock Nut0.2512.95Table Tilt Lock Nut
5b3b48ec-e4f2-4ec8-9ab2-53167e4886cb514104MARK Clamp Shoe0.512.95Clamp Shoe Sliding (Front)
b4066f73-26ce-fa0f-4a52-baee581daced425000ShopSmith Ambidextrous Carpenters Pencils with Sharpener0.253

Say 'goodbye' to poorly fitting carpenters pencils forever! Our innovative, ambidextrous design results in high-quality graphite delivery in all conditions, even upside down!

 

Kit comes with (2) Ambidextrous Carpenter Pencils & (1) Specially Designed Sharpener

2dec993c-67eb-4a66-9d48-aabf43dc07fb503574shopsmith-power-coupler0.2527.95The Shopsmith Power Coupler is made of a specially formulated polymer designed to protect your headstock motor in the event of binding. Each end mates with splined metal hubs (sold separately) that attach to your headstock auxiliary spindles. The power coupler provides a strong and safe connection between your headstock and Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools.
148fb7c1-8ced-4553-bbfb-8af67b513f1d501312Quill Feed Pinion1.989.95Quill Feed Pinion for Conventional Headstocks (Short)
e7e400f8-6d66-4dec-92e0-18ef71a5c3b1557000MARK 7 Woodworking Machine2715995

The Shopsmith MARK 7 is the perfect woodworking machine for everyone, whether you're a seasoned expert or just getting started. Its all-in-one design combines a table saw, lathe, drill press, horizontal borer, disc sander, over-table shaper, and under-table router, making it ideal for workshops with limited space.

 

Compact yet powerful, the MARK 7 delivers the precision of dedicated tools without taking up the room of a full shop, helping you create incredible DIY projects no matter your skill level or space constraints. Now with our premium retractable casters included, you can move the MARK 7 with ease anywhere you need it.

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio.

b0228745-3a3f-4197-b77c-0e8136ac93be557002PowerPro Gen 2 DIY Upgrade Kit552649
DIY PowerPro Upgrade Kit Includes:
A New PowerPro Motor
All Electronic Circuitry
Touch Screen Control
High-Speed Bearings
Upgrade Manual
Instructional DVD
All Necessary Tools For Drilling The Mounting Holes For The New Components
Fuse & Overload Protection

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio.

d8bbf833-9e74-44e9-91ef-24d04d730026522454MINWAX Paste Finishing Wax1.319.95Minwax Paste Finishing Wax Coats and Protects Your Power Tool Surfaces. Just apply a thin coat of this premium-quality wax to the exposed metal surfaces of your MARK or Special Purpose Tools such as Bandsaw, Belt Sander, Jointer, Planer, Strip Sander, etc. to protect against rust and corrosions. It provides an easy-glide, virtually friction-free surface for worktables, rip fences and similar work-guiding surfaces. (1) 16oz Tin
34f832ab-fe21-4c40-836b-c2827eb83a2c518221Edgewood Push Stick0.512.95Part of our award-winning 5-Piece Safety Kit, the Edgewood Push Stick is compatible with all MARK models and is used to guide small to medium-sized stock during cutting operations.
602947e6-d578-48fc-b949-e93d816cd440516135Planer / Jointer Knife Sharpening Jig Handle0.522.95Sharpening Jig Handle
284016f9-9901-4800-bd30-cd459e8071fa501320MARK V Motor Short Key0.257.95Idler Shaft Short Key (for All MARKs except MARK 7)
02e883f7-379d-4a0b-942d-fc43cf21cd7c514254MARK V 510/505 Fence Base with Insert389.95Fence Base with Insert (MARK V 510, 505)
df08f23d-3860-4a6d-83e0-116409676ff4501401Miter Gauge Taper Screw0.411.95Miter Gauge Tapered SetScrew (1/8-27 X 5/32)
ba2c24c4-9f0b-42c5-a264-eb7fbb158ead505706Shopsmith Gray Spray Can (12 oz) (before 10-01-2001)122.95Our custom-blended Touch-Up Spray Paint (12oz Can) is color-matched and specially formulated to match the color and paint texture of gray MARK models manufactured prior to 10/01/01. Shopsmith Touch-Up Paint will keep your Shopsmith equipment looking like new.
e28f402a-35b6-408e-abbf-e27d24641533556360Shopsmith 3x24 Inch 100 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (4 Pack)0.524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (4) 3" x 24" 100 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts
02e8b654-f6b1-43d1-bc35-afc6c5fd48b4522400MARK V Conventional Headstock Assembly772195

Shopsmith's Conventional Headstock Assembly

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio.

e62e322d-4ba2-41c4-aeb8-472470e2326c5553215/8 Inch Saw Arbor (for MARK V 500)134.955/8 Inch Saw Arbor (for MARK V 500)
0bbbf0dd-52c0-4f40-ab6a-1db2096ab01d514805DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Caster111.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Swivel Caster
6c38a866-4078-4569-927c-54188898f4b05553331/2x42 Inch 80 Grit A/O Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.511.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1/2" x 42" 80 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
0230b31c-b619-4c26-adf1-b60ce01d0bd6517144Vacuum Elbow0.520.95Vacuum Elbow
710bb9eb-2405-4cc4-88c8-8c8c27630bb1514113MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Lower Saw Guard Upper Guard Clamp0.312.95Lower / Upper Saw Guard Clamp (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
3832f715-743a-41c3-b65c-8f62a5eacc989422491/2x42 Inch Assorted A/O Strip Sander Belts0.111.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. 5-Pack Includes: (1) Each 80 Grit, 100 Grit, 150 Grit, and (2) 220 Grit 1/2" x 42" Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
24dc5fc4-4443-4951-8660-213d15e04abb5553421x42 Inch 80 Grit A/O Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.413.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1" x 42" 80 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
43b9fce6-1e0a-499d-905d-858a25e1ece5513061Table Tilt Lock Handle Assembly124.95Table Tilt Lock Handle Assembly (for Bandsaws / Belt Sanders made before Oct.1993)
140d35df-51bb-424f-89b3-17075928e3845553361/2x42 Inch 220 Grit A/O Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.111.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1/2" x 42" 220 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
0e9a9f7d-123f-8c01-55c2-8ecbdb83d090557500MARK 5 with Conventional Headstock All-Inclusive2714999

The Shopsmith MARK 5 delivers five core tools in one compact machine: Table Saw, Disc Sander, Drill Press, Horizontal Boring Machine, and Lathe. Start simple — and expand your capabilities as you go.

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio.

5771158e-c3b6-4290-8c81-07414dcca2be518492Jointer Stop Pin & Stud Assembly0.2520.95Jointer Stop Pin and Stud Assembly
05d39481-981a-4be7-a2a3-97b3f3b939aa5553341/2x42 Inch 100 Grit A/O Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.411.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1/2" x 42" 100 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
cab38a7a-8f5d-4ef7-8f8b-9bde1890837e514196Jointer Feather Guard Return Spring0.112.95Jointer Feather Guard Return Spring
8e4235a2-523f-43df-afe7-00a8e9c1314e5553411x42 Inch 60 Grit A/O Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)113.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1" x 42" 60 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
839c4bdd-110b-4f69-b8fe-77e229d792e8502675Bandsaw Table Tilting Trunnion224.95Bandsaw Trunnion
a9da96f6-c66b-30b0-9c6c-2fc3209540f5557501MARK 5 with Conventional Headstock & Sawing Package2714499

The MARK 5 with Conventional Headstock & Sawing Package contains the basic base and table sawing capabilities of the MARK 5 Complete. The full configuration of the MARK 5 can accommodate five core tools in one compact machine: Table Saw, Disc Sander, Drill Press, Horizontal Boring Machine, and Lathe. Start simple — and expand your capabilities as you go.

 

Please Note that this package only contains the base and sawing packages. If you are interested in purchasing the complete MARK 5 package see item #557500.

b8c86fd1-695e-477f-adbd-99318814cb8c555896Miter Gauge Bar with Mounting Hardware (fits all MARKS) (2 Pack)186.95Jigs & Fixtures are Tools That Make a Big Difference in Project Execution and Accuracy! \n \nHardware for Assembling Sliding Jigs and Fixtures with parts made to fit Shopsmith Miter Gauge Slots and Rip Fences. \n \nSteel Miter Bars (2-Pack) (555896) \nThe Steel Miter Bar slides in T-Slot Track and MARK 7/MARK V 505,510,520/MARK 4 Miter Gauge Slots. This Miter Bar Includes T-Slot washer to prevent accidental lift-out and mounting holes with counterbores for Mounting Hardware \n(6) 1/4-20 by 1/2" long buttonhead screws \n(2) Miter Bars (fit Miter gauge Slots) \n(6) �-20 Threaded inserts \n(1) 6mm Allen Wrench \n \nSliding T-Bolt 16 Piece System (555915) \nSliding T-Bolt System works with our T-Slot Track, your MARK V worktable or other MARK V accessories. \n16-piece Sliding T-Bold System Includes: \n� (4) Sliding T-Bolts with permanently mounted, 1-1/2" long, 5/16-18 threaded studs. \n� (4) 1" OD black plastic knobs with a through-hole and a 5/16-18 threaded insert. \n� (4) 3/8" ID x 7/8" OD steel Washers to distribute pressure over a broader area. \n� (4) 5/16" ID x 5/8" OD x 1/4" thick black steel Spacers to shorten tightening distances. \n \nKnobs and Hardware Pack (Work with Sliding T-Nuts (555905) \nSmall black Knobs & Parts work with Sliding T-Nuts or Threaded Inserts. \n17 Piece Knobs and Hardware Pack Includes: \n� (4) 1" diameter plastic Knobs come with 1-1/2" long, 1/4 - 20 threaded studs that will screw into our Sliding T-Nuts or threaded inserts. \n� (4) 1/4" ID x 1-1/4" OD fender Washers to distribute pressure over a broader area. \n� (4) 1/4" ID x 3/4" OD x 3/8" thick black plastic Spacers to shorten tightening distances. \n� (4) 1/4 - 20 screw-in Threaded Inserts. \n� (1) 6mm Allen Wrench for installing inserts. \n \nT-Nuts & Large Star Knobs Kit (555910) \nLarge Threaded Knobs & parts screw into Sliding T-Nuts or Threaded Inserts. \nKit consisting of: \n� (4) Knobs with threaded studs \n� (4) 5/8"x3/8"x3/8" spacers \n� (4) Sliding T-Nuts \n \nKnobs with Stud Hardware (1 Inch Diameter Knobs) (4 Pack) (555901) \n1" diameter plastic Knobs come with 1-1/2" long, 1/4 - 20 threaded studs that will screw into our Sliding T-Nuts or threaded inserts. \n \nSteel Washers (3/8 Inch ID x 7/8 Inch OD) (4 Pack) (555912) \n3/8" ID x 7/8" OD steel Washers to distribute pressure over a broader area. \n \nUniversal Clamp \nOur Universal clamps can be used to hold rip fence extensions to your rip fence. They can also be used to hold shop-made fixtures on to MARK tables for many other woodworking tasks. \n \n� Universal Clamp (Single) (522805) \n� Universal Clamp (Set of 2) (556188)
4303be93-02a0-41f5-9d65-5d6c8a56c2b0514211Carriage Pinion (for MARK 7/MARK V 520,510,505/MARK 4)0.522.95Carriage Pinion (for MARK 7/MARK V 520,510,505/MARK 4)
4f74767d-2a66-40b1-863c-c7e0e8e8b21b502960Belt Sander Tie Bolt0.522.95Belt Sander Bolt
2cfa9b55-22b1-4c1f-ac38-6419f815c60d590002Greenie to Poly-V Drive System Upgrade Service with Motor Replacement51800

Greenie to Poly-V Drive System Upgrade Service with Motor Replacement

8aa1fa22-a7bb-4eaa-9fa6-4816b6dc63a3521578MARK 7 / MARK V520 Rip Fence Locking Handle0.522.95Locking Handle for Rip Fence (for MARK 7/MARK V 520/MARK 4)
048070d6-5439-48bd-af44-0a8f171298565227041-1/2 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. Sanding Drum with Spindle0.411.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 1-1/2 Inch Dia. Shopsmith Drum Sander is 2Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. Sanding Sleeves sold separately.
f77dea2a-f5b8-4692-903a-e8fdbbc8bd1b504247MARK V 500 Tie Bar Assembly1.599.95Tie Bar Assembly (MARK V 500)
6c8e6e28-ae73-4063-9e13-cf22d790e3cc557001PowerPro Generation 2773095

NEXT GENERATION TOUCH CONTROL

 

More Power. Wider Speed Range. Dual Direction. Digital Controls. Low Maintenance. Easy To Use.

 

PowerPro Generation 2 Touch Screen is loaded with new technologies that make your projects nearly effortless.  The PowerPro Generation 2 Touch Screen not only enhances Shopsmith multi-purpose equipment, it also enhances the performance of every Shopsmith accessory you own.

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio.

706b3f4e-d00c-43c0-a167-249ad524eae2522936Shopsmith 6x48 Inch 100 Grit Ceramic Belt Sander Sanding Belt (1 Belt)0.522.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (1) 6" x 48" 100 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt
736a4c99-0edd-ee9b-404b-44eeb1621aaa590000Conventional Headstock Repair & Refresh Package (without Motor)5950

Full renewal and refresh for your Conventional Headstock without Motor Replacement. 

0dd1af4b-2f07-4ecb-b0ef-c719f35fc4af5553451x42 Inch 320 Grit Strip Sander Belt0.2522.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1" x 42" 320 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
9b05fe3f-0ad3-4ac6-9f1a-1cea603ff006504221Quadrant Assembly (for All MARKs Except MARK 7)0.339.95Quadrant Assembly (for All MARKs Except MARK 7)
16ee8f2b-52bc-40cf-b03c-9715128e60a5504225Speed Dial Ring (for Conventional Headstock)124.95Speed Dial Ring (for Conventional Headstock)
1a111dec-3547-97cc-859e-328adae11403590001Conventional Headstock Repair & Refresh Package with Motor Replacement51500

Full renewal and refresh for your Conventional Headstock including motor replacement. 

b2dbb66c-ed0d-4b32-8cbe-3088f724b565555916T-Nuts (4 Pack)0.114.95T-Nuts (4-Pack)
4d069dcd-39c7-48bf-b42b-179aa0d18aa8516153Aluminum Bandsaw Table Table Extension Rod0.613.95Bandsaw Extension Rod
db77a4eb-7f11-351b-7be4-310a00f2c011590004PowerPro Gen 2 Repair & Refresh Package (without Motor)51600

PowerPro Gen 2 Repair & Refresh Package (without Motor)

f060d439-1958-4033-92a0-0bead988119a522371Front Rail Main Table Assembly (MARK 7/MARK V 520S)469.95Front Rail Main Table Assembly (MARK 7/MARK V 520S)
df097d1d-d6ae-41e3-9ebb-45561068d0555553381x42 Inch 100 Grit A/O Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.413.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1" x 42" 100 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
8f83bdd6-2f45-4f91-ad9e-1b07e8fe9893514083HEADSTOCK DRIVE & RING ASM0.314.95Headstock Drive & Ring Assembly
1dbd1d1c-b309-41dd-bf16-dc47a7f2966c514817DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Cover Plate w/Logo0.115.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Cover Plate w/Logo
a86ac8f7-fb02-48c0-bb2c-25e4d35394e3509226Motor Shaft Spring0.239.95Motor Shaft Spring
2df46bcd-6404-40e4-9a25-5beaaf823b81522812MARK 7 Owners Manual (for 556187)139.95
978adbb2-ca74-dcda-c24c-43c840b65cd6590003PowerPro Gen 1 to Gen 2 Upgrade Service51600

PowerPro Gen 1 to Gen 2 Full-Service Upgrade

833b97b3-d2b4-4a12-918f-d65bb245bd1d504219Bushing Spacer0.113.95Bushing Spacer
90f7ec98-e571-4370-882a-beff39bd2b62504235Wedge Lock Left Hand0.113.95

Wedge Lock Left Hand

6287ee34-07b4-4c88-aa76-261486e2874f522221Bandsaw Cover Upgrade with Window and Dust Port699.95

The Bandsaw Cover Upgrade with Window and Dust Port allows you to tension the blade and see the blade tension scale when adjusting your blade tension without ever having to remove the cover. Simply insert the 5/32" Allen wrench through the side of the cover to make this adjustment. Then before storing, it is easy to reduce tension without ever removing the cover. The cover also has an arrow to take the guess work out of which way your blade should run.

1eb2a99d-7ceb-2d1d-c3ec-4875b669981f522221HDCarbon Fiber-Look Bandsaw Cover Upgrade with Window and Dust Port6125

Classic ShopSmith-Gray gets a Carbon-Fiber upgrade with custom hydro-dipped finish available as an add-on option or on replacement plastic Bandsaw Covers.

409f7d53-360e-4dc1-96e0-d267c9b313ba513102MARK 7 / MARK V Caster Bracket Hardware Pack0.514.95Caster Bracket Hardware (for MARK 7/MARK V)
a839b775-8b33-477a-938f-683342f1f926522367MARK 7 / MARK V520 Extension Table Front Rail0.939.95Front Rail Assembly (Short)
7a303edc-7202-4c19-a0bc-d11743aa19d0518381MARK V 520/510/505 Single Tilt Base Arm0.169.95Base Arm for Older Units (Small Hole)
6de295c3-ce20-4b73-9c46-5852fca2bf87521689MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505/500 Lathe Tool Rest Long Lever114.95Tool Rest Lever (Long) (for MARK 7/MARK V)
f3feda4d-599b-4577-8155-82bb959aad1f516156Aluminum Bandsaw Table Circle Cutter Center Pin0.113.95Bandsaw Circle Cutter Pin Center
85ee5b7c-63f4-4cf5-9b54-80045a57fd875553461x42 Inch 400 Grit A/O Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.413.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1" x 42" 400 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
0b717fb5-d23d-407f-a35f-7b41597977c0518437Oscillating Drum Sander Tension Cable0.314.95Oscillating Sander Tension Cable
54abfc93-62c2-4fed-ba74-defee9db559e50377201Mortising Hold Down Foot0.322.95Mortising Hold Down Foot
2e199365-21f4-41ee-9691-846fb201b9bb5562546 x 2-5/16 Inch Drum Sander (Includes 1 each coarse, medium, fine sleeves)2.179.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 2-5/16 Inch Shopsmith Sanding Drum is 6Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. The 2” long sleeves are made with tough, long-lasting Garnet Abrasive. Includes (1) 60 grit, (1) 80 grit, and (1) 100 grit Sanding Sleeve.
8ec93455-c705-4d04-b98a-73e3d00f2e965553441x42 Inch 220-Grit A/O Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.413.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1" x 42" 220 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
a6080244-02fa-4166-8a98-06d72bda6078556419Scales For Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar1.414.95Scales For Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar
112b9698-60cb-4050-a6b4-257918d25f4d522088Bandsaw Cover Mounting Stud0.414.95Bandsaw Cover Stud
3e06b7bc-df38-433f-aff7-ba3a1edda93a52170802Extra Flip Stop Assembly (for MARK 7 & Pro-Fence Table with Extension Rail)0.539.95

Extra Flip Stop Assembly (for MARK 7 & Pro-Fence Table with Extension Rail)

 

Flip-Up Rip Fence Stop ensures repeatability for a variety of operations. The perfect accessory for creating multiple stopped dadoes, grooves, molding bandsaw cuts & repetitive drilling and routing operations.

 

The 24" aluminum extension rail attaches to the T-Slot on top of the rip fence on your Shopsmith machine. It also attaches to the fence upgrade for Shopsmith Bandsaws and MARK V 500 fence upgrades. 

 

Just slide the flip stop into position along the rail and lock with a quick twist of a knob. Twin washers hold the Rail parallel with the fence when it's extended beyond the fence end. The flip stops can be adjusted up to 32" from the center of the worktable on Your MARK V 510, 505 (31" on a MARK 7 / MARK V 520 / MARK 4). Fits on later Model 500's with t-slot on top. Stop Levers are reversible to work on either side of the fence. 

 

Order extra flip-up fence stops so you can have multiple stops on your fence at any time.

0367b942-8c13-49db-b24d-4d6125f63e675041769Quill Lock Handle116.95Quill Lock Handle
1b47f820-3ec3-43e8-ab1f-b602977b10c3514521Dust Collector Elbow Attachment112.95Dust Collector Elbow Attachment
8bef082f-593a-43fc-956d-53c3bfcaf7be5028869Jointer Fence Mounting Bar422.95Jointer Fence Bar
f9f62684-438d-4f6d-9eb4-85f2449f80a1555115Planer Serrated Steel Infeed Roller Upgrade0.489.95

Increase effectiveness of your planer by replacing the old, work-out rubber feed rollers with our segmented knurled-steel Infeed and Outfeed Rollers. The Knurled Infeed Roller stops slipping on older model Shopsmith Planers for stand-mounted Shopsmith Planers with serial numbers below 20,000.

• Planer Infeed Roller (555115)

• Planer Outfeed Roller (514534)

ed3dbd5b-d308-4288-a96c-2eeaca95b30c502703Bandsaw Blade Tension Adjusting Screw0.519.95Bandsaw Blade Tension Adjusting Screw
eee86107-c3c4-4877-a4bf-1f44327064e2504234Wedge Lock Right Hand (BLK)0.113.95

Wedge Lock Right Hand (BLK)

70b07ada-a7e3-46a3-ba83-ae40bd8a4d8c911393Scroll Saw Blades (#9 Metal Cutting) (12 Pack)113.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. These Milled Metal Cutting Scroll Saw Blades are made of hardened, tempered steel and have more teeth per inch for cutting thin metal and other hard materials. Includes: (12) Milled Metal Cutting Scroll Saw Blades (Universal #9)
f32a9573-7b2a-4bc3-9ce9-d5032efc9b5551385403SPT Stand 40" V-Belt0.314.95Bandsaw 40 Inch SPT Stand V-Belt
dfcb420a-3aa4-4c52-a2bd-a129fab1c0e17550371/2 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. Assorted A/O Sanding Sleeves114.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Sleeves are 1/2-Inch Dia. x 2-Inch Long. Assorted 12-Pack Includes (6) Fine, (4) Medium, and (2) Coarse Grit A/O Sanding Sleeves.
f85a4ffc-c6d3-421f-b07c-29408e8ab755522337Lift Assist Gas Cylinder179.95Lift Assist Gas Cylinder
a8e71c25-170b-4017-91de-bcc37ce8855a521715T-Nut Fence Stop Assembly0.115.95T-Nut Fence Stop Assembly
eeb6fb18-f567-4870-b6f9-e61b99491e50514336MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Carriage Lock Shaft216.95Carriage Lock Shaft (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
d9bc5e9b-7ad2-44fd-8f79-ba58ee0d39f5504143Base Arm (for MARK V 500)0.459.95Base Arm (for MARK V 500)
567cad74-7d0d-4844-894c-7b20c57d7b7c515380Strip Sander Table0.189.95Strip Sander Table
e43d877c-c98a-4cd8-8753-7e735877cbee911394Milled Scroll Saw Blades (12 Metal Cutting)113.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. These Milled Metal Cutting Scroll Saw Blades are made of hardened, tempered steel and have more teeth per inch for cutting thin metal and other hard materials. Includes: (12) Milled Metal Cutting Scroll Saw Blades (Universal #12)
cde1ce44-bcb9-46e1-9e11-5d6b9a166e30515552DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Switch Wiring Harness0.134.95DC-3300 Dust Collector Motor Wiring Harness
950126da-968c-49df-add2-29821de37235522217Bandsaw Clear Plastic Window for Bandsaw Cover015.95Make Your Bandsaw Look Like New Again with a New Bandsaw Cover (522221) Shopsmith Bandsaw Cover allows you to Tension the Blade AND see the Blade Tension Scale when adjusting your blade tension without ever having to remove the cover! Simply insert the 5/32" Allen wrench through the side of the cover to make this adjustment. Then before storing. it is easy to reduce tension without ever removing the cover. The Cover also has an arrow to take the guess work out of which way your blade should run. If you've been putting off ordering a new cover, now is the time to make your Bandsaw look new again! See the Tension Scale Without Looking Through Scratches with the Bandsaw Clear Plastic Window (for Bandsaw Cover) (522217) Is reading the numbers on the Tension Scale has become difficult? It is time to replace the clear Plastic Window NOW. This new window will simply snap in place. No glue or hardware is required. Add a new Dust Chute to an old Bandsaw Cover or add Additional Dust Chutes to Your Newer Cover with the Band Saw Dust Chute (300000) Eliminates Dust At the Source. Suck-up damaging sawdust to keep your shop clean and your Bandsaw operating at its best. One dust Chute works well directly under the table. Many of our customers tell us a second Dust Chute at the bottom of the Cover, directly under the first, adds to the dust collection efficiency. Includes Dust Chute, all mounting hardware and instructions. Protect Your Hands from the Spinning Bandsaw Shaft with the Bandsaw Shaft Guard Upgrade Package (522251) This guard is easily mounted over the Shaft. Use the enclosed Template and Instructions to quickly install this Shaft Guard with four screws, in just a few minutes. Includes Shaft Guard, Mounting Template, Instructions and Hardware.
97198424-49ee-4687-965c-99fd072ba4dd521765Locking Lever Upgrade Kit for Lathe Tool Rest Arm134.95

This kit includes updated locking levers and warning labels for your ShopSmith Lathe Tool Rest Arm. [514264 Lathe Tool Rest Arm & Lever Upgrade Package includes the full assembly with arm] 

18fa5e6e-6132-440b-8093-e327726cee2e556258Polycarbonate Stock Push Guide (Short)0.2522.95

This inexpensive accessory will help you guide your workpieces through rip cuts, dadoes, grooves and molding cuts with greater precision, confidence and safety. Made of a rugged, see-through polycarbonate material, it features a protruding hook on the trailing edge that will securely grasp and control stock of any thickness down to 3/8" without snagging or slipping. 

 

Use this short guide to make rip cuts on stock up to 13-1/4" long and as narrow as 9/32" with 1/32" of clearance between the edge of the guide and your saw blade. 

 

Carefully engineered with angled handles that are covered in soft, non-slip vinyl, it’s ergonomically comfortable to use and can provide one or two-handed downward force on your workpieces well forward of their hook edges. As a result, it will not only keep your fingers out of harm's way when making your cuts, it will also prevent dangerous lift-ups that can snag your blade or cutter and cause a kickback that could result in personal injury.

 

BUNDLE & SAVE

For the best deal, order the kit of both Short and Long (556260).

5979f912-ffb0-4b76-8a1e-2ca72e6c628f515936Miter Pro Extension Stop Block0.314.95Miter Gauge Stock Block
0045df87-7104-43c3-a2e7-3a0ced1060a7522392Table Extension 18 Inch Tube0.415.95Table Extension (18 Inch Tube)
d3822bf4-0c01-40be-bdcc-da33ba29f2815146321/4 Inch Router Chuck Complete127.95Shopsmith precision-machined, steel router chucks are designed specifically to withstand the increased pressure during side-thrust operations like routing. Attempting to use your standard drill chuck for routing presents a safety hazard and risks damage to your equipment. The 1/4 Inch version of the Shopsmith Router Chuck accommodates router bits with up to a 1/4 Inch shank.
a2075e30-e9f0-41c2-8c5f-7b3db5cef95d516338MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Upper Guard w/Insert127.95Upper Guard with Insert (All MARKs Except MARK V 500)
52916aef-f183-4c44-9629-ae8d4bd3ed59300002Belt Sander Dust Chute Upgrade127.95Improve the dust collection capability of an old Belt Sander with the Belt Sander Dust Collection Upgrade Kit. This kit allows you to seamlessly switch from a 1-1/4" dust collection port to a double-sized 2-1/2" diameter dust collection port for superior performance. The safety grid inside the fitting keeps fingers away from the moving belt if the hose is disconnected. Note: Only for Shopsmith Belt Sanders made before August of 1987.
8db40590-0b21-4455-b858-8316afdc3ab05020809Jointer Eccentric Mounting Stud (4 Inch)0.524.95Jointer Eccentric Mounting Stud (4 Inch)
971d8526-8851-4f1e-9c76-e0bad998b3ea556216Pen Turning Mandrel and Drill Bit129.95NOVA G3 Pen Turning with 3 Great Ways to Buy!\n\n1. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214)\nBuy this kit if you already have the Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor and Pen Mandrel. You will be ready to go! \n\n2. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle (556220) (Includes: NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214) + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit) \nStarting from Scratch? Here is Everything You Will Need to Get Started Plus Extra Savings!\n\n3. NOVA Pen Turning Accessory Completer Kit (556219) (Includes: NOVA Pen Jaws + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Mandrel Saver)\nThe Perfect Choice if You Already have the NOVA G3 Chuck!\n\n\nNOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle will enable you to turn Beautiful colorful pens out of wood and acrylic alike. The NOVA G3 Turning Bundle (556220) includes the highly popular G3 Chuck with standard 50mm jaws, plus the Pen Plus Jaws, Mandrel Saver and the Woodworm Screw PLUS the special Insert made specially to connect with to Your Shopsmith Spindle. \n\nYou will love the solid construction, minimal vibration and ease-of-use. The NOVA G3 Lathe Chuck Package, made exclusively for use on Shopsmith equipment, has become a customer-favorite chuck for lathe turning. It is made especially for Shopsmith Lathe with up to a 16" of swing over the bed. The G3 is a self-centering chuck, so all four jaws close at the same time by turning a single key. With only one hand needed to close the chuck, your other hand is free to align the stock. And you will love the sturdy storage case which makes it easy to keep your kit free from dust and in top operating condition.\n\nWhat You Can Expect:\n� Small, compact design minimizes load on small spindles and bearings\n� Dedicated, close fitting Insert using only the standard 5/32" Allen wrench to install. No separate insert tools required\n� Single-handed operation with included chuck key\n� Four jaw design firmly grips both round and square wood?Tufflock geared grip provides a powerful, positive hold\n� Locking set screw allows it to be used for sanding in reverse mode when mounted on the PowerPro Smart Motor.\n� Wide range of available accessory jaws (Note that although all Nova jaws will fit, not all are recommended for use with the G3)\n� Jaw slides made from high-tech copper fused steel for maximum hardness, wear, and self-lubricating properties\n� Precision machined in one operation from a solid steel block for optimal accuracy\n� Polished finish to allow for closer tolerances and accuracy\n� Safe Lock� Woodworm screw included for fast mounting of rough timbers\n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor 505603 required to hold the Drill Chuck for center drilling the penstock\n� 5 Year Warranty (Chuck Only) - One of the Best in the Business!\n\n\nNOVA's Pen Plus Jaws quickly convert your NOVA G3 chuck into a fast, accurate pen blank drilling tool. The large jaw profile provides a solid grip for all sizes of pen blanks, and a perfectly centered hole, every time. Being able to finely control the drill Quill feed on your lathe helps to prevent break out on delicate pen walls. Pen Plus Jaws are also perfect for squaring up the pen blank ends after gluing in the tubes. But here's the ''Plus'' in Pen Plus�the heavy-duty design of the jaws means that they're also powerful enough to handle larger, longer spigot work. With an internal profile that accepts square turning blanks, and a rock-solid grip over 1-1/2" long, the jaws perform admirably, with minimal vibration. \nPen mandrels can bend when you extend the mandrel tip into the tailstock center point. With the NOVA Pen Mandrel Saver, the mandrel shaft goes through the hollow live center, providing support without pressure. The pen bushings will rest against the center with little to no pressure on the mandrel shaft.\nOnly Need One Piece? NO PROBLEM! All Items Also Sold Separately!\n� Pen Turning Jaws (556218)\n� Shopsmith Pen Turning Mandrel (556216)\n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor (for All MARKs) (505603)\n� NOVA Pen Turning Mandrel Saver (556217)\n
e034db21-8263-403f-ab97-ca13591eb92e514264Complete Lathe Tool Rest Arm with Locking Lever Upgrade1.344.95

The Complete Lathe Tool Rest Arm with Locking Lever Upgrade Kit adjusts quickly and easily without the need for additional tools. This design allows you to adjust the position of your lathe tool rest on-the-fly as the turning profile changes. All adjustments are tool-free and allow for greater flexibility in positioning the tool rest exactly where you need it. The oversized locking levers make adjusting and securing the position of the tool rest a snap.

ac337f07-8921-4909-9430-550443c2b3ca555626Bandsaw Eccentric Tubes (4 Pack)2.569.95Designed to offset your Bandsaw in the MARK V / MARK 4 mounting tubes just enough to allow you to raise to Drill Press position without having to remove the Bandsaw from its mount. \n \nNote: With the MARK 7, the Bandsaw and other Special Purpose Tools (SPTs) must always be removed when raising to vertical position.
59a37f51-202d-4331-87a4-32bd1294af40514095Carriage Lock, Wedge Lock Casting0.314.95Carriage Wedge Lock Casting
304fa977-fa3b-49e2-9e42-1fc7e94714e4555088Quill Upgrade Kit3.6229.95Two-Bearing Quill Upgrade Kit (For All MARKs) (555088) \n \nTwo Bearing Quill Upgrade For all MARK�s with Poly-V Belt Systems. The Two-Bearing Quill Upgrade makes your MARK run smoother - eliminates runout and wobble. Early MARK V 500's made before 11/01/84 were produced with a single bearing quill. Single bearing quills this old have a worn bearing. This wear creates runout and wobble that will jeopardize the precision of your drilling, turning, sawing and other operations. This Two Bearing Quill Upgrade will solve that problem and improve your results on every project. Even if you own a newer Machine wnd are a moderate or heavy user, your quill may be worn out. This Two-Bearing Quill Upgrade will greatly improve the performance of your machine too. The Two-Bearing Quill installs in your Smart Motor easily in less than an hour by following the detailed instructions. \n \nFits: MARK?7 and MARK V units with the Poly V drive system (starting 1960). \n \nNote: Not compatible with Shopsmith ER or M2. Will not fit older Mark V units with the Gilmer drive system.
5d350412-0e25-4cdf-b031-e20995c66f6c518333Dust Collector Motor Top Short Seal0.19.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Short Seal (Top)
be9e8f1a-d760-4dd2-83e3-e2e5b8f264d1523172Dust Collector Union Connector124.95Dust Collector 4 Inch Union Connector
6de738ba-a67c-4897-9692-45db32c4a081502989Belt Sander Trunnion Lock Nut0.2522.95Belt Sander Trunnion Lock Nut
6735b19a-2578-4cde-aa9c-53b7d59b0ef1521767Strip Sander Belt and Pulley Package2.3119.95Use this Belt and Pulley Package to make your existing Shopsmith Power Stand compatible with the Shopsmith Strip Sander. The Shopsmith Power Stand can be used with any Shopsmith Special Purpose Tool with the correct belt and pulley installed. Each Power Stand Kit is sold with one belt & pulley combination to power a specific SPT. Belt & Pulley Packages are available for all Shopsmith SPTs that can be used on a Power Stand. Strip Sander Package Includes: Pulley, Drive Belt, Instructions
71af941e-924b-497e-b1e5-69052ae8cd9b515664Dust Collector Left Leg w/Logo5.1119.95DC-6000 Dust Collector Left Leg w/ Logo
ab008ab0-5000-4b16-b0cb-d6e2e52acfb3515546Dust Collector Right Leg with Logo5.1119.95DC-6000 Dust Collector Right Leg w/ Logo
43a06740-7572-4977-841d-cbb5f9809ccb521682Drive Belt with Instructions0.522.95Drive Belt with Instructions
024dfdf3-f7d5-48b7-acd1-f14053baa23f518379MARK V 520/510/505 Single Tilt Base2119.95Old Base (for MARK V 500 with 3/4" dia Pin)
977d5a54-ddda-478e-ad1e-29005fb9a9be555942DC-6000/3300 42 Inch Filter Hood Package5.199.95The Shopsmith heavy duty, custom made, Filter Hoods are made especially for our Dust Collector and cleans the air that's returned to the environment once the dust is removed. As it does this, a cake of dust forms on the inside of the Hood. As the cake gets thicker, the Hood traps smaller and smaller particles, increasing its dust-capturing efficiency. \n \nOur standard 12 Inch Filter Hood is designed to capture particles as small as 7 microns in size. The 24 Inch Filter Hood will capture particles as small as 5 microns. And, the super 42 Inch Filter Hood will capture particles down to an amazing 1 micron in size! \n \nThe 24 Inch & 42 Inch Filter Hoods offer up to four times the surface area of our original equipment 12 Inch Filter Hood, and that helps them maintain optimum airflow, even though the internal cake is thickening and the particle size is getting smaller. \n \nMade of a special polyester felt, all our Filter Hoods are fully washable, although this is seldom necessary. When you feel that the airflow has been reduced below a level that you're comfortable with, simply turn on your dust collector and tap the sides of the hood firmly several times to dislodge the cake from the inside of Your Filter Hood. \n \nThe 42 Inch hood comes complete with a Support Rod, Mounting Brackets, a Drilling Template and complete instructions for attaching the rod to your DC-6000 or DC-3300 Dust Collector. \n \nThe DC-330L filter hood (503600) is designed specifically for the DC-330L Dust Collection System. Purchase a new DC-330L filter hood and make your CD-330L look like new again.
2bdb2682-7eac-4f2b-a3d7-da9119f7bf50555987A.G.E. Industrial Plastics Saw Blade for Sheet Plastics, Acrylic, & Plexi-Glass2129.95A.G.E. Industrial Plastics Saw Blade
dc809484-e223-42c3-bf34-85769c958aa7502934Belt Sander Idler Drum Assembly8.8149.95Belt Sander Idler Drum Assembly
e4bb9afa-3657-490b-9798-b968f7fc46d7555655Jointer Auxiliary Fence Package6.9139.95

The Shopsmtih Jointer Auxiliary Fence Package helps you work safer and with improved stability. This 7-3/4" high Fence attaches quickly to your Jointer or MARK V Rip Fence and offers a smooth-gliding, laminate-covered surface. Use it for added support when working with wide boards. Also accommodates two Featherboard hold-downs for increased safety when jointing narrow, difficult-to-hold boards. Jointer Auxiliary Fence Package Includes: Jointer Auxiliary Fence and (2) hold-down Featherboards.

 

Note: This package does not include the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade (555480). We recommend the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade for all Shopsmith Jointers with missing or old-style blade guards.

 

Note: Fence is now black instead of gray, to match the tables on the MARK 7 and MARK 5

a64b5d44-9a1a-46ec-bbc3-9516b3b13a55514809DC-6000/3300 Silver Dust Collector Filter Retaining Strap with Clamp and Rack0.524.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Filter Retaining Strap with Clamp and Rack (Silver)
9efe81fe-0ef3-410c-b4cd-a34f4635836d5013149Depth Gauge Dial0.527.95Depth Gauge Dial
409695b7-9b9f-42c4-935f-0c0dc6dca880556364Shopsmith 4x24 Inch 80 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (3 Pack)0.524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (3) 4" x 24" 80 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts
e643e28e-88d5-4098-9a6a-8001d65d8f1f522935Shopsmith 6x48 Inch 80 Grit Ceramic Belt Sander Sanding Belt (1 Belt)0.522.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (1) 6" x 48" 80 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt
5d63464a-9da9-4811-883a-541e86c1cb3a55520512 Inch 100 Grit A/O Stick-On Fine Sandpaper Discs (3 Pack)0.524.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Discs have adhesive backing and can be attached directly to your Sanding Disc Plate. Purchase additional Sanding Discs to have one of each grit ready to go. Pack Includes (3) 12 Inch, 100 Grit, Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
f6a92a62-3aa9-4f07-b807-bef35acb6f005056822-5/16 Dia. x 3 Inch Lg. 100 Grit A/O Fine Drum Sander Sanding Sleeves (6 Pack)0.216.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Includes (6) 3-Inch 100 grit A/O Fine Sanding Sleeves.
cd0119f7-2705-da50-55e2-cd7eea45ce67522638Power Supply for PowerPro Gen 2 Touchscreen4579.95

The Motor Control Unit Assembly/Power Supply supports both generations of the Shopsmith PowerPro Smart Motor.

6f4e5764-4a43-4bcd-90e5-0c4a0d7ded00522924Wood Properties and Speed Conversion Quick Reference Charts0.2527.95Inexpensive, Must-Have Reference Aids That Clearly Belong In Every Shop! \n \nLaminated Quick-Reference Speed and Conversion Chart \nEver wonder about the ideal machine speed for drilling a 1/2" hole into plastic -- for resawing a thick piece of hardwood with your bandsaw -- or for rounding an 8" diameter bowl on the lathe? This chart covers these three operations plus over 300 other operations! \n \nIt covers Sawing � Dadoing � Molding � Drilling � Horizontal Boring � Shaping � Disc Sanding � Drum Sanding � Belt Sanding � Lathe Turning � Routing � Jointing � Planing � Bandsawing � Scroll Sawing and � Strip Sanding and every operation you can perform with Your MARK. \n \nWhether you're machining hardwoods, softwoods, composites, iron, steel, non-ferrous metals, plastic, bone, horn or fibrous material, you get the ideal speed for virtually every imaginable operation and get it fast! \n \nBut Machine Speeds Are Just the Beginning! You'll also find loads of other valuable information in this handy laminated 11"h x 17"w chart. \nThis Powerhouse Includes: \n� Comprehensive Table of Fractional/Decimal/Millimeter Equivalents from 1/64" to 1" by 64ths \n� Decimal Equivalents for Number Drills - most commonly used to drill tapping holes for machine screw sizes 4-40 through 1-4"-28 \n� Decimal Equivalents for Letter Drills - most commonly used to drill tapping holes for machine screw sizes 5/16"-18 through 7/16"-20 \n� Common Tap Drill Sizes For Machine Screws from 6-32 through 1/2"-20 \n� Recommended Wood Screw Pilot Hole Sizes for Body Holes, Lead Holes and Counterbores \n� Properties of the 11 Most Popular Wood Glues \n� Mortise & Tenon Sizing Guidelines for Stock Thicknesses from 1/2" to 2-1/2" \n \nQuestions About Domestic, Exotic or Engineered Woods? Get Your Answers On This Handy Quick-Reference Chart \nThis Laminated Chart Puts a Wealth of Time-Saving Workshop Information Right At Your Fingertips. It's jam-packed with a wealth of information about the many different types of woods we all use to build our projects. Here are just a few examples of the invaluable data that's available to help you select the best woods for the projects you're building in your shop: \n� Which woods are the strongest, hardest & most stable \n� Which are the most rot-resistant for building outdoor projects \n� Which woods are the lightest & heaviest per board foot \n� What should I use for bentwood, marine or carving projects \n� What are the nominal & actual thicknesses & widths of framing or construction grade lumber \n \nIt also includes: \n� A quick reference table of 125 instant board foot calculations for 1", 5/4", 2", 4" & 6" thick lumber in 8', 10', 12', 14' & 16' lengths --PLUS-- the formulas for computing board feet for your own widths & lengths \n� A guide to understanding how interior & exterior grade softwood plywoods are graded; the number & types of defects permitted for each grade; & which grade to use for your different types of projects \n� A table of 30 domestic & exotic toxic woods, how dangerous each can be to your health & the potency of their toxins \n� A table of 16 endangered wood species, which are available & which are not, their origins & common uses \n�A wealth of invaluable information about the three most common engineered wood products (Particleboard, Oriented Strand Board & MDF) --- the primary components of each, the binding agents used, their density, strength, moisture resistance & any special fastening tips \n \nBUNDLE & SAVE \nBuy Both the Speed Conversion and the Wood Properties Quick Reference Charts and Save! \n \nPrinted in full color on heavyweight stock for quick reference and encapsulated inside a plastic lamination for durability.
4649a006-bcc6-4fdb-8a37-9c009129c7db556188Universal Clamps (1-1/2 Inch x 3 Inch) (Set of 2)224.95Universal Clamps (1-1/2 Inch x 3 Inch) (Set of 2)
b3220fd5-42c6-4be5-b994-6b68a942c2f2515935Miter Pro Extension Stop Bracket0.524.95Miter Gauge Extension Stop Bracket
74b2ea12-03c7-4733-8dad-663f0da43c48522813Horizontal Lock Knob227.95Horizontal Lock Knob
78a86d46-e7f6-4bc1-9a8b-94e14af814eb514526MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Carriage Lock Cam0.112.95Carriage Lock Cam (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
0ca4882c-0938-a0d4-58f1-10e9c26c9d9e580004ShopSlick Easy-Apply Squeegee0.12
cf7215a4-453a-40d5-a5f6-cc8b3079c132514257Lock Handle0.527.95Lock Handle (for MARK V)
3e85f8d6-da0f-4dd7-9c1a-7b1c1a6e137f5058865/8 Inch Brad Point Premium Doweling Bit0.527.95Brad Point Drill Bits provide superior cutting during precision drilling operations like doweling, drilling uniformly round pilot holes, and for even countersinking. Our Premium Brad Point Doweling Bits are made of high-quality, carbon-steel alloy to maintain sharp cutting edges. Deep-cut, fluted grooves clear material quickly to avoid clogging or burning. Precision-ground pilot tip ensures proper center alignment every time. This Item: 5/8 Inch Premium Brad Point Doweling Bit
d19cddc6-8ad1-4b1a-b020-791f276ce86f505716Lathe Cup Center124.95The Shopsmith Lathe Cup Center is used to support the non-driving end of spindles or other long work pieces during turning. Designed for use on the Shopsmith MARK or any tailstock with a #2 Morse Taper. Use a mallet to drive the center point and cup into the center of your stock. The workpiece spins against this center when powered by the Drive Center. The Lathe Cup Center is made of steel with a replaceable Center Pin.
fb6c2120-ae9e-4282-a292-27a78909de5b51385401SPT Stand 30" V-Belt0.522.95Jointer V-Belt (30 Inch)
f358f17f-c0bf-4279-823e-7b5ad84cf6e85553471x42 Inch 600 Grit Silicon Carbide Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.413.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Silicon Carbide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1" x 42" 600 Grit Silicon Carbide Strip Sanding Belts
4c2763b7-b5ee-de8f-5ac6-5e42d7d5483dShopSlick Surface Protector39.95

ShopSlick Surface Protector is a high-performance UHMW polymer engineered to give you a surface that is slicker than polished steel, impervious to moisture, and non-binding to adhesive glues.

 

  • ZERO FRICTION GLIDE:
    Lower Coefficient of friction than factory-polished metal.
  • RUST & MOISTURE PROOF:
    Creates a physical barrier against humidity, spills, and sweat.
  • MOST GLUE WON'T STICK
    Glue residue pops right off. Almost no residue, no cleanup headaches.
  • WRITE, CUT, WIPE CLEAN
    Use a Sharpie® to mark directly on the surface. Wipes clean in seconds.
  • RENEWABLE ARMOR
    Peel it off to reveal like-new metal and apply a fresh piece.

 

Available in three convenient sizes:
24" W x 24" L
24" W x 36" L

24" W x 48" L

47135fb3-88b9-47b7-8607-3f001071fa55522818Sensor Infrared DVR Motor (GEN 1)0.159.95Sensor Infrared DVR Motor (Gem 1)
c9ed0bec-9ad9-4146-a828-a39295e1e97c515605MARK V 500 A/B-headstock Toggle Switch Service Part0.2527.95Toggle Switch (for MARK V Older Headstocks)
aea8084a-f5fd-4fd6-8c97-64a99a15e7125564156x48 Inch Assorted A/O 36, 120, & 320 Grit Belt Sander Sanding Belts (3 Pack)1.427.95Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Shopsmith sanding belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Belt Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance and durability. Assorted Pack Includes: (3) 6" x 48" Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts (1-Each: 36 Grit, 120 Grit, and 320 Grit)
c696728c-c1db-4ee1-93af-b8d71f70461a518220Edgewood Push Block Assembly137.95Part of our award-winning 5-Piece Safety Kit, the Edgewood Rubber-Soled Push Block is the most versatile of the set. The Push Block Assembly includes a dense foam gripping material that also provides some cushioning for the smoothest cuts. This item can be used with all MARK models during a variety of operations.
793a64f9-8a3c-457b-9ef3-52acf17798d95014201/2 Inch Drill Chuck (No Key)0.469.95This high-quality geared drill chuck is designed exclusively to work with all MARK models. Accommodates any bit between .020 and 1/2 Inches. Standard Equipment with a new MARK 7. Easily mounts to the quill spindle with a single setscrew. Buy additional Drill Chucks and Keys for commonly used drill bit sizes. No need to unlock and remove the drill bit, simply loosen the single setscrew and change the entire Chuck with drill bit. Lose Your Drill Chuck Key or want to Keep a Spare? No problem, buy an extra Drill Chuck Key Separately (501419).
c5f5ba0b-5eee-461a-b2a4-6b44acbb2e3c513682Quill Feed Lever and Hub Assembly127.95Quill Feed Lever and Hub Assembly
869c92d4-1aac-4bad-b896-eea7bbe82cc3102585Screw0.46.95MARK V Setscrew (5/16 X 7/8)
bd06b6e2-2d6c-4b58-96e1-dc9c5c2a3e1c115321Set Screw0.46.95Set Screw (5/16-18X5/16)
6187282b-d433-4d1c-b7ed-270379116635445446Tinnerman Clip0.16.95Tinnerman Clip
f0aca7db-0144-4904-a92a-bb466d00bfb2555468Dust Collector Hose Valve0.527.95Dust Collector Hose Valve
4fd8cd8d-dfb7-42d4-b927-98c1acfdc8d65025549Bandsaw Upper Guide Blade Guide Rod1.524.95Blade Guide Rod
b03de202-8d7b-475a-bead-31c244af479e555913Spacers (5/16 ID x 5/8 OD x 1/4 Inch Thick) (4 Pack)0.524.95Spacers (5/16 ID x 5/8 OD x 1/4 Inch Thick) (4 Pack)
7d4a5fb1-a5df-4f33-b110-7574f7668ac955543312 Inch 150 Grit A/O Stick-On Conical Sandpaper Discs (3 Pack)0.539.95Shopsmith Conical Abrasive Discs are designed to work exclusively with the Shopsmith Conical Sanding System. The tapered, conical design of the Shopsmith Conical Sanding Disc provides a gentle sanding profile best suited for smoothing highly-figured or composite materials without chipping or tearout. The Conical Sanding System is also key to keeping your Shopsmith Planer and Jointer Knives sharp by using the conical disc and abrasives in conjuction with the Planer/Jointer Knife Sharpening Jig (555928). Our Aluminum Oxide Conical Sandpaper Discs are laser-cut from the same high-performing materials as our standard 12 Inch discs. Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (3) 12 Inch, 150 Grit, Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
3995a6b3-0bc0-49cd-b983-11d0c863845f556091DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Rocker Switch Pack120.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Switch Pack
9d71550c-c334-443f-9451-32d93f5fddbc557003PowerPro Gen 1 to Gen 2 DIY Upgrade Kit16729.95
Add the versatility and precision control of the PowerPro Gen 2 Touchscreen to your headstock with this affordable upgrade. This kit also includes a new Power Supply unit not pictured.
f8bf5b1f-0c04-4549-91ed-8de09e77abf5516146Way Tube Clamp Assembly224.95Planer / Increaser / Reducer Way Tube Clamp Assembly
c0f5dad8-c02a-4dfd-be58-759f8127349c514925MARK V 510/505 Rip Fence Fillister Head Screw0.46.95Rip Fence Fillister Head Screw (for MARK V 510, 505)
e6991146-78f2-498a-90a8-bd2523383314522142Shopsmith Gray Spray Can (12 oz) (after 10-01-2001)129.95The Shopsmith Gray Spray Can is custom-blended professionally color-matched paint. After 10/01/2001, the gray MARK V's color didn't change, however the paint type did. This required a change in touch-up paint for proper adhesion.
ebf66fd4-4ad2-49d1-be23-b4b04de09b94556354Shopsmith 3x21 Inch 80 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (4 Pack)0.522.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (4) 3" x 21" 80 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts
c85b7441-2b70-44c1-8255-67c1a83a157d5218691/2 Inch Straight Carbide Router Bit0.2529.95Shopsmith carbide-tipped router bits have been designed for working with hardwoods and laminates in a production or home shop environment. Each features rugged carbide tips to take and hold a keen cutting edge, with infrequent sharpening. All have 1/2-inch shanks for use in the Shopsmith 1/2-inch router chuck (514631). A step up from our standard, high speed steel bits.
21534938-149b-43c5-b70c-d31120938c4155510212 Inch Hook & Loop Stick-On Conversion Disc (Disc Only)0.2534.95

12 Inch Hook & Loop Conversion Disc has powerful adhesive on one side to secure the disc to the sanding plate. This Conversion Disc allows you to easily switch between different grits during finishing & sanding operations using Shopsmith Hook & Loop-Backed Abrasive Sandpaper Discs. 

 

Note: This package does not contain the abrasive discs. Only the conversion disc is included.

125694a2-c3ae-48f0-bc4c-5fbc94df0ff651460236 Inch Bar Clamp (New Hardware)10.389.95The Shopsmith 36 Inch Bar Clamp & Hardware Pack Bundle includes everything you need to make one 36 Inch clamp. Shopsmith Wood Bars for Double Bar Clamps feature a unique, CNC-cut radius that allows the bars to exert even pressure along the entire length of the panel for tight, even glue joints every time. The 36 Inch version of the bars has a minimum workpiece width of 16 Inches. Package includes two CNC-cut 36 Inch hardwood bars and one hardware pack. This bundle makes one clamp, multiple clamps are recommended for best results.
da9b3500-d382-40fc-9d50-c443bad4e750502701Bandsaw Blade Tension Spring0.527.95Bandsaw Blade Tension Spring
ce63e82e-36c8-48e3-bb84-6dcb43547f0c555900Black Knobs (2 Inch Diameter - 2 Pack)0.213.95Black Knobs (2 Inch Diameter - 2 Pack)
9f2891c7-1799-4374-a9c7-f6f391e2b89b115545Internal Tooth Lock Washer0.46.95Internal Tooth Lock Washer
b255284c-479b-4bb6-bf97-dc7839d4c8455562532-5/16 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. Assorted Garnet Drum Sanding Sleeves1.519.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Assorted Pack Includes (2) 60 Grit, (2) 80 Grit, and (2) 100 Grit, 2-Inch Garnet Sanding Sleeves.
1092491d-33d1-41ec-a2ca-e5df92365b335218971x42 Inch Super-Fine Assorted A/O and Silicon Carbide Strip Sander Belts127.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Silicon Carbide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) Assorted 1" x 42" Silicon Carbide Strip Sanding Belts (1-Each: 150 Grit, 220 Grit, 320 Grit, 400 Grit, and 600 Grit)
7fd35fb7-aace-47f7-be76-b0665326cd7d514806DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Wheel1.627.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Wheel
a18a0d32-151f-45a4-afea-a006257e4621513891Jointer / Scroll Saw Pulley Bushing0.2524.95Jointer / Scroll Saw Pulley Bushing
7a6e80bd-8343-4cfd-b0f1-10f9eedd85b3502676Bandsaw Trunion Washer0.46.95Bandsaw Washer (.593ID 1.06)
0ec8b875-9bee-45f6-83cf-b3d56c1e4773514334MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Carriage Table Height Wheel & Insert0.539.95Carriage Table Height Wheel & Insert (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
5a71f9fa-f525-47e5-8dd9-44c01642e3505042629MARK V 500 Table Height Lock Handle0.118.95Table Height Lock Handle
b7b77320-db05-4c2c-a155-68f1d2613002555074Bandsaw Backup Bearing Upgrade0.527.95

The Bandsaw Backup Bearing Upgrade is for older model Shopsmith bandsaws with squealing bronze bushing back-up rollers. Being driven nuts by the squealing back up rollers on your older model Shopsmith Bandsaw? Here's your solution. These high quality, permanently lubricated ball bearing assemblies work with 1/16" through 5/8" blades to reduce blade friction and make your blades last a lot longer.

Compatible with all Shopsmith bandsaws and has been standard with all bandsaws with serial numbers later than 97932. Kit components replace the bronze bushing upper, lower and auto-track back-up rollers. Easy to install in a matter of minutes and, best of all, no more squealing!

ef524b46-3f99-4a03-84c4-9a826f9f0e70556405Shopsmith 4x36 Inch 120 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt (1 Belt)216.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (1) 4" x 36" 120 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt
cb3b1f80-32dd-4b65-b8e0-13ff743a059e516165Bandsaw Table Slot Extrusion0.524.95Bandsaw Table Slot Extrusion
ddda6f48-17cb-45d8-b0bd-5456d963ff5255520612 Inch 150 Grit A/O Stick-On Extra-Fine Sandpaper Discs (3 Pack)0.524.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Pack Includes (3) 12 Inch 150 Grit Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
9ede15dd-dd96-4512-ac1c-18a102bd11617550401-1/2 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. Assorted A/O Drum Sander Sanding Sleeves0.317.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Sleeves are 1-1/2-Inch Dia. x 2-Inch Long. Assorted 12-Pack Includes (6) Fine, (4) Medium, and (2) Coarse Grit A/O Sanding Sleeves.
0b1481fa-c803-4ddc-8d64-90ddccae7e1a5553351/2x42 Inch 150 Grit A/O Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.111.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1/2" x 42" 150 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
4d5772ac-24f6-48f5-b547-eaf142b968bb502974Belt Sander Trunnion Stud0.2527.95Belt Sander Trunnion Stud
5189d192-bb41-46a7-bd92-a3ad9db5d8a0555094Lever-Action Toggle Clamp with (1) Standard Foot and Mounting Hardware0.417.95Lever-Action Toggle Clamp with (1) Standard Foot and Mounting Hardware
7b36025a-17ad-4935-8dad-2a3840bded8b51385404SPT Stand 38" V-Belt0.915.95V-Belt (38 Inch)
51e0748e-1bac-48d9-9e41-810fadec3f335055332-5/16 Dia. x 3 Inch Lg. 80 Grit A/O Medium Drum Sander Sanding Sleeves (6 Pack)0.419.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 2-5/16 Inch Shopsmith Sanding Drum is 3Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. The 3” long sleeves are made with tough, long-lasting A/O Abrasive. Includes (6) 80 grit A/O medium sanding sleeves.
b48daeb5-4e37-4ead-903e-493445dd0c0151386803SPT Stand 4.5" PULLEY0.839.95Bandsaw/Jointer 4.5 Inch Pulley
8dbd59de-9be4-42be-a96f-1b1b780dbcbd51485402Belt Sander Dust Chute0.414.95Belt Sander Dust Chute
a15ad772-de82-44cd-8d7d-b7cbf4e56a305137769Eccentric Post 8 Inch (for Strip Sander)0.529.95Eccentric Post (8 Inch for Strip Sander + SS Scroll Saw)
6822d7ec-77ce-4095-a502-a9f430dbc68e522933Shopsmith 6x48 Inch 36 Grit Ceramic Belt Sander Sanding Belt (1-Belt)0.524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (1) 6" x 48" 36 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt
1711578d-d179-491a-810b-a65d10ffd18f522784Idler Shaft & Sheave Assembly4.3219.95Idler Shaft & Sheave Assembly
dc292ea9-518c-4d87-8780-0b8b9eb24719504198SPEED CONTROL ASSEMBLY4.6109.95Speed Control Assembly
159b1f38-1667-4d85-bfa4-bcfd90a5dead555487Bandsaw Table Upgrade21169.95

The Bandsaw Table Upgrade gives you a 45% larger aluminum table to work on. This added work space makes it easier to make cuts on all your woodworking projects!

 

Note: Replaces cast iron table on earlier model bandsaws.

be56e54d-1ec6-42ba-87c0-a31c54c26b13556365Shopsmith 4x24 Inch 100 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (3 Pack)0.524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (3) 4" x 24" 100 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts
66386350-ea12-43c2-a357-d11edfcb1726514115MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Tie Bar Guard0.512.95Tie Bar Guard
313f1190-6f77-4f72-966a-7ebfde950c3a5561581x42 Inch 120 Grit Ceramic Strip Sander Belts (4 Belts)0.524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (4) 1" x 42" 120 Grit Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts
fbf58468-f1af-4689-8fc0-8d36c17be07b514928DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Plug Cap0.17.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Plug Cap
f5764f60-6694-4d0a-b345-1316ace03b31521716Fence Extension T-Rail0.527.95Fence Stop Extension
3e4d5915-21ab-4f7c-8a76-38ad859a76c6518016Bandsaw Fence Front Lock Handle122.95Bandsaw Fence Front Lock Handle
1669900f-5efc-4e15-8a19-8107c9d0ade5514330MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Carriage Table Height Crank Assembly0.527.95Carriage Table Height Crank Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
3876ea86-f2fd-46e6-8aaa-a35d6c8ae9fb504051Elipse P100 Respirator Hard Case0.220.95Zippered Hard-Shell Carrying Case for 1 Elipse P100 Respirator Mask. (Mask not Included)
08a39048-b029-4fd5-a912-488d1fc992c4503749Standard Lathe Tool Rest, 8" Long1.529.95Replacement OEM 8-Inch Lathe Tool Rest
0a736fca-e1be-49a6-a623-b60fd028efe2504205Sheave Spacer0.16.95Sheave Spacer
66345555-c7c2-436c-9577-a9b9ef8fb99f505932Ogee Shaper Cutter134.95Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters are perfect for crafting your own unique trim and decorative edges. Shapers also create decorative joinery for a variety of applications and projects. Shopsmith Shaper Cutters can be used with any shaper that accepts 1/2 Inch Bored Cutters. For your safety, we recommend these cutters always be used with a Shaper Fence when straight-line shaping. (This Item: Shopsmith Premium Ogee Shaper Cutter)
8dc2dcfa-edf5-4167-8fcc-db1210bda8d8502890Jointer Hub & Lever Assembly0.529.95Jointer Hub Lever Assembly
00fc0006-8fb2-4323-9b8e-90790c0ac9b1515412Bandsaw Upper Blade Guide Tension Screw0.412.95Bandsaw Screw (5/16-18 X 1-1-1/2)
1bba7877-2c5f-47f7-9b10-0f0328bd71c5556363Shopsmith 4x24 Inch 60 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (3 Pack)0.524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (3) 4" x 24" 60 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts
fc0b7f1f-a33f-4693-9dd5-2c240577f76f5041739Quill Feed Hub (MARK V Models 505/510/520 Headstock Assembly)122.95Headstock Quill Feed Hub
39b5501c-36de-44fe-82a5-39fcc8cc3277515556Conventional Headstock Control Sheave with Hardware (for MARK V)0.399.95Conventional Headstock Control Sheave with Hardware (for MARK V)
6b30b9ba-5efa-4e0e-8dc4-86c073ffa5ee790532Shopsmith Workshop Posters Package (MARK 7 & MARK V Posters)0.517.95Shopsmith Workshop Posters Package
60f9b43b-5a02-4d9d-bdc5-b8d561f7bb32514096Carriage Lock Cam Wedge0.322.95Carriage Lock Cam Wedge
ecdf34e4-12f6-4d4f-8d01-2063bb701c6a5561561x42 Inch 80 Grit Ceramic Abrasive Strip Sanding Belts (4 Belts)0.2524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (4) 1" x 42" 80 Grit Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts
4483b02a-2b7a-4c4c-bdfd-6bfa2bc09945555501Blank Table Insert (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)0.527.95

The MARK Sawing Blank Table Insert (Polymer) is what you need for maximum support with minimum clearance.  Use it to make your own zero-clearance Inserts for more workpiece support, less bottom-side splintering, and no dangerous scrap fall-through.  For use during non through-cutting operations such as dadoing, molding, etc. where the upper saw guard will not be used.

 

Note: For all MARKs except MARK V 500

93932c85-9f74-4792-9181-e390adc8e40d523142Fence Knob Assembly (for MARK V 510/505)0.2529.95Fence Knob Assembly (for MARK V 510/505)
e4305926-8a14-43da-a037-81dde9589a835561591x42 Inch Assorted Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts0.2524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (4) Assorted 1" x 42" Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts (1-Each: 60 Grit, 80 Grit, 100 Grit, and 120 Grit)
e2639aba-3ec5-4bb5-a8b6-d32d8bd794c8513918Jointer Inner Pulley Guard0.524.95Jointer Inner Pulley Guard
2f860eff-b2f3-4963-ad5f-84612ea3b86b555559Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade Installation Kit122.95Expand Your Capabilities with the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade. (555480) This is the third hand you need on your Jointer. The Feather Guard holds the stock against the fence as you push it over the cutterhead. Increases safety - since this Upgrade was introduced in 1990, accidents have been curtailed significantly. Additionally, this guard can be adjusted to hold workpieces firmly again Your fence, increasing the accuracy of Your Cut. For Shopsmith Jointers with aluminum Blade Guards. Dual-purpose Guard covers rotating knives to keep hands out of harm's way. Single knob adjusts featherboard tension to hold workpiece against Jointer fence for more precise cuts. Note: You may need to purchase the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade Installation Kit (555559). Install Your Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade Fast and Easy with the Shopsmith Jointer Feather Guard Installation Kit. (555559) The Feather Guard Upgrade Installation Kit Includes: • (1) #3 drill bit • (1) 1/4-28 tap • (1) tap handle for installing the Jointer Feather Guard Note: If you already own these tools, you will not need to purchase the Jointer Feather Guard Installation Kit. Jointer Chip Chute Upgrade Kit Collects Shavings at the Source (555077) Keep Your Tools and Workshop Clean with Jointer Chip Chute Upgrade Kit. It collects shavings at the source keeping them off the floor and from under Your feet. Update older Shopsmith Jointers for improved dust collection. Jointer Chip Chute Upgrade Kit Includes*: • Rear Blade Guard • Inner Guards • Chip Chute *Some drilling and tapping required. Note: For Shopsmith Jointers with serial numbers prior to 70,000. Jointer Chip Chute Assembly may fit Your needs if you already have the Rear Blade Guide and Inner Guard (513944) Jointer Complete Auxiliary Fence Package (555655) Jointer Complete Auxiliary Fence Package helps you work safer and with improved stability. This 7 3/4" high Fence attaches quickly to your Jointer or MARK V Rip Fence and offers a smooth-gliding, laminate-covered surface. Use it for added support when working with wide boards. Also accommodates two Featherboard hold-downs for increased safety when jointing narrow, difficult-to-hold boards. Jointer Complete 7 3/4" high Auxiliary Fence Package Includes: 2 Featherboards. Jointer Complete 7 3/4" high Auxiliary Fence (Fence Only) (555653) Add a Tall Fence for Control of Wide Boards. Jointer Featherboards (2 Pack) (555654) Jointer Featherboards mount to the Auxiliary Fence while using on your Shopsmith Jointer. They help to hold your workpiece in place during your jointing operation. Jointer Featherboards (2 Pack) includes two Featherboards and the necessary hardware to mount them on the fence.
caa29a39-2209-463a-8a06-8db9a11e9224504055Elipse Filter (1 Set)0.129.95Replacement HEPA Filter for Elipse P100 Respirator Mask (1 Set)
d27d8ef7-994f-464f-a828-70dfff194a0d556161Clear Dust Collector Hose (16 Foot)179.95Upgrade your dust collection performance with Shopsmith Clear Dust Collector Hoses. These high-quality hoses feature crush-proof construction and a clear, industrial-grade plastic to be long-lasting and versatile. Clear hoses allow you to see clogs or buildup to keep your Dust Collector performing at it's best. Available in both 10-Foot & 16-Foot lengths.
6c498d7c-c345-4b03-b212-e6ba6df257ca556356Shopsmith 3x21 Inch 120 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (4 Pack)0.522.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (4) 3" x 21" 120 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts
a6fc6fe0-f9cb-4e9e-a252-e24b650d73f2516173Bandsaw Table Insert for Aluminum Table0.527.95Bandsaw Table Insert for Aluminum Table
83ba2e1f-9aca-4dc8-bcc4-70ab3520c3b0300001Planer Chip Chute0.179.95Planer Dust Chute helps collect flying chips and sawdust at their source. Attaches to Shopsmith Planers (either model). A must-have for those who like to keep a neat tidy shop. Installs easily right above the cutterhead for near complete chip and dust removal. Includes 2-1/2 Inch Elbow.
9edd143f-db7a-44b2-a420-36aa7a97b779518442Oscillating Drum Sander Coupling Adapter0.2524.95Oscillating Drum Sander Coupling Adapter
21aa93d4-e33f-46bb-aa2a-69dec8de03e0522671PowerPro Keypad Complete079.95PowerPro Keypad Complete (Gen 1)
0eb26dc1-0ea3-4b20-945a-0cbcaa8dc308523070Quick Index Quill-Feed Hub0.524.95Enjoy having 10 quill feed handle positions at 36° increments, instead of 3 positions at 120° increments! This quill feed handle upgrade is easier and safer to operate, provides comfortable working position, and moves well out of your way when necessary. Here's how it works. Simply remove the quill feed handle and hub that's mounted to the quill feed shaft on your MARK and replace it with the hub adapter. To attach the index handle to the adapter, slip the handle's center hole over the 5/8" shaft of the adapter. The rare earth magnet will engage immediately, pulling the handle indexing pin into one of the 10 holes bored into the adapter. For handle re-positioning, disengage the handle from the adapter and move it to a different position, by simply grasping the silver collar of the index handle (NOT the black handle nor the handle shaft) and pull it straight out and away from the adapter. No fiddling or un-screwing the handle from its hub. The indexing pin and holes have been precision fitted to one another with just enough clearance to allow them to engage and disengage quickly, yet they will not disengage in the event you should accidentally bump the handle. Note: The Quick-Index Quill Feed Handle works on all MARKs. Includes: Standard 5/32" setscrew and 10 precision-bored, evenly spaced circumferential indexing pin holes
0b44bd15-1141-4252-b154-87adcb263b06516687Bandsaw Table Notched Fence Bar0.527.95

Model 500 Table and Bandsaw Extension Bar (Notched).

828e731e-cb22-4060-9765-a6110c73ff68556064MARK V Essentials DVD (Volume 2)0.339.95Essentials Volume 1 (556063) is a 76-minute video introduction to the Shopsmith MARK V and the first three of its five basic functions. If you’ve been wondering whether or not a Shopsmith Multipurpose Woodworking System is for you, of if you have purchased or inherited a new or used machine and would like to see it put through its paces, this great Nick Engler, top woodworking author and instructor hosted DVD, is most definitely for you.In this video, Nick begins by introducing you to the concept behind this well-known American Legend and describe the main components of the machine and how they function together.From this introduction, Nick will continue with in-depth discussions including:1. How to set-up and use the MARK V Table Saw, including the different blades that are available; how to mount them; positioning the Worktable; making vital adjustments; using safety devices; and working with the Miter Gauge, Rip Fence and optional CrosscutSliding Table.2. How to set-up and use the MARK V Drill Press, including raising the machine into vertical position; adjusting the Worktable for drilling; installing the Drill Chuck and bits properly; using the Rip Fence and Miter Gauge for controlling the workpiece and performing repetitive operations; setting the Depth Stop; adjusting the speed and using the Telescoping Legs for added workpiece support.3. How to set-up and use the Horizontal Boring Machine, including adjusting the Worktable height; using the Rip Fence as a backstop; adjusting the Depth Stop and using the Miter Gauge to ensure perpendicularity.In this second installment of Nick Engler’s MARK V Essentials video, he covers the final two functions of the MARK V PLUS some important, critical maintenance procedures.Nick’s follow-up to our MARK V Essentials, Volume 1 DVD is the perfect companion for the Volume 1 edition. In MARK V Essentials, Volume 2, Nick will cover:4. Disc Sanding with both our standard Flat and our optional Conical sanding discs. He’ll discuss using the Flat Disc at the center of the MARK V Worktable, as well as at the outside edge for both straight and convex edge sanding and how the Lower Saw Guard can be used to keep shop dust at a minimum. He’ll also introduce you to our amazing Conical Disc and the unique operations that only it can perform.5. Lathe Turning, including how to set the MARK V up in Lathe mode, align its components for the best results and mount the workpiece properly.ADDITIONALLY: Nick will cover Critical Maintenance Procedures, including cleaning & lubricating the Smart Motor & locks; Quill; Speed Dial; Worktable & Cariage; Way Tubes; Extension Tubes & locks; Miter Gauge; Rip Fence; Saw Guard; and Lathe Tool Rests & Posts.Note: For the complete MARK V Essentials story, we recommend that you order both Parts 1 and 2 of this video, and have established a special discounted price for ordering both parts.BUNDLE & SAVE (556068)Get both power packed Essentials Volume 1 and Volume 2 for a bundled price and save.
c49777d4-5135-405d-bb30-ac58df19dbf4555314Lathe Tool Rest (4 Inch)134.95

Get better control and precision when turning smaller woodworking projects with this 4-inch Shopsmith lathe tool rest. Perfect for pen turning, small spindles, and fine detail work, this accessory offers essential support and stability for your wood lathe turning tools.

 

Key Features:

  • Compact 4-inch length – Ideal for detailed turning and smaller workpieces

  • Heavy-duty cast steel – Provides solid, vibration-resistant tool support

  • Smooth tool edge – Allows fluid movement for precise cuts

  • Designed for Shopsmith MARK series – Compatible with MARK V, MARK 7, MARK 4, and more

 

Whether you're shaping delicate spindle parts or creating custom pen blanks, this lathe tool rest for woodturning keeps your tools steady and your hands confident.

e69a5ae7-a809-4445-8e21-39c086efc30a522388Dust Collector Switch Pack0.524.95Dust Collector Switch Pack
53bdd23c-c62a-43a1-b0a8-0138ea9aba02522270Rip Scale (9-1/2 Inch)0.134.95Rip Scale (9-1/2 Inch)
beaff253-f0df-4c33-b202-370faabe75d1522805Universal Clamp (1-1/2 Inch x 3 Inch) (Single)0.2524.95Universal Clamp (1-1/2 Inch x 3 Inch) (Single)
be923791-1a76-4a20-89cf-fe1817fb52fa5561541x42 Inch 36 Grit Ceramic Strip Sander Belts (4 Belts)0.2524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (4) 1" x 42" 36 Grit Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts
41c209c8-92e8-4e0d-9f12-ae8a63646111556366Shopsmith 4x24 Inch 120 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (3 Pack)0.524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (3) 4" x 24" 120 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts
78622246-50ac-4443-9278-839a3b1e1a75555079Door Coper Shaper Cutter0.634.95Shopsmith Premium Door Coper Shaper Cutter is used with the Door Rail Shaper Cutter (555078) to create beautifully joined beaded cabinet door frames. Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters are perfect for crafting your own unique trim and decorative edges. Shapers also create decorative joinery for a variety of applications and projects. Shopsmith Shaper Cutters can be used with any shaper that accepts 1/2 Inch Bored Cutters. For your safety, we recommend these cutters always be used with a Shaper Fence when straight-line shaping. (This Item: Shopsmith Premium Door Coper Shaper Cutter)
9da8c1f2-65a3-434d-8028-b68cc67d5b6e556067MARK V Restoring DVD0.134.95

Order this 158-minute video and restore your older Shopsmith MARK V with a Conventional Headstock to prime operating condition for improved precision and better woodworking results. This great "HOW-TO" video from Nick Engler, top woodworking author and instructor, begins with an in-depth review of WHAT TO LOOK FOR when buying a used Shopsmith MARK V including potential problems with the Motor, Quill, Way Tubes, Carriage, Table and Accessories. From there, Nick leads you step-by-step through a four section process that includes:

 

1. How to tear down and inspect the 13 primary Conventional Headstock components. In this segment, Nick will show you:

• How to remove the Headstock from the Way Tubes

• How to inspect the Belts and Sheaves for proper operation

• How to remove and inspect the primary components of the Speed Changer mechanism

• How to remove and inspect the Idler and Arbor Shafts

• How to remove and inspect the various components of the Quill for proper operation

• How to remove and inspect the Power Switch and Motor

• How to inspect the Headstock and Table Carriage Wedge Locks

 

2. How to decide which Headstock components to keep and which to replace. In this segment, Nick will walk you through cleaning all of the primary components thoroughly; partially re-assembling the components to check for proper operation; determining whether you have a single or double bearing Quill; and making any required wiring and motor repairs, then testing for proper operation.

 

3. How to remove and prevent rust and corrosion. Nick begins this segment with a look at how corrosion forms, then walks you through the process of removing any problematic corrosion with solvents, tools and ordinary household products. Finally, he shows you how to use waxes and protectants of various types to prevent future corrosion problems.

 

4. How to upgrade your MARK V. In this segment, Nick walks you through the differences between the three MARK V models, then shows you step-by-step how to upgrade a MARK V 500 to a MARK V 510 and a MARK V 510 to a MARK V 520. From here, he demonstrates how the MARK V 520 Pro Fence Upgrade helps you achieve the most accurate results through tying the Main Worktable and Auxiliary Tables together more firmly for added rigidity and ensured Rip Fence parallelism.

e9989fc1-1fd6-482a-97b5-0db24c192efd522297Extension Table Front Rail Assembly0.544.95

Includes Short Front Rail Assembly and Magnetic Tape for mounting

aa270f87-3ee7-4ae8-992c-15f3b07d1a64556160Clear Dust Collector Hose (10 Foot)2.349.95Upgrade your dust collection performance with Shopsmith Clear Dust Collector Hoses. These high-quality hoses feature crush-proof construction and a clear, industrial-grade plastic to be long-lasting and versatile. Clear hoses allow you to see clogs or buildup to keep your Dust Collector performing at it's best. Available in both 10-Foot & 16-Foot lengths.
260168a9-d808-4404-8270-e946ce347523517640Bandsaw Arm Assembly0.522.95Bandsaw Upper Arm Assembly
07d6a76a-834f-442e-9b7a-25bcebf71039556021Wireless On/Off Switch0.527.95Wireless On / Off switch is rated at 15 amps and allows you to turn your Shopsmith Dust Collector on or off remotely from anywhere in your shop area. Durable, weather resistant construction for both indoor/outdoor use.\n\nSuppliers and brands are subject to change for this product.
f3b42fbc-004b-48cd-8727-71adbfad0580521666Momentary Foot Switch0.544.95Perfect for use with Scroll Saws and other machines. This tool is only on when your foot is on the swtich. Great for rapid blade repositioning when making Scroll Saw piercing cuts.\n\nUnguarded Momentary Switch: 13 AMPS - 8-foot Cord, no Safety Guard.\n
3eacadfc-358a-4cf9-8a5a-899240aa083355562312 Inch Assorted A/O Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs1.142.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Discs have convenienct hook & loop backing to make swapping out abrasives a snap! Must be used with the Shopsmith Hook & Loop Conversion Disc (555102). Assorted 6-Pack Includes: (3) 150 Grit, (2) 100 Grit, (1) 60 Grit
280bf06c-7a52-4615-98e0-18cdd5da479d556063MARK V Essentials DVD (Volume 1)0.339.95Essentials Volume 1 (556063) is a 76-minute video introduction to the Shopsmith MARK V and the first three of its five basic functions. If you’ve been wondering whether or not a Shopsmith Multipurpose Woodworking System is for you, of if you have purchased or inherited a new or used machine and would like to see it put through its paces, this great Nick Engler, top woodworking author and instructor hosted DVD, is most definitely for you.In this video, Nick begins by introducing you to the concept behind this well-known American Legend and describe the main components of the machine and how they function together.From this introduction, Nick will continue with in-depth discussions including:1. How to set-up and use the MARK V Table Saw, including the different blades that are available; how to mount them; positioning the Worktable; making vital adjustments; using safety devices; and working with the Miter Gauge, Rip Fence and optional CrosscutSliding Table.2. How to set-up and use the MARK V Drill Press, including raising the machine into vertical position; adjusting the Worktable for drilling; installing the Drill Chuck and bits properly; using the Rip Fence and Miter Gauge for controlling the workpiece and performing repetitive operations; setting the Depth Stop; adjusting the speed and using the Telescoping Legs for added workpiece support.3. How to set-up and use the Horizontal Boring Machine, including adjusting the Worktable height; using the Rip Fence as a backstop; adjusting the Depth Stop and using the Miter Gauge to ensure perpendicularity.In this second installment of Nick Engler’s MARK V Essentials video, he covers the final two functions of the MARK V PLUS some important, critical maintenance procedures.Nick’s follow-up to our MARK V Essentials, Volume 1 DVD is the perfect companion for the Volume 1 edition. In MARK V Essentials, Volume 2, Nick will cover:4. Disc Sanding with both our standard Flat and our optional Conical sanding discs. He’ll discuss using the Flat Disc at the center of the MARK V Worktable, as well as at the outside edge for both straight and convex edge sanding and how the Lower Saw Guard can be used to keep shop dust at a minimum. He’ll also introduce you to our amazing Conical Disc and the unique operations that only it can perform.5. Lathe Turning, including how to set the MARK V up in Lathe mode, align its components for the best results and mount the workpiece properly.ADDITIONALLY: Nick will cover Critical Maintenance Procedures, including cleaning & lubricating the Smart Motor & locks; Quill; Speed Dial; Worktable & Cariage; Way Tubes; Extension Tubes & locks; Miter Gauge; Rip Fence; Saw Guard; and Lathe Tool Rests & Posts.Note: For the complete MARK V Essentials story, we recommend that you order both Parts 1 and 2 of this video, and have established a special discounted price for ordering both parts.BUNDLE & SAVE (556068)Get both power packed Essentials Volume 1 and Volume 2 for a bundled price and save.
920c0494-1957-4fac-b891-8e1acf0277be514529Telescoping Leg1.934.95Every new MARK is shipped with two Telescoping Support Legs. Additional Telescoping Legs allow additional floating tables to be set up wherever you need support during large cutting operations. Leg Height adjusts easily without tools for simple, accurate table height positioning. This item is not compatible with MV 500 models.
2c4db6d3-0a90-4d3b-b5d3-7e7b8f661c87505603Tailstock Arbor (for All MARKs)0.527.95

The Shopsmith Lathe Tailstock Arbor lets you easily and accurately drill centered holes in the ends of work pieces to prepare for Lathe Turning.

 

To use the Tailstock Arbor, slip the Drill Chuck over the end of the Tailstock Arbor and tighten the setscrew in the Drill Chuck. The other end of this arbor fits the #2 Morse Taper in the Lathe Tailstock and automatically locks in place. Use the quill feed lever to move the rotating turning stock against the drill bit and drill the center hole to your desired depth.

7f3da21f-b8cc-4c41-a68c-80fa74e8f2ba555911T-Bolts (4 PK) (for all MARKs except MARK V 500)0.2522.95T-Bolts (4 PK) (for all MARKs except MARK V 500)
76782bd3-6ec9-4e87-8858-aa6271caae7850584212 Inch 100 Grit A/O Stick-On Fine Sandpaper Discs (6 Pack)1.342.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Discs have adhesive backing and can be attached directly to your Sanding Disc Plate. Purchase additional Sanding Discs to have one of each grit ready to go. Pack Includes (6) 12 Inch, 100 Grit, Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
6cbda8ce-8371-4560-8136-934c0b20418b556062MARK V Critical Alignments DVD0.339.95Set-up or Tune-up Your Tools and Operations with Precision, Using The Shopsmith Dial Indicator Gauge (555884) This gauge will help You align Your MARK (for All MARKs) worktable, rip fence or miter gauge pre-sets for precise cuts, time-after-time. Align Your miter gauge to an exact 45° or 90° setting. Achieve the smoothest edges and surfaces by match-setting Your jointer knives. Micro-adjust the offset of shaper and router table fences. Set the depth-of-cut for saw blades, dado blades, router bits and more with amazing accuracy. Measure the depths of holes or dadoes the list goes on. Includes: • Large 2-1/4" Diameter Dial Indicator, graduated in 1/1000 (.001") with a full 1" range • Set of 22 Interchangeable Indicator Points for tackling the toughest measuring jobs • Special Mounting Block with Adjustable Bracket • 5" Long Miter Bar and • Easy-To-Follow Illustrated Instructions. Critical MARK V Alignments – Works Great for All Other MARK Models as Well! – NOW Streaming or DVD! (556062) Hosted by Nick Engler, former editor of Shopsmith's original Hands-On! Magazine, this fail-safe, step-by-step, 68-minute video leaves nothing to chance as Nick leads you through aligning your MARK V's major components to achieve the very best results. A fantastic HOW-TO video from Nick Engler that shows you, step-by-step how to align your MARK V’s major components quickly and easily so you can achieve the very best results on all of your projects. No more fiddling around, no more guesswork - Just the facts! What you’ll learn in these four, fail-safe sessions: How to align the main Worktable with the Sawblade Since most projects begin with sawing your workpieces to size, this is the most important of all alignments. In this segment, you’ll learn how to set your Worktable Miter Gauge slots to be parallel with the axis of rotation of your sawblades. How to align the Miter Gauge & Rip Fence to the Worktable Miter Gauge slots In this segment, Nick shows you how to be sure your Rip Fence is parallel with these slots and your Miter Gauge face is perpendicular to them. He also shows you how to set the two 450 stops on your Miter Gauge. How to align the Worktable with the Drill Chuck In this segment, you’ll learn how to be certain that your Drill Chuck is aligned perfectly with the Worktable surface, both front-to-back – and left-to-right. Only be doing this, can you be sure that the holes you drill, grooves you rout, edges you Drum Sand and more are at the desired angle to your workpiece surfaces and edges. How to align your Floating Tables and Extension Table Since your Rip Fence can be used on these Tables as well as your Main Worktable, it is critical that they be in perfect alignment with the Main Worktable. In this segment, Nick shows you how to make the adjustments that will ensure the precision of your rip cuts and other operations that may rely on the accurate positioning of your MARK V Rip Fence. Order this 68-minute video and pick up loads of great of techniques on how to align your Shopsmith MARK for optimal performance and improved woodworking results! BUNDLE & SAVE (556110) Get the Alignment Package with Both the Shopsmith Dial Indicator Gauge and the Critical MARK V Alignments DVD and Save! Videos Watch these online videos to see this amazing tool in action Aligning the MARK V Table Setting Jointer Knives
c2fd9f26-67c2-4834-9008-bc3da23abf59505605Bead Shaper Cutter134.95Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters are perfect for crafting your own unique trim and decorative edges. Shapers also create decorative joinery for a variety of applications and projects. Shopsmith Shaper Cutters can be used with any shaper that accepts 1/2 Inch Bored Cutters. For your safety, we recommend these cutters always be used with a Shaper Fence when straight-line shaping. (This Item: Shopsmith Premium Bead Shaper Cutter)
b711428f-85a2-4ac5-b74b-a4558cccf4de515979Universal Wrench227.95Universal Wrench
e6c6ee2a-04b5-4b45-ba84-de07d62de45e522223Bandsaw Blade Guard0.2522.95Bandsaw Blade Guard with Label
822bccd8-77bd-4399-a6bb-e3a5c0c1e05155562112 Inch 100 Grit A/O Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs (6 Pack)0.542.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Discs have convenienct hook & loop backing to make swapping out abrasives a snap! Must be used with the Shopsmith Hook & Loop Conversion Disc (555102). Pack Includes (6) 12 Inch, 100 Grit, Hook & Loop-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
19486744-9c2b-41f4-861c-392548e97dcb556065MARK V Maintenance DVD (Volume 1)0.339.95

This 65-minute Fail-Safe video of Maintaining and Repairing the Conventional Headstock, shows you, step-by-step, how to replace the MARK V’s Belts and Drive Sleeve and how to make a high-speed adjustment.

 

In this PART 1 of the Conventional Headstock Maintenance video, Nick, top woodworking author and instructor hosted DVD, will show you how to examine and replace three of the most important components of your Shopsmith MARK V:

 

1) The Drive Belt

2) Poly-V or Gilmer Belt

3) The Drive Sleeve

 

Nick begins with a walk through helping you determine which of the three Conventional Headstock types your machine has: Type A, B or C. Knowing this information will tell you when your machine was made, as well as which Motor it has; whether it has a single or double-bearing Quill; whether it has a Gilmer or Poly-V Belt and which switch it has. Following this introduction of the Conventional Headstock, Nick continues with in-depth, step-by-step discussions of:

 

1. How to inspect and replace the Drive Belt. Here, you’ll learn how to determine whether or not you have a Drive Belt problem; how to decide when it’s time to replace your Drive Belt and if it is time, how to remove and replace the Belt.

2. How to inspect and replace the Poly-V or Gilmer Belt As in the segment above, Nick will lead you through determining whether or not you have a belt problem, and if it’s time to replace the Belt, how to remove the Idler Shaft, Drive Shaft and complete Drive Assembly in order to effect the replacement.

3. How to replace the Drive Sleeve You’ll know that it’s time to replace this Sleeve if your MARK V begins to make a terrible racket and your auxiliary Drive Hub is turning while your Quill is remaining stationary. Nick shows you how simple this process can be once the two Belts in the above steps are removed.

4. How to make a High Speed Adjustment Here, Nick begins by showing you how to determine whether your MARK V is operating at the speed shown on the Speed Dial, then leads you through the process of making any corrections, if required.

 

In this PART 2 Maintenance video, Nick will show you how to inspect and repair or Replace five of the most important components of your Conventional Headstock on your Shopsmith MARK V. This 84-minute complement to our Volume 1 video shows you, step-by-step, how to inspect and adjust the MARK V’s Conventional Headstock's Speed Changer mechanism and how to repair and/or replace the Power Switch, Quill Feed Mechanism, Smart Motor Locks and Table Carriage Locks. Nick continues his presentation from Volume 1 of this important series with a look at five more situations that MARK V owners could encounter with their MARK Vs. These step-by-step instructions include:

1. How to inspect and adjust the Speed Changer Mechanism in the Conventional Headstock. These instructions begin with a review of how this important mechanism works, then continues to cover removing it, lubricating it, replacing it (if necessary) and adjusting to deliver the requested speed.

2. How to inspect and replace the Power Switch in the Conventional Headstock. This segment begins with a review of the two different types of Switches used on MARK Vs, and ends with a quick review of how to replace each type and ensure the proper wiring.

3. How to inspect and repair the Quill Feed Mechanism in the Conventional Headstock. Here, you’ll learn how to remove this important component of your MARK V, how to replace single bearing Quills with the more precise two-bearing model (if you so desire) and how to tension he Quill Fed Spring properly.

4. How to inspect and repair and/or replace the Locks for the Conventional Smart Motor and Table Carriage Here, Nick shows you how to remove these locks, dress their wedges for smoother operation and replace the various components, if required.

 

BUNDLE & SAVE (556069)

Get both power packed Maintenance Volume 1 and Volume 2 DVDs for a bundled price and save. ALSO INCLUDED WITH EACH OF THESE DVDs IS THE 116-PAGE BONUS MANUAL: This video includes an information-packed, 116-page Service and Repair Manual for the Conventional Smart Motor that you can read and/or print as a PDF file from your computer. This is NOT merely the standard MARK V Owner’s Manual, but rather, the definitive document on diagnosing MARK V problems – and resolving them. A MUST-HAVE document that you’ll want to ad to your workshop library.

24dd6f22-4cf8-44fb-aa59-3b56da100270556199Upgrade Cylinder for PowerPro Lift Assist2.654.95Upgrade Cylinder for PowerPro Lift Assist
d26f4eca-5105-4228-966d-bbfa3587bee05056183/16 Inch Bead & Cove Shaper Cutter134.95Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters are perfect for crafting your own unique trim and decorative edges. Shapers also create decorative joinery for a variety of applications and projects. Shopsmith Shaper Cutters can be used with any shaper that accepts 1/2 Inch Bored Cutters. For your safety, we recommend these cutters always be used with a Shaper Fence when straight-line shaping. (This Item: Shopsmith Premium 3/16 Inch Bead & Cove Shaper Cutter)
e114e162-d190-4c94-afa1-46b6d946a831505607Shaper Cutter Bead and Quarter Round127.95Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters are perfect for crafting your own unique trim and decorative edges. Shapers also create decorative joinery for a variety of applications and projects. Shopsmith Shaper Cutters can be used with any shaper that accepts 1/2 Inch Bored Cutters. For your safety, we recommend these cutters always be used with a Shaper Fence when straight-line shaping. (This Item: Shopsmith Premium Bead and Quarter Round Shaper Cutter)
658047cf-bf09-40a4-b222-ccdc5d95f6e9555078Door Rail Shaper Cutter134.95Shopsmith Premium Door Rail Shaper Cutter is used with the Door Coper Shaper Cutter (555079) to create beautifully joined beaded cabinet door frames. Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters are perfect for crafting your own unique trim and decorative edges. Shapers also create decorative joinery for a variety of applications and projects. Shopsmith Shaper Cutters can be used with any shaper that accepts 1/2 Inch Bored Cutters. For your safety, we recommend these cutters always be used with a Shaper Fence when straight-line shaping. (This Item: Shopsmith Premium Door Rail Shaper Cutter)
b7e97ffc-4e57-40bc-b08b-02605cd4166b516619Guide Bar 19 Inch W/Hardware & Lit. (for All MARKs)0.339.95Making precision saw cuts -- guiding workpieces precisely through Molding, Dadoing, Shaping & Routing operations -- and controlling your stock during sanding are all jobs that require the help of a reliable, accurate Miter Gauge. Shopsmith's Miter Gauge is the perfect solution! \n \nThe Miter Gauge Package includes the Miter Gauge and the Safety Grip. \n \nThe Shopsmith Miter Gauge forms the basis for this complete system of work-holding and guiding devices. It offers: \n� A built-in scale that reads from 90� to 30� left and right \n� An adjustable �zeroing� pointer that lets you measure down to 1� increments \n� Adjustable auto-stops at 90� and 45� in both directions \n� A large, knurled knob with through holes (for use with the 5/32" Allen wrench as a lever) to lock the gauge into position. \n� A 1/4" hole that runs through the face (left-to-right) for inserting the optional stop rod. \n� Two 1/4" wide slots in the face for attaching Miter gauge Extensions and other helpful Jigs and Fixtures \n� Two adjustable Nylon Glides on the bottom for smooth sliding and to prevent rocking \n� An expanding Bar to reduce sliding clearance and to lock the Miter bar in in the slot to work as a guide or fence \n� A T-washer in the guide bar used with the T-Slot in the main worktable to keep the miter gauge in the slot for wide cuts and to prevent accidental lift-out \n \nThe Miter Gauge Safety Grip attaches to the miter gauge with a single screw and the top screw-in post. One pound of pressure on the grip exerts five pounds of holding pressure between the safety grip pad and the top of the miter bar to keep the stock from slipping during the cut. Quick-release knob adjusts rapidly for stock up to 4-1/4" thick. \n \nQuick-Clamp Miter Gauge Retro-Fit Kit \nThe MARK V 500 Quick-Clamp Miter Gauge Retro-Fit Kit replaces the thumb-screw adjustment mechanisms on older Shopsmith miter gauges. A REAL TIME-SAVER! \n \nMiter Gauge Stop Rod \nThe Miter Gauge Stop Rod adjusts to make repetitive crosscuts up to 19-1/4" from the saw blade. Includes two set screws for attaching to the miter gauge. \n \n24" Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension \nThe 24"Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension mounts quickly and easily to the face of your Shopsmith miter gauge with two mounting bolts and knurled locking knobs. Stop block (included) adjusts to make repetitive crosscuts up to 24" long. \n \n20" Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension \nThe 20" Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension attaches to your miter gauge face via rear T-Slots with two bolts and knurled knobs. The adjustable stop slides to the left or right in a top-mounted T-Slot and can be flipped up or down when needed. The extension (with stop) slides left or right on the gauge face to allow repetitive cut-offs up to 20" long. \n \nMiter Bars \nMiter Bars are made to fit all MARK work tables, Shopsmith aluminum bandsaw tables and T-Slotted router tables. MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 version includes a removable T-Slot washer. MARK V 500 version does NOT include T-Slot washer. \n \nThe Miter Bar for Jigs & Fixtures includes a steel miter bar with T-Slot washer to prevent accidental lift-out and mounting holes with counterbores for three 1/4-20 by 1/2" long button head screws (included). Also includes three mating 1/4-20 threaded inserts for attaching miter bar to jig or fixture and a hex key for installing threaded inserts.
17b38fd8-ff1e-4cd2-b92f-a703bd7f55e4515394Strip Sander Table Locking Knob & Shaft0.534.95Strip Sander Knob & Shaft
1bd2bb33-d12d-41ca-a6ad-d31f3d5482fc514597Double Bar Clamp (1) Hardware Package Only0.544.95The Double Bar Clamp Hardware Package includes everything you need to make your own bar clamps at home in any size you need. Bar Clamps are essential to achieving perfectly flat panel glue-ups. Use this hardware kit with your own stock or bundle with our specially-designed wood bars ranging in lengths from 24 Inches to 48 Inches. Package makes one bar clamp, multiple clamps are recommended for best results.
7a9b7295-fa9a-4394-bc7a-b235ecd268f9555140Shaper Guard Upgrade3109.95Shaper Complete Package (for All MARKs except MARK V 500) (555141) \nCreate Decorative Edges, Fancy Trim and Precision Joinery with This Professional Shaping Package \nWhile the molder produces great straight-line cuts in the surfaces of workpieces and the dado is the tool to reach for when you need square-edged dadoes or grooves, the shaper is best for decorating edges or making edge joints on straight or curved edges. \n \nIn fact, rub collars and starting pins let the shaper tackle irregular shaped edges as easily as regular ones. Plus, the shaper even lets you work on the inside edges of cut-outs such as round or oval picture frames. \n \nIncludes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Kit � Shaper Table Insert � Shaper Arbor with Collars � 1/4" & 1/2" Combo Quarter Round Cutter � Flute & Quarter Round Cutter � 3/16" Bead & Cove Cutter � Door Panel Shaper Cutter � Door-Rail Coper Shaper Cutter \n \nNote: 555141 is Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII, or MARK V 500. \n \nShaping Complete Package is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (556209) \n \nGet Precise Lateral Depth-of-Cut Control With the Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit (555113) \n \nBoth the infeed and outfeed sides of this fence are independently micro-adjustable to 1/64". It provides full workpiece support before and after the cut. \n \nIncludes: \n� Shaper/Drum Sander Fence \n� Shield \n� Quill-Mounted Feather guard \n� Table-Mounted Featherboard \n� Vacuum Attachment. \n \nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500. \n \nShaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (555144) \n \nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is the perfect partner with your Double-Tilt! (555149) \nGet started quickly and easily making beautiful decorative edges on all your projects. Decorative edges greatly enhance the look of the finished piece. Under-Table Shaping operations are generally considered safer as the workpiece acts as an additional safety guard. It also is considered more convenient and accurate for decorative cuts because you can inspect the workpiece without changing the set-up. It can be used with any MARK that has the Double-Tilt capability. \n \nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is a great option for Owners looking to try under-table shaping for the first time, or who need to replace lost or worn parts of their Complete Shaping Package. MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 \n \nYour Shaper Starter Kit includes: \n� Shaper/Router Safety Shield \n� 1/2" Shaper Arbor with Collars \n� Shaper Table Insert (fits all MARKs except MARK V 500) \n� Ogee Shaper Cutter \n \nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit (555140) \nAdd safety and improve dust and chip removal with the Shaper/Router Guard Retro-Fit Kit. Designed specifically for your Mark V in the shaping and routing configurations for improved dust and chip removal and increased shop safety on any Routing or Shaping packages purchased before 1/86. Works on All MARKs \nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit Includes: Feather Board Guard, Vacuum Attachment, Circular Shield & Brush, Feather Board, & Rear Fence Guard. \n \nRip-Fence Featherboard - Attaches to the top of your router table fence for use as a hold-down during straight-line routing. (555783) \n \nBUNDLE AND SAVE \nBall Bearing Shaper Spindle & Chuck (556270) \nShaper Spindle with Ball Bearing Rub Collars and 1/2" Router Chuck. Works on all MARKs \n \nShaper Spindle Arbor Set - Ball Bearings (555472) \nProvides improved finish cuts on both straight line and contour Shaping; burn-free results. \nFor use with the Speed Increaser (If you already own.) As well as with the �� Router chuck to hold Shaper Cutters. Works on all MARKs \n \nIncrease the Functionality and Convenience of Shaping with these Accessories \n \nRouter / Shaper Table-Mounted Guard (515704) \nOverhead Shaper Guard - Use with the Under Table function of your MARK 7 / MARK V 505,510,520 / MARK 4 for contour Shaping or using Router Bits with bearing pilots. Position this Overhead Shaper Guard directly over the cutter for maximum coverage. Comes with adjustable brush on clear guard to knock down flying chips and shavings for more effective dust collection. Support Bracket comes with integral dust port. This assembly slips in the table T-Slot and locks in place with a quarter-turn of the support post. \n \nIncludes: \n� See-Through Guard \n� Screw-In Mounting Post \n� Support Bracket with Integral Dust Port \n� Mounting Hardware \n� Instruction Sheet \n \nShaper/Router Shield Puts Safety Back Into Shaping and Routing (555373) \nThis see-through shield clamps around your MARKs quill housing with a single screw and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages. \n \nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500. \n \nShaper Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505) is a Must for Full Workpiece Support for Shaping (555122) \nMARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 table insert is made of rigid diecast aluminum (Mark V model 500 insert is made of a tough polymer). This Table insert has a 2-1/4" diameter circular cutout to allow the shaper cutter to drop below the table surface to shape edges completely and smoothly. Two threaded holes for screw-in starter pins from the top and as a provision for attaching vacuum attachment for dust collection. \n \nShaper / Drum Sander Table Insert (for MARK V 500) (556267)
1ecfde97-877d-4392-9b1d-49e23031d2b35218671/4 Inch Carbide Router Bit0.534.95

Shopsmith carbide-tipped router bits have been designed for working with hardwoods, laminates in a production or home shop environment. Each features rugged carbide tips to take and hold a keen cutting edge, with infrequent sharpening.

Below are other router bits, which all have 1/2-inch shanks for use in the Shopsmith 1/2-inch router chuck (514631). A step up from our standard, high speed steel bits.

  • 3/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521870)
  • 1/2" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521869)
  • 3/8" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521868)
  • 1/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521867)
  • 1/2" Dovetail Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521866)

 

Other Shopsmith router parts:

  • 1/2� Shopsmith Router Chuck turns your MARK into a great overhead Router Table (514631)
  • 1/2" Router Chuck with Guard (555191)
  • Shopsmith �� Router Chuck allows you to hold � Inch Shank Bits Tightly and Securely (514632)
  • 1/4� Router Chuck with Guard (555189)
  • Create Beautiful Designs and Perfect Dovetail Joints and Rabbets with the Shopsmith Router Package (555176)
  • Router/Shaper Shield Puts Safety Back into Shaping and Routing (555373)
081eca06-27de-42c0-a828-a5b2e4b29227555125Miter Gauge Quick Clamp Upgrade0.134.95

The MARK V 500 Quick-Clamp Miter Gauge Retro-Fit Kit replaces the thumb-screw adjustment mechanisms on older Shopsmith miter gauges.

4158bfca-e355-4930-a31f-821352e2c5315228773 Inch Diameter Premium Caster Wheel (1 Red Wheel)120.953 Inch Diameter Premium Caster Wheel (1 Red Wheel)
bcecaadc-ff20-4d0c-a299-f3cd5f84364a502691Bandsaw Upper Wheel and Needle Bearing Assembly1.3159.95Bandsaw Upper Wheel & Needle Bearing Assembly
657134c1-7114-417d-b6ac-fd2d0af89543556359Shopsmith 3x24 Inch 80 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (4 Pack)0.2524.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (4) 3" x 24" 80 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts
2f7757c4-2bc4-4cc7-b39f-94549ed95624556066MARK V Maintenance DVD (Volume 2)0.339.95

This 65-minute Fail-Safe video of Maintaining and Repairing the Conventional Headstock, shows you, step-by-step, how to replace the MARK V’s Belts and Drive Sleeve and how to make a high-speed adjustment.

 

In this PART 1 of the Conventional Headstock Maintenance video, Nick, top woodworking author and instructor hosted DVD, will show you how to examine and replace three of the most important components of your Shopsmith MARK V: 1) the Drive Belt 2) Poly-V or Gilmer Belt 3) the Drive Sleeve.Nick begins with a walk through helping you determine which of the three conventional Smart Motor types your machine has: Type A, B or C. Knowing this information will tell you when your machine was made, as well as which Motor it has; whether it has a single or double-bearing Quill; whether it has a Gilmer or Poly-V Belt and which switch it has.Following this introduction of the Conventional Smart Motor, Nick continues with in-depth, step-by-step discussions of:1. How to inspect and replace the Drive Belt. Here, you’ll learn how to determine whether or not you have a Drive Belt problem; how to decide when it’s time to replace your Drive Belt and if it is time, how to remove and replace the Belt.2. How to inspect and replace the Poly-V or Gilmer Belt As in the segment above, Nick will lead you through determining whether or not you have a belt problem, and if it’s time to replace the Belt, how to remove the Idler Shaft, Drive Shaft and complete Drive Assembly in order to effect the replacement.3. How to replace the Drive Sleeve You’ll know that it’s time to replace this Sleeve if your MARK V begins to make a terrible racket and your auxiliary Drive Hub is turning while your Quill is remaining stationary. Nick shows you how simple this process can be once the two Belts in the above steps are removed.4. How to make a High Speed Adjustment Here, Nick begins by showing you how to determine whether your MARK V is operating at the speed shown on the Speed Dial, then leads you through the process of making any corrections, if required.In this PART 2 Maintenance video, Nick will show you how to inspect and repair or Replace five of the most important components of your Conventional Smart Motor on your Shopsmith MARK V.This 84-minute complement to our Volume 1 video shows you, step-by-step, how to inspect and adjust the MARK V’s Conventional Smart Motor's Speed Changer mechanism and how to repair and/or replace the Power Switch, Quill Feed Mechanism, Smart Motor Locks and Table Carriage LocksNick continues his presentation from Volume 1 of this important series with a look at five more situations that MARK V owners could encounter with their MARK Vs. These step-by-step instructions include: 1. How to inspect and adjust the Speed Changer Mechanism in the Conventional Smart Motor. These instructions begin with a review of how this important mechanism works, then continues to cover removing it, lubricating it, replacing it (if necessary) and adjusting to deliver the requested speed.2. How to inspect and replace the Power Switch in the Conventional Smart Motor. This segment begins with a review of the two different types of Switches used on MARK Vs, and ends with a quick review of how to replace each type and ensure the proper wiring.3. How to inspect and repair the Quill Feed Mechanism in the Conventional Smart Motor. Here, you’ll learn how to remove this important component of your MARK V, how to replace single bearing Quills with the more precise two-bearing model (if you so desire) and how to tension he Quill Fed Spring properly.4. How to inspect and repair and/or replace the Locks for the Conventional Smart Motor and Table Carriage Here, Nick shows you how to remove these locks, dress their wedges for smoother operation and replace the various components, if required.

 

BUNDLE & SAVE (556069)

Get both power packed Maintenance Volume 1 and Volume 2 DVDs for a bundled price and save. ALSO INCLUDED WITH EACH OF THESE DVDs IS THE 116-PAGE BONUS MANUAL: This video includes an information-packed, 116-page Service and Repair Manual for the Conventional Smart Motor that you can read and/or print as a PDF file from your computer. This is NOT merely the standard MARK V Owner’s Manual, but rather, the definitive document on diagnosing MARK V problems – and resolving them. A MUST-HAVE document that you’ll want to ad to your workshop library.

d5c38956-5ae0-46f1-92af-1f4744648ec1521866Dovetail Carbide Router Bit134.95

Shopsmith carbide-tipped router bits have been designed for working with hardwoods, laminates in a production or home shop environment. Each features rugged carbide tips to take and hold a keen cutting edge, with infrequent sharpening.

All have 1/2-inch shanks for use in the Shopsmith 1/2-inch router chuck (514631). A step up from our standard, high speed steel bits.
� 3/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521870)
� 1/2" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521869)
� 3/8" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521868)
� 1/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521867)
� 1/2" Dovetail Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521866)

 

Other Shopsmith router parts:

  • 1/2� Shopsmith Router Chuck turns your MARK into a great overhead Router Table (514631)
  • 1/2" Router Chuck with Guard (555191)
  • Shopsmith �� Router Chuck allows you to hold � Inch Shank Bits Tightly and Securely (514632)
  • 1/4� Router Chuck with Guard (555189)
  • Create Beautiful Designs and Perfect Dovetail Joints and Rabbets with the Shopsmith Router Package (555176)
  • Router/Shaper Shield Puts Safety Back into Shaping and Routing (555373)
58dbc451-375a-4a8e-9526-a71272d0b046518104Miter Gauge Bar with Stud (All MARKs)144.95Miter Gauge Bar (fits all Miter Gauge Models)
7aa3524d-ed90-4ed8-a1fb-f18db534078c556238Pattern Sanding Guide Package (3 Piece)144.95

Shopsmith Pattern Sanding Guide Package
This simple 3-piece package (and a set of our Shopsmith drum sanders) is all you need to save loads of time by drum sanding multiple projects or components to the exactly the same size and shape. Just insert the appropriate sized guide into your Mark V or Mark 7 worktable miter gauge slot. Align the guide with the matching Shopsmith drum sander (2-1/4", 1-1/2", 1", 3/4", or 1/2") then tighten the clamping knob and your ready to go.

By attaching a shop-made pattern to the bottom of your workpiece (the included instructions tell you how to make and use these patterns) and then rotating your pattern/workpiece against the guide, you'll be able to sand as many projects or components to the same exact size and shape as you like. And do it much, much faster than if you were doing them one-by-one. A real time-saver!
Note: Not for use with ER, Mark 2 and older style Mark VII.

454124c3-de95-445b-b1c9-3ae4e0169423522611PowerPro Motor Pulley (Gen 1 & 2)0.439.95PowerPro Motor Pulley (Gen 1 & 2)
33b61ae5-65eb-445a-a103-da9c4f796fa65025499Bandsaw Upper Guide Retainer127.95Bandsaw Retainer
46ee7cfc-dc84-474b-b4ea-7075f487c0ac555069Powertool Woodworking for Everyone Reference Guide2.144.95
d88bc284-78e9-4e5a-a99e-b27dd23a244d522610POWERPRO LOWER DRIVE BELT (LARGE)134.95PowerPro Motor Drive Belt (Large)
34d31fb6-0b3b-4713-b0a2-57f2b26a587b9422511x42 Inch Assorted A/O Strip Sander Belts0.327.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) Assorted 1" x 42" Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts (1-Each: 60 Grit, 80 Grit, 150 Grit, 220 Grit, and 320 Grit)
96b2e299-4c83-4caa-8e60-18bced5e8982513348Planer Front Top Cover444.95Planer Front Top Cover
e13572c4-dadc-42c1-a516-55b329f917435551911/2 Inch Router Chuck with Guard5.549.95Shopsmith carbide-tipped router bits have been designed for working with hardwoods, laminates in a production or home shop environment. Each features rugged carbide tips to take and hold a keen cutting edge, with infrequent sharpening.\n\nAll have 1/2-inch shanks for use in the Shopsmith 1/2-inch router chuck (514631). A step up from our standard, high speed steel bits.\n� 3/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521870)\n� 1/2" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521869)\n� 3/8" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521868)\n� 1/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521867)\n� 1/2" Dovetail Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521866)\n\n1/2� Shopsmith Router Chuck turns your MARK into a great overhead Router Table (514631)\nThis precision machined tool steel Router Chuck has been especially designed to slip onto your MARK V�s 5/8� Spindle and firmly grip any 1/2� shank Router Bit for over-table routing operations.\n\nMade specifically to handle the side thrust associated with Routing. This Router Chuck features two setscrews to grip your Router Bit firmly and a third setscrew to grip your MARK V�s spindle.\n\nCAUTION: Do NOT attempt to perform routing or similar side thrust operations with your 1/2� drill chuck, as this will damage your Chuck. \n\n1/2" Router Chuck with Guard (555191)\nChuck withstands the side-thrust typically accompanying routing operations.\nPrecision-machined from fine tool steel for exceptional durability. Two Setscrews hold virtually any bit or attachment securely. Comes with Shield. 1/2" shank bits only! The Clear Shield protects hands and eyes. The brush knocks down the flying chips and dust to make dust collection more effective.\n\nShopsmith �� Router Chuck allows you to hold � Inch Shank Bits Tightly and Securely (514632)\nHolds �� Shank router Bits in a similar fashion as the �� Router Chuck above PLUS -- Also lets you use Shopsmith's Drum Sanding Set on your Belt Sander's Auxiliary Shaft. Just slip this Router Chuck onto your Belt Sander's Auxiliary Shaft and you'll be ready to Drum Sand all types of projects with our 1/4" shaft Drum Sanding Set. A better choice than using your Drill Chuck, since most geared Chucks (including ours) are not designed to withstand side deflection pressure.\n\n1/4� Router Chuck with Guard (555189)\nChuck withstands the side-thrust typically accompanying routing operations.\nPrecision-machined from fine tool steel for exceptional durability. Two Set-screws hold virtually any bit or attachment securely. Comes with Shield. 1/4" shank bits only! The Clear Shield protects hands and eyes. The brush knocks down the flying chips and dust to make dust collection more effective.\n\nCreate Beautiful Designs and Perfect Dovetail Joints and Rabbets with the Shopsmith Router Package (555176)\nCreate beautiful designs and perfect dovetail joints and rabbets with these router bits. Get exceptionally clean cuts with super-smooth edges so that all your work has that professional finish.\n\nPackage Includes: Router Chuck and Shield, 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4" Straight bits and 1/2" Dovetail Router Bits.\n\nRouter/Shaper Shield Puts Safety Back into Shaping and Routing (555373)\nThis see-through shield clamps around your Mark 7 or Mark V quill with a single setscrew and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages.\n\nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII.\n
e0fa1997-3d30-4c47-be4b-017f857e2e6c513739Flat Washer0.46.95Flat Washer
7691852d-adda-4f16-a83d-d9c3d117ffa355614412 Inch 120 Grit Ceramic Stick-On Sandpaper Discs (4 Pack)0.554.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (4) 12 Inch, 120 Grit, Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs.
7570c2de-61cd-422b-8b50-a2dc7d8ad25f515593DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Hardware Pack0.534.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Hardware Pack
1a2ecd55-5a49-4c3a-aa59-40e23964aa335218821/4 Inch Mortising Bit/Chisel139.95

Mortising Hold Down Assembly (521900)
Attaches to the Rip Fence of your MARK V (Model 500, 510 or 520) to keep your workpiece from lifting when the Bit/Chisel set is withdrawn.

Mortising Hold Down Foot (50377201)
Hold Down Foot. Mounts on Hold Down Rod on Rip Fence

Mortising Attachment (521901)
Attaches to your MARK V's Quill to hold and prevent the Mortising Chisel form turning while the bit inside removes the majority of the stock from the mortise.

Use these Sturdy Mortising Bits to produce an Heirloom Quality Guifts that will last for Generations
A mortising bit will allow you to drill square or rectangular holes in a piece of wood. This can be used to create a tenon joint. Precision ground to produce sharp, clean square holes and mortises.
� 1/2 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521884)
� 3/8 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521883)
� 1/4 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521882)

Mortising Chisel Honing Stone (521902)
Hollow chisel mortising requires a great deal of downward pressure to shave the sides of the mortise smooth and true. That's why it is extremely important that all four edges of the hollow chisel be kept as sharp as possible. This precision-ground stone has been made specifically for this purpose. The Mortising Chisel Honing Stone is a 50-degree stone for your 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" chisel.

Note: If you own an older model (pre-2000) Mortising System, you'll need to order either 513549 or 513550 to fit the angles of your older mortising chisels.

Mortising Chisel Honing Stone (Red) (513550)
If you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/2" mortising chisels 46.5 degree stone.

Mortising Chisel Honing Stone (White) (513549)
If you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/4" and 3/8" Mortising Chisels 41-degree stone.

Slot Mortising Package (555372)
Easily make strong accurate mortise and tenon joints with the Slot Mortising Package. Use your Speed increaser or Under-Tale Routing to make the mortises and tennons.

Includes: 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" carbide tipped straight router bits, all with 1/2" shanks for rigidity, 1/2" Router Chuck with Shield and the Tenon Master Jig.

0cf3aae7-3088-4e28-807b-0ef60a03b8af502874Belt Sander Tension Knob Assembly144.95Belt Sander Tension Knob Assembly
ec4624a4-3505-49d3-afea-b3b98988c314515013Bandsaw Table Tilt Trunnion Support0.17.95Bandsaw Table Tilt Trunnion Support
17031437-464b-40e3-9e1a-1b82ff827258556384Shopsmith 5 Inch 80 GRIT Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs (15 Pack)0.316.955" Sanding Discs for Non-Shopsmith Random Orbit Sanders. Shopsmith 5” Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs Feature High Performance Grain on a Durable Plastic Film Backing. Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature advanced technology with a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. Enjoy superior finishing results with these revolutionary film-backed sanding discs that resist tearing and edge wear to give you four times the life and a super-smooth sanding surface. Includes: (15) 80 Grit, 5 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed 8-Hole Sanding Discs
230fde12-4cba-43d4-8dd0-4ae9c66848bd503407Belt Sander Support Assembly149.95Belt Sander Support Assembly
44264f86-f7ef-4b84-826b-de27333c62a2505655Mounting Base2.569.95The Shopsmith Mounting Base is an easy storage solution for all Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools or Extension Tables. Keeping your equipment off the floor and out of the way when not in use makes for safer woodworking and less wear and tear on your equipment. Mounting Bases can be attached to a variety of flat surfaces with the included heavy-duty mounting bolts.
7d33ed98-7429-4331-b0d1-5c32b5724bd6556260Polycarbonate Stock Push Guide Set (Short and Long Double Handed)1.754.95

Here are two great, inexpensive accessories that will help you guide your workpieces through rip cuts, dadoes, grooves and molding cuts with greater precision, confidence and safety. Made of a rugged, see-through polycarbonate material, each features a protruding hook on the trailing edge that will securely grasp and control stock of any thickness down to 3/8" without snagging or slipping. 

 

  • Use the short guide to make rip cuts on stock up to 13-1/4" long and as narrow as 9/32" with 1/32" of clearance between the edge of the guide and your saw blade. 
  • For even more control when making cuts on stock over 13-1/4" long, use the twin-handled long guide.

 

Carefully engineered with angled handles that are covered in soft, non-slip vinyl, they are ergonomically comfortable to use and can provide one or two-handed downward force on your workpieces well forward of their hook edges. As a result, each will not only keep your fingers out of harm's way when making your cuts, they will also prevent dangerous lift-ups that can snag your blade or cutter and cause a kickback that could result in personal injury.

9dad69b4-a735-43b2-a06c-c9bb8e0b309051459824 Inch Wood Bars (for Double Bar Clamps) (Set of 2)544.95Shopsmith Wood Bars for Double Bar Clamps feature a unique, CNC-cut radius that allows the bars to exert even pressure along the entire length of the panel for tight, even glue joints every time. The 24 Inch version of the bars has a minimum workpiece width of 10 Inches. Purchase the 24 Inch Double Bar Clamp & Hardware Pack Bundle (514601) for the complete system. These bars make one clamp, multiple clamps are recommended for best results.
6eccb4cf-b854-4fc6-858e-ecb9c328353b515308Scroll Saw Dust Cover144.95Shopsmith Dust Covers are custom tailored to fit your Shopsmith equipment, giving you added protection from condensation and rust, as well as dust and other workshop elements. Material specifically chosen for improved breath-ability. All edges are double stitched. All covers are an attractive gray color with a red Shopsmith logo. In addition to protecting your equipment, they help your shop present a sleek uncluttered appearance.
fc0e864d-8735-4d97-b41c-7297f2a73f4d518377Strip Sander Cover134.95Strip Sander Cover
e22490a4-684e-433b-a27b-168bc8fc0f83522659Flat Socket Head Screw (M6X1X16mm)16.95Flat Socket Head Screw (M6X1X16mm)
2e991865-ad8a-4173-a2bd-72b04fe3d2cc55562012 Inch 150 Grit A/O Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs (6 Pack)0.542.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Discs have convenienct hook & loop backing to make swapping out abrasives a snap! Must be used with the Shopsmith Hook & Loop Conversion Disc (555102). Pack Includes (6) 12 Inch, 150 Grit, Hook & Loop-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
5011ebff-a373-4b9c-8196-b706eca7440b522333Lower Mount154.95Lower Mount
11e3110c-368a-4af4-a81d-96a68c2ceddf513986Pan Head Screw0.46.95Planer Pan Head Screw (10-32X3/8)
3a5b1e1a-cd8f-4241-a1b1-0af6d76f3c8d521681Poly V Belt with Instructions0.434.95Poly V Belt with Instructions
e2da9078-8134-436e-b393-856efeeafc7c122040Hex Bolt0.46.95Bandsaw Large Hex Head Screw (5/16-18 X 1-1/2)
a2e7d7c9-71ba-4e8b-ac74-ab4e14d0fbc1514501Router / Shaper Guard Mounting Bracket Assembly0.613.95Router/Shaper Guard Mounting Bracket Assembly
e62d87f8-35b9-48eb-89e6-a5344b26d193515550DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Motor Housing Sides and Bottom Long Seal0.37.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Long Motor Seal
0fa94623-cde7-41a8-b695-4952cab768b2515305Planer Dust Cover149.95Shopsmith Dust Covers are custom tailored to fit your Shopsmith equipment, giving you added protection from condensation and rust, as well as dust and other workshop elements. Material specifically chosen for improved breath-ability. All edges are double stitched. All covers are an attractive gray color with a red Shopsmith logo. In addition to protecting your equipment, they help your shop present a sleek uncluttered appearance.
30d57281-18c3-49fa-964a-8491e0cbc98b518242MARK V (All Models) Power Cord (120 Volt)147.95MARK V (All Models) Power Cord (120 Volt)
73ce8676-4384-430e-bafe-0b763a2571fe555627Table Support Leg0.554.95

The Table Support Leg provides added table rigidity when hollow chisel mortising or performing other heavy workpiece operations with your MARK in the vertical position. This is a MUST for all mortising operations. Without this Table Support Leg, your Mortising Chisels will seem dull and be very difficult to use

 

This special telescoping support leg extends 27” to 42-1/2" and features a notch in the top that slips around the table lip. Then it locks on to the table with a single knob. Adjust the leg for table height with a quarter-turn of the leg. It keeps your worktable from deflecting when you are exerting more downward pressure during mortising or drilling operations. Originally designed for the MARK V 500 / MARK V 505 / MARK 4. We found Installing a single leg under the table of the rest of the MARK models is much faster than using two standard telescoping legs on connecter tubes.

27a1c89c-234a-4856-811c-e9440189895055614212 Inch 80 Grit Ceramic Stick-On Sandpaper Discs (4 Pack)0.554.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (4) 12 Inch, 80 Grit, Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs.
38068c5c-bb30-442d-82a2-76a2737ff3d1503024Belt Sander Tinnerman Clip0.46.95Belt Sander Tinnerman Clip
a0184928-4bee-4983-8c16-84ca8b41afcf514487Guard & Mortising Hold Down Support Rod122.95Hold Down Rod
a914eb9c-4d3e-42cb-9d07-b24029bfd618514855DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Collection Bag Bag Clamp0.517.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Collection Bag Clamp
468a7608-46db-4d48-8f92-d7d1753a51715014379Lathe Tailstock Center Eccentric Mount144.95MARK 7/MARK V Tailstock Eccentric Mount
371e9c23-43c8-46ff-a861-28e93c67d29c50584312 Inch Assorted A/O Stick-On Sandpaper Discs1.342.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Assorted Pack Includes (6) 12 Inch Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs (3) 100 Grit, (2) 80 Grit, and (1) 60 Grit .
b82597ab-5718-4217-b42e-2ef0d534df42515847Jointer Feather Guard Thurst Washer06.95Jointer Washer (.382ID.750O)
6eb48a18-743e-4732-a537-355471057413502575Bandsaw Blade Guide Tension Spring0.16.95Spring Blade Guide
5a2d580f-2003-406d-a186-342b796139ae556383Shopsmith 5 Inch 40 Grit Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs (15 Pack)0.419.955" Sanding Discs for Non-Shopsmith Random Orbit Sanders. Shopsmith 5” Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs Feature High Performance Grain on a Durable Plastic Film Backing. Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature advanced technology with a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. Enjoy superior finishing results with these revolutionary film-backed sanding discs that resist tearing and edge wear to give you four times the life and a super-smooth sanding surface. Includes: (15) 40 Grit, 5 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed 8-Hole Sanding Discs
e2d293cd-b0cc-49d8-95df-b34b549e6d9855614312 Inch 100 Grit Ceramic Stick-On Sandpaper Discs (4 Pack)1.154.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (4) 12 Inch, 100 Grit, Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs.
df88c7db-ee65-4047-b711-91e645673063556264Quill Twister with Coupler Kit144.95Here's the solution to a problem that we've all faced at one time or another. You're working on a project and need to make some saw cuts. So, you've installed your lower saw guard and are ready to attach your saw blade to the quill of your Shopsmith. Unfortunately, the flat on your quill is not positioned in a spot where you can get your Allen wrench on the blade arbor to tighten it properly. The Quill Twister is the Solution!\n\nIf your machine was manufactured after January of 2002, the coupler hub guard won't allow you to grasp the hub and rotate the spindle to an accessible position. And once the lower saw guard is attached, you can't get a grip on the knurled spindle knob to twist the spindle into proper alignment, either. If your machine was manufactured before January of 2002, the coupler hub is accessible, but often You can't grip the hub firmly enough to effect the proper twist.\n\nEnter the Shopsmith Quill Twister\nThis simple lever-handle device slides easily into the accessory machine end of your existing coupler - allowing you to then press the MARK end of the coupler onto the Smart Motor hub and rotate the spindle to the correct position with amazing ease! It features an easy-to-grasp 3" long handle that gives you all the additional leverage you need for making those vital spindle adjustments.\n\nTwo Ways To Set It Up\nUse it with your existing coupler: The steel handle shaft features an especially cut keyway that slips over a spline on the inside surface of your coupler. Just slip it into position in your coupler... place your coupler on the hub and rotate. When you're through, simply remove the Twister handle and your coupler is ready for normal use in driving your Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools such as Bandsaw, Belt Sander, Jointer, Planer, Strip Sander, etc.\n\nBUNDLE & SAVE!\nOrder the Quill Twister Package with Coupler: Each Quill Twister comes with a buttonhead capscrew (5/32" Allen Wrench head) that can be dropped through the Smart Motor end of a dedicated coupler and threaded into the tapped end of the Quill Twister shaft, giving you a Quill Twister with a permanently attached coupler, ready for use at all times.\n\nIt's Your choice: No matter which way you decide to go, you're going to love how much easier your quill-mounted tool setups are going to be with the amazing Quill Twister. Forget the frustrations caused by a hub guard that's in Your way or a weakened grip that can result in painful hand cramps.\n\nOrder Your Quill Twister Today!\n\n\nImportant Note: If You have an early (before 1952) version Shopsmith coupler, you will need to order a new coupler to use the Quill Twister.\n\nCAUTION: Shopsmith couplers include a spring in the Smart Motor end that is there to prevent leaving the coupler in position after the Special Purpose Tool is removed.\nDO NOT REMOVE THIS SPRING. Doing so could allow you to accidentally leave the Quill Twister in position after having made your necessary quill adjustments, then turn your machine on, resulting in a potentially dangerous situation.\n\nOwners Manual for Quill-Twister (PDF)\n\n
2e4b15ce-3ec1-48f0-bc2a-9dfe14056509515110MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Mounting Square Nut0.16.95Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Mounting Square Nut (For MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
2be114e1-a00d-4808-8d0b-6c8911c41d69516222Jointer Feather Guard Knob with Insert0.16.95Jointer Knob with Insert (Self Locking)
6a43b883-8066-4308-b22c-4293ec47820355562212 Inch 60 Grit A/O Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs (6 Pack)0.542.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Discs have convenienct hook & loop backing to make swapping out abrasives a snap! Must be used with the Shopsmith Hook & Loop Conversion Disc (555102). Pack Includes (6) 12 Inch, 60 Grit, Hook & Loop-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
4e46d758-76bb-47a0-afe0-6b46e0c52ef1555903Washers (.281ID) (4 Pack)0.36.95Washers (.281ID) (4 Pack)
16dd89cc-990f-441a-b733-de94a5c5fe91521769Dust Collector Inlet Handle Upgrade0.429.95Don’t use Your Hose as a handle. This IS the handle you’ve always wanted! The Shopsmith DC-6000 / DC-3300 Dust Collector Handle Retro-Fit Kit is an inexpensive, simple-to-install kit that lets you attach an additional handle to the top of the 3-way inlet on your Dust Collector for convenience when moving it around the shop. You'll need a center punch, a 5/32" drill bit and a Phillips screwdriver to do the job. Takes about 5 minutes. Includes: • Handle • Two screws • Template for marking pilot hole positions
6515cba9-cfb2-4d58-9921-2caa65450c66515287DC-3300 Service Fan Assembly0.549.95DC-3300 Dust Collector Fan Service Assembly
6f2074ff-42ae-48f1-80f4-e97ffcbe40c2518122Strip Sander Idler Wheel Washer0.16.95Strip Sander Washer
9349f852-75e6-4aa2-8604-e7e677dab807556270Shaper Spindle with Ball Bearing Rub Collars and 1/2 Inch Router Chuck149.42Shaper Complete Package (for All MARKs except MARK V 500) (555141) \nCreate Decorative Edges, Fancy Trim and Precision Joinery with This Professional Shaping Package \nWhile the molder produces great straight-line cuts in the surfaces of workpieces and the dado is the tool to reach for when you need square-edged dadoes or grooves, the shaper is best for decorating edges or making edge joints on straight or curved edges. \n \nIn fact, rub collars and starting pins let the shaper tackle irregular shaped edges as easily as regular ones. Plus, the shaper even lets you work on the inside edges of cut-outs such as round or oval picture frames. \n \nIncludes: \n�Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Kit \n� Shaper Table Insert \n� Shaper Arbor with Collars \n� 1/4" & 1/2" Combo Quarter Round Cutter \n� Flute & Quarter Round Cutter \n� 3/16" Bead & Cove Cutter \n� Door Panel Shaper Cutter \n� Door-Rail Coper Shaper Cutter \n \nNote: 555141 is Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII, or MARK V 500. \n \nShaping Complete Package is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (556209) \n \nGet Precise Lateral Depth-of-Cut Control With the Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit (555113) \n \nBoth the infeed and outfeed sides of this fence are independently micro-adjustable to 1/64". It provides full workpiece support before and after the cut. \n \nIncludes: \n� Shaper/Drum Sander Fence \n� Shield \n� Quill-Mounted Feather guard \n� Table-Mounted Featherboard \n� Vacuum Attachment. \n \nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500. \n \nShaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (555144) \n \nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is the perfect partner with your Double-Tilt! (555149) \nGet started quickly and easily making beautiful decorative edges on all your projects. Decorative edges greatly enhance the look of the finished piece. Under-Table Shaping operations are generally considered safer as the workpiece acts as an additional safety guard. It also is considered more convenient and accurate for decorative cuts because you can inspect the workpiece without changing the set-up. It can be used with any MARK that has the Double-Tilt capability. \n \nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is a great option for Owners looking to try under-table shaping for the first time, or who need to replace lost or worn parts of their Complete Shaping Package. MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 \n \nYour Shaper Starter Kit includes: \n� Shaper/Router Safety Shield \n� 1/2" Shaper Arbor with Collars \n� Shaper Table Insert (fits all MARKs except MARK V 500) \n� Ogee Shaper Cutter \n \nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit (555140) \nAdd safety and improve dust and chip removal with the Shaper/Router Guard Retro-Fit Kit. Designed specifically for your Mark V in the shaping and routing configurations for improved dust and chip removal and increased shop safety on any Routing or Shaping packages purchased before 1/86. Works on All MARKs \nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit Includes: Feather Board Guard, Vacuum Attachment, Circular Shield & Brush, Feather Board, & Rear Fence Guard. \n \nRip-Fence Featherboard - Attaches to the top of your router table fence for use as a hold-down during straight-line routing. (555783) \n \nBUNDLE AND SAVE \nBall Bearing Shaper Spindle & Chuck (556270) \nShaper Spindle with Ball Bearing Rub Collars and 1/2" Router Chuck. Works on all MARKs \n \nShaper Spindle Arbor Set - Ball Bearings (555472) \nProvides improved finish cuts on both straight line and contour Shaping; burn-free results. \nFor use with the Speed Increaser (If you already own.) As well as with the �� Router chuck to hold Shaper Cutters. Works on all MARKs \n \nIncrease the Functionality and Convenience of Shaping with these Accessories \n \nRouter / Shaper Table-Mounted Guard (515704) \nOverhead Shaper Guard - Use with the Under Table function of your MARK 7 / MARK V 505,510,520 / MARK 4 for contour Shaping or using Router Bits with bearing pilots. Position this Overhead Shaper Guard directly over the cutter for maximum coverage. Comes with adjustable brush on clear guard to knock down flying chips and shavings for more effective dust collection. Support Bracket comes with integral dust port. This assembly slips in the table T-Slot and locks in place with a quarter-turn of the support post. \n \nIncludes: \n� See-Through Guard \n� Screw-In Mounting Post \n� Support Bracket with Integral Dust Port \n� Mounting Hardware \n� Instruction Sheet \n \nShaper/Router Shield Puts Safety Back Into Shaping and Routing (555373) \nThis see-through shield clamps around your MARKs quill housing with a single screw and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages. \n \nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500. \n \nShaper Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505) is a Must for Full Workpiece Support for Shaping (555122) \nMARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 table insert is made of rigid diecast aluminum (Mark V model 500 insert is made of a tough polymer). This Table insert has a 2-1/4" diameter circular cutout to allow the shaper cutter to drop below the table surface to shape edges completely and smoothly. Two threaded holes for screw-in starter pins from the top and as a provision for attaching vacuum attachment for dust collection. \n \nShaper / Drum Sander Table Insert (for MARK V 500) (556267)
8178d45b-24bf-483c-9b6b-7c3da38f8d8b515549DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Motor Housing Top Short Seal17.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Inlet Seal
75da8f97-7069-4e29-9633-67305be8b5de222460Set Screw0.16.95Screw (5/16-18x3/8)
f4c3387b-2f2b-4799-8e14-aacbc87fdc96503009Rubber Sleeve for 2-5/16" Drum Sanders0.312.95Drum Sander Rubber Sleeve
58b681f5-a5ec-49da-915b-ceed0f16ffca5055522-5/16 Dia. x 3 Inch Lg. Sanding Drum with Sleeve149.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 2-5/16 Inch Shopsmith Sanding Drum is 3Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. The 3” long sleeves are made with tough, long-lasting A/O Abrasive. Includes (1) 80 grit A/O medium sanding sleeve.
2a036e39-b620-4de0-97f2-4310ab1d8cd855614512 Inch Assorted Ceramic Stick-On Sandpaper Discs0.554.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Assorted 4-Pack Includes: 12 Inch Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs (60 Grit, 80 Grit, 100 Grit, and 120 Grit)
e154d42f-5389-4f27-9e96-154dcad7bf10515302Belt Sander Dust Cover149.95Shopsmith Dust Covers are custom tailored to fit your Shopsmith equipment, giving you added protection from condensation and rust, as well as dust and other workshop elements. Material specifically chosen for improved breath-ability. All edges are double stitched. All covers are an attractive gray color with a red Shopsmith logo. In addition to protecting your equipment, they help your shop present a sleek uncluttered appearance.
ecd5fe70-71b9-4f2b-8c2f-d43021486e45556219NOVA Pen Turning Accessory Completer Kit3.8139.95NOVA G3 Pen Turning with 3 Great Ways to Buy!\n\n1. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214)\nBuy this kit if you already have the Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor and Pen Mandrel. You will be ready to go! \n\n2. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle (556220) (Includes: NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214) + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit) \nStarting from Scratch? Here is Everything You Will Need to Get Started Plus Extra Savings!\n\n3. NOVA Pen Turning Accessory Completer Kit (556219) (Includes: NOVA Pen Jaws + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Mandrel Saver)\nThe Perfect Choice if You Already have the NOVA G3 Chuck!\n\n\nNOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle will enable you to turn Beautiful colorful pens out of wood and acrylic alike. The NOVA G3 Turning Bundle (556220) includes the highly popular G3 Chuck with standard 50mm jaws, plus the Pen Plus Jaws, Mandrel Saver and the Woodworm Screw PLUS the special Insert made specially to connect with to Your Shopsmith Spindle. \n\nYou will love the solid construction, minimal vibration and ease-of-use. The NOVA G3 Lathe Chuck Package, made exclusively for use on Shopsmith equipment, has become a customer-favorite chuck for lathe turning. It is made especially for Shopsmith Lathe with up to a 16" of swing over the bed. The G3 is a self-centering chuck, so all four jaws close at the same time by turning a single key. With only one hand needed to close the chuck, your other hand is free to align the stock. And you will love the sturdy storage case which makes it easy to keep your kit free from dust and in top operating condition.\n\nWhat You Can Expect:\n� Small, compact design minimizes load on small spindles and bearings\n� Dedicated, close fitting Insert using only the standard 5/32" Allen wrench to install. No separate insert tools required\n� Single-handed operation with included chuck key\n� Four jaw design firmly grips both round and square wood?Tufflock geared grip provides a powerful, positive hold\n� Locking set screw allows it to be used for sanding in reverse mode when mounted on the PowerPro Smart Motor.\n� Wide range of available accessory jaws (Note that although all Nova jaws will fit, not all are recommended for use with the G3)\n� Jaw slides made from high-tech copper fused steel for maximum hardness, wear, and self-lubricating properties\n� Precision machined in one operation from a solid steel block for optimal accuracy\n� Polished finish to allow for closer tolerances and accuracy\n� Safe Lock� Woodworm screw included for fast mounting of rough timbers\n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor 505603 required to hold the Drill Chuck for center drilling the penstock\n� 5 Year Warranty (Chuck Only) - One of the Best in the Business!\n\n\nNOVA's Pen Plus Jaws quickly convert your NOVA G3 chuck into a fast, accurate pen blank drilling tool. The large jaw profile provides a solid grip for all sizes of pen blanks, and a perfectly centered hole, every time. Being able to finely control the drill Quill feed on your lathe helps to prevent break out on delicate pen walls. Pen Plus Jaws are also perfect for squaring up the pen blank ends after gluing in the tubes. But here's the ''Plus'' in Pen Plus�the heavy-duty design of the jaws means that they're also powerful enough to handle larger, longer spigot work. With an internal profile that accepts square turning blanks, and a rock-solid grip over 1-1/2" long, the jaws perform admirably, with minimal vibration. \nPen mandrels can bend when you extend the mandrel tip into the tailstock center point. With the NOVA Pen Mandrel Saver, the mandrel shaft goes through the hollow live center, providing support without pressure. The pen bushings will rest against the center with little to no pressure on the mandrel shaft.\nOnly Need One Piece? NO PROBLEM! All Items Also Sold Separately!\n� Pen Turning Jaws (556218)\n� Shopsmith Pen Turning Mandrel (556216)\n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor (for All MARKs) (505603)\n� NOVA Pen Turning Mandrel Saver (556217)\n
e00fdfe4-f789-43c5-ba2c-8a854dc5436b514463Rip Fence Compression Spring0.16.95Rip Fence Compression Spring
dbf01240-ba8e-42f7-b124-f20868462264522635PowerPro Motor Pulley Set Screw (M5x10) (Gen 1 & 2)0.36.95PowerPro Motor Pulley Set Screw (M5x10) (Gen 1 & 2)
2186c3b1-51cc-4c68-8713-3ca05449a39d501317Washer06.95Spherical Washer (.812ID 1.43)
8997b8d9-908d-4077-b08b-73a3c7996248556201Extension Tube 45" 2 Pk149.95Extension Tube (45 Inch) (2 Pack)
65b1c79e-1b9f-4dde-aa3f-863cceef2c45517000Bandsaw Dust Cover149.95Shopsmith Dust Covers are custom tailored to fit your Shopsmith equipment, giving you added protection from condensation and rust, as well as dust and other workshop elements. Material specifically chosen for improved breath-ability. All edges are double stitched. All covers are an attractive gray color with a red Shopsmith logo. In addition to protecting your equipment, they help your shop present a sleek uncluttered appearance.
7b8b1ae3-2f5d-4ef4-9ac0-9bb8921ae7fb514367MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Upper Saw Guard Riving Knife Assembly159.95Upper Saw Guard Riving Knife (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)
1a72d356-8471-4bd2-b35c-60ce045b953a504553Flat Washer0.46.95Flat Washer
e2a76b8a-7c86-492d-bb25-563be8f93ba9502704Bandsaw Upper Wheel Fiber Washer0.16.95Bandsaw Upper Wheel Fiber Washer (.531ID 1.00 WSR)
d1a30f25-7b8f-4d6b-80b3-d603ed7ec7cd55617912 Inch 60 Grit Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs (4 Pack)2.859.95Shopsmith Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (4) 12 Inch, 60 Grit, Hook & Loop-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs.
257d63fd-0199-4d0c-9d4d-a788ad6572c4515938Miter Pro Assembly Hardware Pack0.712.95MiterPro Hardware Pack
cde0ea08-9e9e-4610-aa66-4305509eb39b513794.031" Thick Shim Washer0.46.95Shim Washer (.031 Thick)
20616de3-0eeb-4bd0-bf16-91d64ca9661b514273Fender Washer0.46.95Fender Washer
239451b5-4f70-4da9-be17-d162aed59f7f122181Hex Bolt0.46.95Screw (3/8-16 X 2)
71d56d51-7142-43d8-87d2-8430e12e5ccc513792Flat Washer0.46.95Flat Washer
8c35552e-3e18-47ac-b488-85f9de1f95d8515555DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Right Leg Leg Cap Screw0.46.95Self Tapping Screw
81c68f35-b999-41ed-8a6a-f50dc343027c120706Hex Head Bolt0.46.95Bandsaw Screw (1/4-20x1/2)
ab1c6412-f0c6-49d3-ae5c-64e50a76a2c1504232Hedstock Wedge Lock Assembly144.95Wedge Lock Assembly
8b147d7d-d194-479c-a5c5-51693a29bded513971Socket Head Cap Screw0.46.95Strip Sander Screw
1ae7bc8b-d967-4ece-854b-b8c8c9891dd6555491Quill Feed Handle (3 Lever)1.549.953 Lever Drill Press Quill Handle (555491) \n \nErgonomically correct handle assembly attaches to either side of Your MARK Smart Motor to give you the maximum leverage and comfort without over-reaching when drilling, drum sanding, routing or shaping. The handle allows you to extend the quill with each 120� of rotation, using three levers instead of one for every revolution. All Steel construction with matching black plastic knobs on each handle. \n \nNote: Does not work on 10-ER.
e0051041-4bd7-421a-942e-4a9a62c1a392132277Fillister Cap Screw0.46.95Jointer Screw
6f466368-7524-41c4-a167-63e89c167e78516260Strip Sander Dust Cover0.539.95Shopsmith Dust Covers are custom tailored to fit your Shopsmith equipment, giving you added protection from condensation and rust, as well as dust and other workshop elements. Material specifically chosen for improved breath-ability. All edges are double stitched. All covers are an attractive gray color with a red Shopsmith logo. In addition to protecting your equipment, they help your shop present a sleek uncluttered appearance.
f773aa8c-b468-454b-9b02-590ca50e4b13513381Planer Chain Tension Sprocket0.36.95Planer Sprocket
196ba60a-0d33-49cb-ae3c-8521f05802e7120380Washer0.46.95Washer (.255ID.493O)
80f53366-a27e-4220-a037-edb53e65219b513970MARK 7 Power Cord Service Pack with Strain Relief and Instructions1.549.95MARK 7 Power Cord Service Pack with Strain Relief and Instructions
aef4c238-5d3f-4345-b8fe-20e617c4693255618412 Inch Assorted Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs0.559.95Shopsmith Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Assorted 4-Pack Includes: 12 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs (80 Grit, 100 Grit, and (2) 120 Grit)
2145b4bf-372c-4c98-82d6-62f7ba49dd655058815/16 Inch Brad Point Premium Doweling Bit16.95Brad Point Drill Bits provide superior cutting during precision drilling operations like doweling, drilling uniformly round pilot holes, and for even countersinking. Our Premium Brad Point Doweling Bits are made of high-quality, carbon-steel alloy to maintain sharp cutting edges. Deep-cut, fluted grooves clear material quickly to avoid clogging or burning. Precision-ground pilot tip ensures proper center alignment every time. This Item: 5/16 Inch Premium Brad Point Doweling Bit
b31b782d-74a3-409f-9137-6f6753e97a195562522-5/16 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. 60 Grit Garnet Coarse Drum Sanding Sleeves (6 Pack)112.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Includes (6) 2-Inch 60 grit Garnet Sanding Sleeves.
b149a330-31aa-4e30-a02f-f5166cb15617555807Flip-Up Fence Stop & Rail0.559.95Flip-Up Rip Fence Stop ensures repeatibility for a variety of operations. The perfect accessory for creating multiple stopped dadoes, grooves, molding bandsaw cuts & repetitive drilling and routing operations. \n \nThe 24" aluminum Extension Rail attaches to the T-Slot on top of the Rip Fence on Your Shopsmith Machine. It also attaches to the Fence Upgrade for Shopsmith Bandsaws and MARK V 500 Fence Upgrades. Just slide into position and lock with a quick twist of a knob. Twin washers hold the Rail parallel with the Fence when it's extended beyond the Fence end. \n \nThis Flip-up Stop slides into the Rail and locks with a knob. The Stops can be adjusted up to 32" from the center of the worktable on Your MARK V 510, 505 (31" on a MARK 7 / MARK V 520 / MARK 4 ). Fits on later Model 500's with T-slot on top. \n \nStop Levers are reversible to work on either side of the Fence. \n \nOrder extra Flip-Up Fence Stops so you can have multiple stops on your fence at any time.
d7b99b57-a4f0-4bca-be13-6c9e874c8086556389Shopsmith 5 Inch 220 Grit Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs (15 Pack)0.216.955" Sanding Discs for Non-Shopsmith Random Orbit Sanders. Shopsmith 5” Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs Feature High Performance Grain on a Durable Plastic Film Backing. Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature advanced technology with a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. Enjoy superior finishing results with these revolutionary film-backed sanding discs that resist tearing and edge wear to give you four times the life and a super-smooth sanding surface. Includes: (15) 220 Grit, 5 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed 8-Hole Sanding Discs
26969008-1c1e-4396-9742-53e25f857ddc145709Allen Screw0.46.95Setscrew with Nylon Patch (10-24X1/4)
469c9bc1-4ead-4062-bc81-2f043da28f16457008Roll Pin0.46.95Roll Pin
5cbd9893-8a18-408d-a896-60c86c733007147118Cap Screw0.16.95Jointer Cutterhead Assembly Long Black Socket Cap Screw (10-32 x 3/4 Inch)
415b8806-a656-4475-98da-7d3b7ff23b41522790MARK 7 / MARK V 520 Rip Fence Base1.359.95Rip Fence Base (for MARK 7/MARK V 520/MARK 4)
36f19200-54c3-47aa-8583-8b33659ea952555937Adjustable Stop Collar1.449.95The Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar puts an end to frustrating trial-and-error table height adjustments Delivering Precision Depth Dadoes, Grooves, Finger Joints & Molding cuts -- plus lots more! \n \nThis is an amazingly simple (and handy) accessory that truly belongs in every Shopsmith-based workshop. Add on the optional laminated scales for even more convenient precision. \n \nWeighing-in at a hefty 22 ounces and measuring about 2-1/4" in diameter, it's made of precision-machined steel then given a protective black oxide coating. \n \nJust slip it over the front (operator-side) table tube on your MARK 7 or MARK V with the narrow ring "up" and you're ready to make micro depth-of-cut adjustments from a few thousandths to about 7/8". \n \nHOW IT WORKS: \nPosition your stop collar a couple of inches above the top of the table carriage and tighten the locking screw. Set the table height for your operation to within 1/4" or so of where you want it. \n \nSet a gap of between 3/8" to 1/2" between the rings, then loosen the setscrew and drop the collar down until the bottom of the collar touches the top of your table carriage (be sure to clear all sawdust and debris away from the top of the table carriage). Tighten the setscrew. \n \nMake your micro-adjustment by rotating the bottom portion (the wide ring) clockwise or counter-clockwise, as required. A single 360-degree turn of the adjustable ring provides 1/16" of adjustment. \n \nHOW TO USE IT: \nYou'll use it for making incremental table height adjustments when sawing dado or groove cuts, cutting tenons, forming finger joints or when using the molding head for making decorative cuts in workpiece surfaces. \n \nYou can also use it to set extension table heights... to micro-adjust the in-out position of your worktable and rip fence in relation to the quill when drilling, shaping, routing, hollow chisel mortising or drum sanding... or for Special Purpose Tool alignments, plus under-table routing while using the speed increaser. \n \nDurable, Self-adhesive, Laminated Stop Collar Scales Help You Set and Return to Shopsmith Worktable Height Settings with Precision -- To Within Your Choice of: \n� Fractional Scale: 1/128" \n� Decimal Scale: 1/1000" \n� Millimeter Scale: 1/10th of a millimeter \n \nStop Collar Scales are a Great Addition to Your Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar \nIf you already own a Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar, the Stop Collar Scales make a great addition for your collar. Printed in black ink on a bright yellow background (proven to be the most legible of all printed type combinations), they'll help you make minute table height adjustments in your choice of fractional, decimal or millimeter increments. \n \nThe two strips includes the three scales described above plus a fourth indexing scale with marks at four locations, spaced 90� apart. Just select the indexing mark that best suits your needs, then rotate the bottom portion of the collar in the increment that works best for your situation. Nothing could be simpler -- or more precise! \n \nFeaturing a tenacious, self-adhesive backing, once you attach the scales to your collar, you won't have to worry about them moving or coming un-glued... they'll be there for the duration! \n \nIn addition, the scales are protected by a rugged laminate covering to guard against scrapes, tears and snags. \n \nDouble-up your Stop Collar order for unparalleled convenience. \nOrder an extra Shopsmith Stop Collar and Scale and you'll be making table adjustments faster than you may ever have imagined! \n \nPut the extra collar on the opposite side of your carriage and you'll have TWO quick, precise adjustments at the ready. \n \nPut it on your fixed Extension Table Post and you'll be ready to raise and lower your main worktable and extension table in unison.
f8ca71fa-8a33-4841-a974-db75dbf84882522612POWERPRO IDLER SHAFT ASM149.95PowerPro Idler Shaft Assembly
f9fb055d-fe2f-46ce-9683-9b8312960457505591Lathe 6 Inch Cast Iron Face Plate354.95Shopsmith Cast Iron Lathe Faceplates provide secure, smooth-running support for turning large or small diameter bowls and similar objects. Our 6 Inch Cast Iron Lathe Face Plate attaches quickly to the spindle of any MARK model with a single setscrew. The 6” diameter diameter face plate is recommended for large diameter bowls, platters, trays, plant stand tops, and similar projects. This faceplate arrives dynamically balanced for vibration-free performance. The inner set of three 1/4” diameter mounting holes can be used to grip workpieces down to 2-3/8” in diameter the middle set down to 4” in diameter and the outer set down to 5-1/2” in diameter. Each set of holes is off-set slightly so that if you need to remove the turning block from the faceplate, it only goes back on the faceplate one way.
b6edc2cf-ff0e-4ca8-b9c7-8492421925c6514620MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Main Table Rear Trunnion1.944.95Main Table Rear Trunnion (for All MARKS except MARK V 500)
be665891-3e39-451c-9d66-3c4dd83caf71513389Planer Feed Roller Tension Spring0.16.95Planer Feed Roller Tension Spring
14a0fcef-6790-483d-a8d4-626ff45121c9513391Planer Feed Assembly Woodruff Key0.46.95Planer Feed Assembly Woodruff Key (1/8x3/8)
6bd02a53-3dff-4acf-ad1e-6777726f58e97101302-1/2 Inch Flanged Ferrule0.112.952-1/2 Inch Flanged Ferrule
df759b39-eced-427f-8a8f-a19fa8e51f8d514493Disc Sander Hub0.134.95Sanding Disc Hub (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)
bdab2e7b-cebe-489b-9b6c-2e21a1096d07556244NOVA 1-1/4 Inch Multi-Project Jaws1.559.95Machined from solid, 1045 machine steel, and specially designed to hold all of your project pieces securely in place, this convenient turning accessory from NOVA is a must have! Compatable with all NOVA lathe turning chucks, the Multi-Project Jaws provide solid, extended grip for popular 1-1/2" turning blanks to improve accuracy and prevent tear out.
02f7a50a-7fbf-468e-8b8a-f4af2cdca953521901Mortising Attachment0.569.95Mortising Hold Down Assembly (521900)\nAttaches to the Rip Fence of your MARK V (Model 500, 510 or 520) to keep your workpiece from lifting when the Bit/Chisel set is withdrawn.\n\nMortising Hold Down Foot (50377201)\nHold Down Foot. Mounts on Hold Down Rod on Rip Fence\n\nMortising Attachment (521901)\nAttaches to your MARK V's Quill to hold and prevent the Mortising Chisel form turning while the bit inside removes the majority of the stock from the mortise.\n\nUse these Sturdy Mortising Bits to produce an Heirloom Quality Guifts that will last for Generations\nA mortising bit will allow you to drill square or rectangular holes in a piece of wood. This can be used to create a tenon joint. Precision ground to produce sharp, clean square holes and mortises. \n� 1/2 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521884)\n� 3/8 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521883)\n� 1/4 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521882) \n\nMortising Chisel Honing Stone (521902)\nHollow chisel mortising requires a great deal of downward pressure to shave the sides of the mortise smooth and true. That's why it is extremely important that all four edges of the hollow chisel be kept as sharp as possible. This precision-ground stone has been made specifically for this purpose. The Mortising Chisel Honing Stone is a 50-degree stone for your 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" chisel.\n\nNote: If you own an older model (pre-2000) Mortising System, you'll need to order either 513549 or 513550 to fit the angles of your older mortising chisels.\n\nMortising Chisel Honing Stone (Red) (513550)\nIf you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/2" mortising chisels 46.5 degree stone.\n\nMortising Chisel Honing Stone (White) (513549)\nIf you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/4" and 3/8" Mortising Chisels 41-degree stone.\n \nSlot Mortising Package (555372)\nEasily make strong accurate mortise and tenon joints with the Slot Mortising Package. Use your Speed increaser or Under-Tale Routing to make the mortises and tennons.\n\nIncludes: 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" carbide tipped straight router bits, all with 1/2" shanks for rigidity, 1/2" Router Chuck with Shield and the Tenon Master Jig.
fec0e95e-f72d-4e9f-8856-0127e4462600556416Quick-Acting Drill Press Vise with Mounting Hardware4.779.95

Quick-Acting Drill Press vise is the Most Fully-Featured, Best-Working Drill Press Vise for Holding Small Workpieces while You Bore Holes, Rout Mortises and Perform Other Operations. It offers 4" wide jaws that adjust rapidly with a push-button, quick-release mechanism. It can be mounted easily to your drill press table either directly on Your MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 with the included sliding T-Nuts. If you have a MARK V 500 You will mount through Your saw table insert using C-Clamps (not included).

1efef94d-67f7-4d10-a29e-2b72d3d47dcd555915T-Bolt, Spacers, Knobs and Washers (4 Pack)5.459.95T-Bolt, Spacers, Knobs and Washers (4 Pack)
998eae6d-fd36-4ff0-a883-806843f7f93d555472Shaper Spindle Arbor Set (Includes Ball Bearing Guide Collars)0.544.95

Shaper Complete Package (for All MARKs except MARK V 500) (555141)

 

Create Decorative Edges, Fancy Trim and Precision Joinery with This Professional Shaping Package\nWhile the molder produces great straight-line cuts in the surfaces of workpieces and the dado is the tool to reach for when you need square-edged dadoes or grooves, the shaper is best for decorating edges or making edge joints on straight or curved edges. In fact, rub collars and starting pins let the shaper tackle irregular shaped edges as easily as regular ones. Plus, the shaper even lets you work on the inside edges of cut-outs such as round or oval picture frames.  Includes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Kit  Shaper Table Insert, Shaper Arbor with Collars, 1/4" & 1/2" Combo Quarter Round Cutter , Flute & Quarter Round Cutter, 3/16" Bead & Cove Cutter, Door Panel Shaper Cutter, Door-Rail Coper Shaper Cutter Note: 555141 is Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII, or MARK V 500. Shaping Complete Package is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (556209) Get Precise Lateral Depth-of-Cut Control With the Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit (555113) Both the infeed and outfeed sides of this fence are independently micro-adjustable to 1/64". It provides full workpiece support before and after the cut.\n\nIncludes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence, Shield, Quill-Mounted Feather guard, Table-Mounted Featherboard and, Vacuum Attachment. Note: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500.\n\nShaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (555144) The Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is the perfect partner with your Double-Tilt! (555149) Get started quickly and easily making beautiful decorative edges on all your projects. Decorative edges greatly enhance the look of the finished piece. Under-Table Shaping operations are generally considered safer as the workpiece acts as an additional safety guard. It also is considered more convenient and accurate for decorative cuts because you can inspect the workpiece without changing the set-up. It can be used with any MARK that has the Double-Tilt capability.  The Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is a great option for Owners looking to try under-table shaping for the first time, or who need to replace lost or worn parts of their Complete Shaping Package. MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 Your Shaper Starter Kit includes: Shaper/Router Safety Shield, 1/2" Shaper Arbor with Collars, Shaper Table Insert (fits all MARKs except MARK V 500), Ogee Shaper Cutter\n\nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit (555140)\nAdd safety and improve dust and chip removal with the Shaper/Router Guard Retro-Fit Kit. Designed specifically for your Mark V in the shaping and routing configurations for improved dust and chip removal and increased shop safety on any Routing or Shaping packages purchased before 1/86. Works on All MARKs\nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit Includes: Feather Board Guard, Vacuum Attachment, Circular Shield & Brush, Feather Board, & Rear Fence Guard.\n\nRip-Fence Featherboard - Attaches to the top of your router table fence for use as a hold-down during straight-line routing. (555783)\n\nBUNDLE AND SAVE\nBall Bearing Shaper Spindle & Chuck (556270). Shaper Spindle with Ball Bearing Rub Collars and 1/2" Router Chuck. Works on all MARKs. Shaper Spindle Arbor Set - Ball Bearings (555472). Provides improved finish cuts on both straight line and contour Shaping; burn-free results. For use with the Speed Increaser (If you already own.) As well as with the Router chuck to hold Shaper Cutters. Works on all MARKs. Increase the Functionality and Convenience of Shaping with these Accessories\n\nRouter / Shaper Table-Mounted Guard (515704)\nOverhead Shaper Guard - Use with the Under Table function of your MARK 7 / MARK V 505,510,520 / MARK 4 for contour Shaping or using Router Bits with bearing pilots. Position this Overhead Shaper Guard directly over the cutter for maximum coverage. Comes with adjustable brush on clear guard to knock down flying chips and shavings for more effective dust collection. Support Bracket comes with integral dust port. This assembly slips in the table T-Slot and locks in place with a quarter-turn of the support post.\n\nIncludes: See-Through Guard, Screw-In Mounting Post, Support Bracket with Integral Dust Port , Mounting Hardware, Instruction Sheet, Shaper/Router Shield Puts Safety Back Into Shaping and Routing (555373). This see-through shield clamps around your MARKs quill housing with a single screw and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages.

 

Note: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500.

Shaper Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505) is a Must for Full Workpiece Support for Shaping (555122)\nMARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 table insert is made of rigid diecast aluminum (Mark V model 500 insert is made of a tough polymer). This Table insert has a 2-1/4" diameter circular cutout to allow the shaper cutter to drop below the table surface to shape edges completely and smoothly. Two threaded holes for screw-in starter pins from the top and as a provision for attaching vacuum attachment for dust collection.

Shaper / Drum Sander Table Insert (for MARK V 500) (556267)

cfcbaaa9-58a6-4bfa-8ff0-b6ce42c87465507367Miter Gauge Protractor0.542.95Miter Gauge Protractor
4506bdf7-f60a-4485-bad6-81c0f73d986c120834Hex Head Bolt0.46.95Screw (5/16-18X1/2)
ff4f81e4-031c-4f28-b5f1-f8f1f796771c50584012 Inch 60 Grit A/O Stick-On Coarse Sandpaper Discs (6 Pack)1.542.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Pack Includes (6) 12 Inch, 60 Grit, Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
d4b33e91-f07e-4f3e-a995-690c692650dd556466Crosscutter (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520 / MARK 4)169.95

The Shopsmith Cross-Cutter allows you to make many cuts that have traditionally required custom jigs, fence adjustment, or tedious dado shimming. These cuts include:
• Making two cuts of differing length
• Making irregularly sized dado slots
• Making oversized dado slots
• Creating a double spline joint

Features and Benefits
Safety: It creates a space between the rip fence and the piece being cross-cut. This keeps the workpiece from binding between the fence and the saw blade and creating a kickback.

Precision: The Shopsmith Cross-Cutter has 2 micro-adjustable stop screws. Each quarter-turn of the stops creates an adjustment of 1/128".

Uses:
• Cut multiple project parts to identical lengths after measuring only the first one
• Cut precise dados to exactly fit today's undersized plywood without tedious shimming
• Cut precise extra-wide dados that are wider than the capacity of your dado head

• Cut out imperfections in a snap
• Cut two slots (or dados) in the same board

• True up any variations in plywood for a precise fit

 

Note: Crosscutter (for MARK V 510, 505, 500) is part number 556464, Crosscutter (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520 / MARK 4) is part number 556466

a98b2506-486b-494a-9ec5-f0f439eef05a5562502-5/16 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. 100 Grit Garnet Fine Drum Sanding Sleeves (6 Pack)0.412.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Includes (6) 2-Inch 100 grit Garnet Sanding Sleeves.
38ac3f2d-191f-4b8a-9389-d24f18662c91513201Socket Head Screw0.46.95

Screw (1/4-20X3/4)

 

QUANTITY: 1

a246b7d8-f486-4684-8654-fc08fe5e4d78556223Riving Knife Upgrade (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)0.542.95The Riving Knife Upgrade for Non-Through Cuts Prevents Dangerous Kickbacks on your Table Saw (556223) \n \nShopsmith Riving Knives on upper saw guard systems are positioned at the back side of the saw blade and are designed to prevent the saw kerf from closing onto the teeth of the rotating blade once the cut has been made. When this kerf closing occurs, the potential for a dangerous kickback is increased significantly. \n \nIf Your MARK V 520, 510, 505 was manufactured after November of 1985, your upper saw guard mechanism includes a riving knife that's designed to prevent this kerf-closing when making through cuts. The MARK 7 / MARK 4's also include this system. For your own safety and protection, we advise you to always use this system when making through cuts on your Shopsmith table saw setup. \n \nThis Non-Through-Cut Riving Knife will provide that same level of anti-kickback protection when making cuts where the blade does not pass all the way through the workpiece. Although the remaining wood that is not cut away from the stock during these non-through cuts may keep the kerf from closing on the blade, the workpiece could still rock or tilt slightly, permitting a wedging effect that could initiate a kickback. A wide metal Riving Knife at the outfeed side of the sawblade will prevent this wedging effect from occurring. \n \nThe Riving Knife is slotted to slip quickly and easily into the clamp for the upper guard in your lower guard on Your MARK 7 / MARK V 520 / MARK 4. Just drop it into position behind the lock plate on your machine's lower saw guard and tighten the plastic wing knob. A few seconds and you're ready to safely make your cut(s). Works equally well when making straight or bevel cuts at any depth. \nImportant Safety Information \n \nThis Non-Through Cut Riving Knife will not accept your upper saw guard and is therefore this Riving knife is designed for use when making non-through cuts such as narrow single or multiple-pass saw blade cuts in any direction for grooves, rabbets, half-laps, etc. where the saw blade is covered by the workpiece. It is NOT intended to be used when making through saw cuts. Never make through-cuts without the upper saw guard installed. ALWAYS use your upper saw guard with its standard riving knife when making through cuts. Not to be used with a dado head of any kind. \n \nNote: For MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 Only. It does NOT work with the MARK V 500.
855d7964-b66b-4a85-bd66-5e720614b6c95564096x48 Inch 100 Grit Fine Belt Sanding Belts (3 Pack)1.227.95Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Shopsmith sanding belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Belt Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance and durability. Includes: (3) 6" x 48" 100 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts
a189e8f1-152f-48fb-9c3a-886a2aae66f0556245Shopsmith Spindle Adapter0.727.95NOVA Pro-Tek Chuck offers new features including Nickel-Plating for Rust Prevention, Laser-Etched Jaw Identification, 3 Standard Jaw Sets which includes 50 mm Serrated Jaws for added versatility, 100mm large jaws, 2 T-Wrenches, Torx-Drive Jaw Mounting Screws, and More! \n \nNote: To Work on Shopsmith Equipment, You will need the Shopsmith Spindle Adapter (556245). \n \nThe NOVA Pro-Tek self-centering chuck and jaws delivers powerful gearing grip and tremendous slide holding power offering solid, vibration free performance. The PRO-TEK series of chucks are compatible with the same accessory range as other NOVA Chucks, and have many great Features! \n \nWhat You Can Expect: \n� Premium rust-resistant nickel plating, ideal for turning green wood \n� Versatile 50mm/2" Pro-Tek Jaws with an improved dovetail and serrated profile for maximum control \n� A unique woodworking dovetail profile that pulls the project into the chuck and holds round and square blanks firmly \n� Very Useful 100mm/4� Pro-Tek Jaws perfect for larger turnings \n� Precision laser-etched jaw numbering allowing ease of jaw and slide alignment, positioning and change out \n� Upgraded 6-point star (Torx-Drive) fasteners offering strong holding power and minimizing strip out for longer life \n� Jaw-fastening wrench upgraded to T-bar handle (from hex wrench) for reduced stripping; and enabling quicker tightening of screws \n� Intuitive clockwise tightening for ease of use \n� CNC precision machined for unparalleled tolerances and accuracy \n� Powerful, geared grip delivers tremendous slide holding power \n� Self-lubricating, copper-infused, precision-cast jaw-slides for effortless movement and resistance to wear and tear \n� Single-handed operation offers fast and convenient mounting for your project \n� Captured pinion-and-ball nose hex wrench with large, easy grip handle allows unique tilt-away action especially handy when working with larger workpieces \n� Rotation arrow for easy reference and fast opening and closing action \n� Jaw mounting profile is cross-compatible with all NOVA chucks \n� Safe-Lock woodworm screw included for fast mounting of rough material \n� 6-Year, Full Manufacturer Replacement Warranty ? Best in Market! \n \nCompare the NOVA Pro-Tek Kit and the Shopsmith-Exclusive NOVA G3 Chuck All-Inclusive Package \nGET MORE WITH SHOPSMITH MULTI-PURPOSE MACHINES \nFEATURES NEW! NOVA PRO-TEK CHUCK KIT SHOPSMITH NOVA G3 CHUCK KIT \n� Metal & Finish Nickel Plated to Protect Against Rust and Reduce Maintenance Made from a Rugged & Durable Steel Alloy \n� All-Inclusive Package - Everything You Need to Use with Your Shopsmith Equipment Spindle Adpator Sold Separately \n� Durable Hard-Plastic Storage Case standard Comes in Box - Hard Plastic Case Sold Separately \n� Industry-Leading 6Yr warranty \n� 50 MM 100 MM Pin 50 MM Pin Insert \n� Included Jaws & Accessories \n� Wrench Style for Jaw Changes 6-Pointed Star T-Wrench 6-Sided Hex L-Wrench \n� Jaw Identification to Correctly Align the Jaws to the Chuck Etched Stamped \n� Directional Tightening Clockwise Counter-Clockwise \n� Jaw Tightening Tool Sliding T-Handle Scroll Wrench Fixed T-Handle Scroll Wrench \n \nCheck Out Nova G3 Complete Package made exclusively for Shopsmith!
2b4baa78-cfa5-4e1f-a10e-95336a705565513733Planer Special Washer06.95Planer Special Washer
5fd8915f-9290-45b2-bdd0-c96c85801695504207Fan Sheave (for MARK 520, 510, 505, 500/MARK 4)0.544.95Fan Sheave (for MARK 520, 510, 505, 500/MARK 4)
1ae31f0f-56c5-4837-84f5-b49d44e7b1b652280012 Inch 100 Grit Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Disc (1 Disc)0.318.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (1) 12 Inch, 100 Grit, Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Disc.
096c08c2-b5d5-48d8-8bd6-da6d192010a4504229SPEED CONTROL HANDLE0.547.95Speed Control Handle
e5d707fd-1864-43a5-8875-b681c19a1154514312MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Upper Saw Guard Support Link0.544.95Upper Saw Guard Support Link (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
28790424-deaf-4265-a033-fff9439a53ad504208Motor Floating Sheave147.95Motor Floating Sheave
ce24b647-33ac-4aa4-ab38-643cfba63ef0556089Locking Rocker Switch Assembly0.544.95Locking Rocker Switch Assembly
cb36a166-3c65-4d55-b0d8-07f67b1fa58f555783Rip Fence Featherboard (for MARK 7/MARK V 520S/MARK 4)0.554.95Rip Fence Featherboard (for MARK 7/MARK V 520S/MARK 4)
76ca9206-085a-44bb-899f-8934247ecb3d55614112 Inch 60 Grit Ceramic Stick-On Sandpaper Discs (4 Pack)0.554.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (4) 12 Inch, 60 Grit, Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs.
14f1942b-6f39-44a3-96ce-7ac6b1662ac6514339MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Table / Front Trunnion Assembly254.95Table and Front Trunnion Assembly (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)
59963aef-7eb0-464a-a316-004e9c96f987710135Flange Ferrule Kit134.95Use these 2-1/2 Inch Diameter Ferrules to connect lengths of dust collector hose for greater reach or use with your dust collection accessories for easy attachment changes. Includes: (4) 2-1/2 Inch Flanged Ferrules
d7900c52-98cf-4900-bdea-ac6ae3f5547f55618212 Inch 120 Grit Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs (4 Pack)0.459.95Shopsmith Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (4) 12 Inch, 120 Grit, Hook & Loop-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs.
a2aa9637-8c30-406f-82b9-4e3f18c2e687555644Bandsaw Black Rubber Tire with Adhesive0.429.95

A worn bandsaw drive wheel tire causes vibrations and affects blade tracking. The Bandsaw Tire and Adhesive fixes these issues and includes the follow:
 

 

  • Original Equipment Tire
  • Special Adhesive
  • Instructions
ed378e9f-2792-4d93-8044-aca94797608c55614612 Inch Assorted General Purpose Ceramic Stick-On Sandpaper Discs1.254.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Assorted 4-Pack Includes: 12 Inch Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs (80 Grit, 100 Grit, and (2) 120 Grit)
ab4a2e6e-07b0-4a1e-9ee5-461367a0970575014828 Piece Drum Sanding Package (For All MARKS)1.369.95

Drum Sanding is used for sanding the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. These drums are as small as �� Diameter up to 2-5/16� diameter and work for many project applications. Shopsmith drums and sleeves range from 6� long down to 2� long to work easily on thick-to-thin stock. The abrasives are Aluminum Oxide (A/O) for strength and durability and Garnet for sharp, fast-cutting edge sanding. All of the Shopsmith 2-5/16� Sanding drums mount directly onto the Quill Spindle with a quick turn of the 5/32� Allen wrench. The rest of these drums are installed in the Drill Chuck and secured with the Chuck Key. There is even a Multi-Sand Drum that uses 3 different grits on the same drum, so changing from coarse to medium to fine is as easy as extending the quill. Below you will find these drums are available as singles or grouped together in convenient packages. No longer will you have unsightly, rough curved edges on your workpieces.

Shopsmith 2-5/16" x 3� Long Drum Sander with Sanding Sleeve

The 2-5/16" Shopsmith drum sander is 3" long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. Just slip the sleeve on, tighten the expansion bolt, and go to work. The 3� long sleeves are made with tough, long-lasting A/O Abrasive. They come in 6-packs of 60, 80, and 100 Grit sleeves as well as an assorted 6-pack of 2 each 60, 80, and 100 Grit sleeves. Includes: Drum Sander and One Medium Grit Sanding Sleeve.

97c1c93c-f8d1-4e49-8b34-5858e304a038555654Jointer Hold-Down Featherboard 2-Pack154.95

Shopsmith Jointer Hold-Down Featherboards attach to the Jointer Auxiliary Fence (555653, not included) for increased safety when jointing narrow, difficult-to-hold boards. Includes: (2) Hold-Down Featherboards, Instructions, & mounting hardware.

 

Note: This package does not include the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade (555480). We recommend the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade for all Shopsmith Jointers with missing or old-style blade guards.

bc4d919e-9498-46c7-a9fc-34707d993c5451460048 Inch Wood Bars (for Double Bar Clamps) (Set of 2)5.454.95Shopsmith Wood Bars for Double Bar Clamps feature a unique, CNC-cut radius that allows the bars to exert even pressure along the entire length of the panel for tight, even glue joints every time. The 48 Inch version of the bars has a minimum workpiece width of 22 Inches. Purchase the 48 Inch Double Bar Clamp & Hardware Pack Bundle (514606) for the complete system. These bars make one clamp, multiple clamps are recommended for best results.
c3b42560-8c08-40ce-8274-085fa51bef643000042-1/2 Inch Black Dust Collector Hose (8 Foot)2.137.95Hook-up more machines or extend your reach with additional hoses. Save time by eliminating the need to switch one hose from machine to machine. Even run them on the wall to so your dust collector can stay put. Our standard 8-foot dust collection hose is the OEM hose included with every new Shopsmith Dust Collector. 2-1/2" diameter with male fittings on each end.
36053dec-df80-4a98-999c-7264605e4e87556442Quick Index Quill Feed Handle (Deluxe Three-Piece Kit)269.95Powerful Rare Earth Magnet & Fail-Safe Indexing Pin Make Handle Re-Positioning a Breeze! \n \nEnjoy having 10 quill feed handle positions at 36� increments, instead of 3 positions at 120� increments! \n \nIn order to keep updating the Shopsmith Multipurpose Machine to make it easier and more convenient to use, we've recently come up with another great idea, a simple, inexpensive quill feed handle upgrade that's easier and safer to operate, provides comfortable working position, moves well out of Your way when necessary. \n \nHere's How It Works \nSimply remove the quill feed handle and hub that's mounted to the quill feed shaft on Your Shopsmith and replace it with the hub adapter. To attach the index handle to the adapter, slip the handle's center hole over the 5/8" shaft of the adapter. The rare earth magnet will engage immediately, pulling the handle indexing pin into one of the 10 holes bored into the adapter. \n \nHandle Re-positioning \nTo disengage the handle from the adapter and move it to a different position, simply grasp the silver collar of the index handle (NOT the black handle nor the handle shaft) and pull it straight out and away from the adapter. No fiddling or un-screwing the handle from its hub. It's just that fast and easy! \n \nThe indexing pin and holes have been precision fitted to one another with just enough clearance to allow them to engage and disengage quickly, yet they WILL NOT disengage in the event You should accidentally bump the handle. Precision drilling and close tolerances make this an ingenious design that works perfectly every time! \n \nSee It In Action! \nSee the Quick-Index Quill-Feed Handle in use in a short 20 second video. \n \nNote: The Quick-Index Quill Feed Handle works on all MARKS \n \nAvailable as a two-piece Standard Kit or a three-piece Deluxe Kit with an adapter for each side of the Smart Motor. \n \nQuick-Index Quill Feed Handle Standard Two-Piece Kit (556441) \nIncludes: One Steel Hub Adapter and One Quick-Index Handle \n \nQuick-Index Handle Only (523071) \nIncludes: Indexing pin, Rare Earth Magnet, Handle Rod and Black Plastic Handle \n \nQuick-Index Hub Adapter (523070) \nIncludes: Standard 5/32" Setscrew and 10 Precision-bored, Evenly Spaced Circumferential Indexing Pin Holes \n \nBUNDLE & SAVE \nGet the Quick-Index Deluxe Three-Piece Kit (556442) \nYou'll get the basic kit --PLUS-- an extra hub adapter for the opposite side of the machine. Bundle & Save instead of buying separately.
51e1fe27-88d0-444a-8f23-529c312b84ae556434Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar with Scale259.95The Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar puts an end to frustrating trial-and-error table height adjustments Delivering Precision Depth Dadoes, Grooves, Finger Joints & Molding cuts -- plus lots more! \n \nThis is an amazingly simple (and handy) accessory that truly belongs in every Shopsmith-based workshop. Add on the optional laminated scales for even more convenient precision. \n \nWeighing-in at a hefty 22 ounces and measuring about 2-1/4" in diameter, it's made of precision-machined steel then given a protective black oxide coating. \n \nJust slip it over the front (operator-side) table tube on your MARK 7 or MARK V with the narrow ring "up" and you're ready to make micro depth-of-cut adjustments from a few thousandths to about 7/8". \n \nHOW IT WORKS: \nPosition your stop collar a couple of inches above the top of the table carriage and tighten the locking screw. Set the table height for your operation to within 1/4" or so of where you want it. \n \nSet a gap of between 3/8" to 1/2" between the rings, then loosen the setscrew and drop the collar down until the bottom of the collar touches the top of your table carriage (be sure to clear all sawdust and debris away from the top of the table carriage). Tighten the setscrew. \n \nMake your micro-adjustment by rotating the bottom portion (the wide ring) clockwise or counter-clockwise, as required. A single 360-degree turn of the adjustable ring provides 1/16" of adjustment. \n \nHOW TO USE IT: \nYou'll use it for making incremental table height adjustments when sawing dado or groove cuts, cutting tenons, forming finger joints or when using the molding head for making decorative cuts in workpiece surfaces. \n \nYou can also use it to set extension table heights... to micro-adjust the in-out position of your worktable and rip fence in relation to the quill when drilling, shaping, routing, hollow chisel mortising or drum sanding... or for Special Purpose Tool alignments, plus under-table routing while using the speed increaser. \n \nDurable, Self-adhesive, Laminated Stop Collar Scales Help You Set and Return to Shopsmith Worktable Height Settings with Precision -- To Within Your Choice of: \n� Fractional Scale: 1/128" \n� Decimal Scale: 1/1000" \n� Millimeter Scale: 1/10th of a millimeter \n \nStop Collar Scales are a Great Addition to Your Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar \nIf you already own a Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar, the Stop Collar Scales make a great addition for your collar. Printed in black ink on a bright yellow background (proven to be the most legible of all printed type combinations), they'll help you make minute table height adjustments in your choice of fractional, decimal or millimeter increments. \n \nThe two strips includes the three scales described above plus a fourth indexing scale with marks at four locations, spaced 90� apart. Just select the indexing mark that best suits your needs, then rotate the bottom portion of the collar in the increment that works best for your situation. Nothing could be simpler -- or more precise! \n \nFeaturing a tenacious, self-adhesive backing, once you attach the scales to your collar, you won't have to worry about them moving or coming un-glued... they'll be there for the duration! \n \nIn addition, the scales are protected by a rugged laminate covering to guard against scrapes, tears and snags. \n \nDouble-up your Stop Collar order for unparalleled convenience. \nOrder an extra Shopsmith Stop Collar and Scale and you'll be making table adjustments faster than you may ever have imagined! \n \nPut the extra collar on the opposite side of your carriage and you'll have TWO quick, precise adjustments at the ready. \n \nPut it on your fixed Extension Table Post and you'll be ready to raise and lower your main worktable and extension table in unison.
e0996ccf-79aa-43eb-acf2-05b8c171fa7c502651Jointer Quadrant Assembly159.95Jointer Quadrant Assembly
2b7cae9f-3e82-4db1-b27b-dfc396cab90e556362Shopsmith 4x24 Inch 36 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (3 Pack)1.127.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (3) 4" x 24" 36 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts
7e3cd2a6-f2a1-490d-9081-99f3b09e537b521847Sharpening Guide Chisel Protractor0.359.95Sharpening Guide Chisel Protractor
a0228508-8e36-4cbd-a68f-7e3869e07a5c55618012 Inch 80 Grit Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs (4 Pack)1.259.95Shopsmith Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (4) 12 Inch, 80 Grit, Hook & Loop-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs.
6edc220a-c7ba-428e-b36a-74a5f12955fc555905Knobs & Parts that Work with Sliding T-nuts659.95Knobs & Parts that Work with Sliding T-nuts
e5cd6b69-e0f9-41fb-8248-b2dd20bccc2055543512 Inch Conical Sanding Disc (Abrasive Sold Separately)0.469.95The Remarkable Shopsmith Conical Sanding Disc Allows You to: • Joint Highly Figured Woods Without Tearing or Chipping • Produce Glue-Quality Edges on Plywood, MDF and Particle Board • Shave End Grain workpieces to Length with Glass-Smooth Results • Achieve Superior Sharpening Results on Planer and Jointer Knives This strange-looking disc will help you produce astonishing sanding results on workpiece surfaces and edges up to 4" wide. There's nothing else like it! Here's how it works: The infeed side of the disc - not the outfeed side - contacts the workpiece's surface at a 90° angle, parallel to the grain. The 4° taper begins 1-1/4" from the center of the disc and continues to its outside edge. This taper gives the disc its cone-like shape. The steel disc is made with a 4° tapered, cone-like shape. During use, your Mark 7 or Mark V's worktable is tilted to that same 4° angle and your rip fence or miter gauge is used as a guide to keep the stock moving in a straight line. As the stock moves past the disc, a vertical band (about 1/4" wide) is created where the full workpiece edge (up to 4" tall) is in contact with the abrasives. Within this band, the abrasives and the workpiece edge move parallel with one another, and in opposing directions, delivering straight-line, swirl-free sanding. Achieve a Glass-Smooth, Glue Quality Finish on the Most Difficult Edges No workpiece edge is too difficult. Unlike your jointer, the Conical Sanding Disc will shave the edges of highly figured birdseye or Burl woods without tearing or chipping. Where plywood, particleboard, MDF and laminate-covered composites will eat-up jointer knives, they're no problem for the abrasive on the Conical Sanding Disc! Remove up to 1/8" In a Single Pass! Where an 1/8" deep pass across jointer on composites or figured woods is almost certain to produce poor results, not so with the conical disc! For proof of the cutting ability of coarse abrasives on the Conical Sanding Disc, just grab a piece of figured wood or composite material... make your set-up for a 1/8" pass... follow all operational and safety instructions and shove it through. You'll be amazed! Required for the Planer/Jointer Knife Sharpener The conical disc is the required abrasive tool for use with Shopsmith's Planer/Jointer Knife Sharpener 555471. This easy-to-use sharpener makes quick work of sanding out nicks in your jointer or planer blades, eliminating the expense of having them professionally sharpened. BUNDLE & SAVE with the Conical Sanding Disc Package The conical sanding disc package includes: • (1) Conical Disc (item 555435) • (1) 60 grit disc • (1) 80 grit disc and • (1) 150 grit disc. A great package to get started with this amazing accessory. Self-Stick Aluminum Oxide Discs. Assorted package includes: one each 60, 80 and 150-grit discs.
a53704c7-82dc-43a7-9bed-db42a36551d8555526Cross-Cut Auxiliary Table4.469.95

The Cross-Cut Auxiliary Table lets you match the Universal Cross-Cut Sliding Table (555535) height on the opposite side of your saw blade to support separating scrap from your workpiece.

The miter bar on the bottom locks this auxiliary table into the table slot on the opposite side of the blade from the Cross-Cut Sliding Table when it's in use. Its purpose is to match the height and thickness of the Cross-Cut Sliding Table to keep scrap material from falling into your blade. Eliminates possible blade problems and dangerous kickbacks.

Notes:

  • For All MARK Models. Only made for Shopsmith machines
  • For use with the Universal Cross-Cut Sliding Table (555535)
  • Table is now black instead of gray, to match the tables on the MARK 7 and MARK 5
24918e24-f606-4430-9a66-5f4333b5efcb555895Miter Bar for Cross Cut Sled with Mounting Hardware (fit All MARKS)1.344.95

19" miter bar for cross cut sled with mounting hardware (fit All MARKS).

43d3b00b-3c00-4d8e-a8be-53ec4f581228555120Dado Table Insert (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)140.95

Essential Support for Dado, Rabbet & Groove Cuts

 

Upgrade your Shopsmith setup with this precision-fit aluminum dado insert—designed specifically for all MARK models except the MARK V 500. It replaces your standard saw insert to support dado blade sets during cutting operations.

 

Key Features:

  • Durable Cast Aluminum Construction

  • Generous 1-1/8" Throat Opening – Adapts to all dado blade widths with room for fine adjustments

  • Improved Workpiece Support – Helps reduce splintering and ensures clean, safe cuts

  • Made for Stacked Dado Sets – Perfect for precise dadoes, grooves, and rabbet joints in your woodworking projects

 

Designed to work seamlessly with Shopsmith MARK 7, MARK V 520/510/505, and MARK 4 machines.

 

NOTE: For MARK V 500 users, a separate polymer insert is available.

679d646c-4d55-446c-99a5-28f4784ac603521900Mortising Hold Down Assembly0.154.95Mortising Hold Down Assembly
389f5f20-6f81-4170-b18c-59b8618c5f0a556439Auxiliary Jaw, Base Plans and Hardware2.269.95

Expand the versatility of your Shopsmith Drill Press Vise.

This add-on kit includes detailed plans and all the specialty hardware you need to build a custom sliding base and 16 auxiliary wooden jaws—perfect for gripping a variety of shapes and sizes with precision.

 

Note: This kit does not include the drill press vise itself. It is designed as an accessory for the Shopsmith Quick-Acting Drill Press Vise.

 

What You Can Build with This Kit

✔️ A sliding mounting base to move and lock your vise into position on your MARK worktable
✔️ Multiple custom jaws for gripping workpieces in different orientations and sizes
✔️ Specialized jaws for dowels, square stock, wide boards, and angled edges

 

Jaw Designs Include:

  • Straight jaws with non-slip abrasive strips for gentle, secure gripping

  • Offset jaws to hold wide workpieces up to 11-3/8"

  • Open-top V-jaws for boring in-line holes down dowels or square edges

  • Round & square stock holders for vertical clamping (¼", 5⁄16", ⅜", ½", ¾")

  • 90° support jaws to keep stock perfectly perpendicular to the table

 

Includes:

  • Full-color dimensioned plans for:

    • Sliding mounting base

    • 16 auxiliary jaw designs

  • 74-piece hardware pack

  • Threaded insert driver

  • 180-grit abrasive strips (self-stick) for improved grip

 

Works with Shopsmith combination vises dating back to the 1980s—mounting holes and slots align perfectly.

 

Perfect For:

  • Precision drilling

  • Mortising

  • Pen turning

  • Line boring

  • Small part workholding


Upgrade your clamping setup and tackle more projects with precision and ease—starting with just a few simple shop-made wooden parts.

9859de29-089d-468a-93a3-eac4a0a5cd13502964Jointer Knob Assembly0.429.95Jointer Knob Assembly
2502e029-66e3-495b-b69e-29ca7943a99755618112 Inch 100 Grit Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs (4 Pack)159.95Shopsmith Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (4) 12 Inch, 100 Grit, Hook & Loop-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs.
79577386-3c46-4325-bfdd-31f508f94b8b556464Crosscutter (for MARK V 510, 505, 500)0.869.95

The Shopsmith Cross-Cutter allows you to make many cuts that have traditionally required custom jigs, fence adjustment, or tedious dado shimming. These cuts include:
• Making two cuts of differing length
• Making irregularly sized dado slots
• Making oversized dado slots
• Creating a double spline joint

Features and Benefits
Safety: It creates a space between the rip fence and the piece being cross-cut. This keeps the workpiece from binding between the fence and the saw blade and creating a kickback.

Precision: The Shopsmith Cross-Cutter has 2 micro-adjustable stop screws. Each quarter-turn of the stops creates an adjustment of 1/128".

Uses:
• Cut multiple project parts to identical lengths after measuring only the first one
• Cut precise dados to exactly fit today's undersized plywood without tedious shimming
• Cut precise extra-wide dados that are wider than the capacity of your dado head

• Cut out imperfections in a snap
• Cut two slots (or dados) in the same board

• True up any variations in plywood for a precise fit

 

Note: Crosscutter (for MARK V 510, 505, 500) is part number 556464, Crosscutter (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520 / MARK 4) is part number 556466

7276a2a7-4d96-4d6e-912b-69e8ac8286b3518012Bandsaw Fence Extrusion1.859.95Bandsaw Fence Extrusion Chuck says each "bar' makes 5 pcs. of 518012. 04/19/24.
ccd2c5d6-211f-4068-b4ea-f93a7915ffe755514312 Inch Steel Sanding Disc Assembly4.769.9512 Inch Steel Sanding Disc Assembly
0e4c76b1-8291-4863-b7fb-1bc62bf219b2556441Quick Index Quill Feed Handle (Two-Piece Kit)0.549.95Powerful Rare Earth Magnet & Fail-Safe Indexing Pin Make Handle Re-Positioning a Breeze! \n \nEnjoy having 10 quill feed handle positions at 36� increments, instead of 3 positions at 120� increments! \n \nIn order to keep updating the Shopsmith Multipurpose Machine to make it easier and more convenient to use, we've recently come up with another great idea, a simple, inexpensive quill feed handle upgrade that's easier and safer to operate, provides comfortable working position, moves well out of Your way when necessary. \n \nHere's How It Works \nSimply remove the quill feed handle and hub that's mounted to the quill feed shaft on Your Shopsmith and replace it with the hub adapter. To attach the index handle to the adapter, slip the handle's center hole over the 5/8" shaft of the adapter. The rare earth magnet will engage immediately, pulling the handle indexing pin into one of the 10 holes bored into the adapter. \n \nHandle Re-positioning \nTo disengage the handle from the adapter and move it to a different position, simply grasp the silver collar of the index handle (NOT the black handle nor the handle shaft) and pull it straight out and away from the adapter. No fiddling or un-screwing the handle from its hub. It's just that fast and easy! \n \nThe indexing pin and holes have been precision fitted to one another with just enough clearance to allow them to engage and disengage quickly, yet they WILL NOT disengage in the event You should accidentally bump the handle. Precision drilling and close tolerances make this an ingenious design that works perfectly every time! \n \nNote: The Quick-Index Quill Feed Handle works on all MARKS \n \nAvailable as a two-piece Standard Kit or a three-piece Deluxe Kit with an adapter for each side of the Smart Motor. \n \nQuick-Index Quill Feed Handle Standard Two-Piece Kit (556441) \nIncludes: One Steel Hub Adapter and One Quick-Index Handle \n \nQuick-Index Handle Only (523071) \nIncludes: Indexing pin, Rare Earth Magnet, Handle Rod and Black Plastic Handle \n \nQuick-Index Hub Adapter (523070) \nIncludes: Standard 5/32" Setscrew and 10 Precision-bored, Evenly Spaced Circumferential Indexing Pin Holes \n \nBUNDLE & SAVE \nGet the Quick-Index Deluxe Three-Piece Kit (556442) \nYou'll get the basic kit --PLUS-- an extra hub adapter for the opposite side of the machine. Bundle & Save instead of buying separately.
57097f4e-a064-497b-be1c-7f867ec54ecf50584112 Inch 80 Grit A/O Stick-On Medium Sandpaper Discs (6 Pack)1.442.95Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Pack Includes (6) 12 Inch, 80 Grit, Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
5ed02b3d-7783-44f3-9bf3-9b6f2ff894665137779Bandsaw & Belt Sander 6" Long Eccentric Post1.127.95Eccentric Post (6 Inch)
42b87752-dcdf-42c4-9363-96b9d879745e5564106x48 Inch 80 Grit Medium A/O Belt Sander Sanding Belts (3 Pack)1.327.95Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Shopsmith sanding belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Belt Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance and durability. Includes: (3) 6" x 48" 80 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts
4238b947-f81d-43db-abd4-a321ecde2f96505934Flute & Quarter Round Shaper Cutter (K)0.234.95Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters are perfect for crafting your own unique trim and decorative edges. Shapers also create decorative joinery for a variety of applications and projects. Shopsmith Shaper Cutters can be used with any shaper that accepts 1/2 Inch Bored Cutters. For your safety, we recommend these cutters always be used with a Shaper Fence when straight-line shaping. (This Item: Shopsmith Premium Flute & Quarter Round Shaper Cutter)
0cee39a0-651f-4dae-9f38-2d718701c0ac845525MARK V 505, 510, and 520 Owner's Manual0.434.95

MARK V 505,510 and 520 Owner's Manual (For 557501, 557500)

f5301210-1fc5-4f77-9e3f-eee3c387ef4d555208Shopsmith Logo Apron0.337.95The Shopsmith Brand has been around for more than 75 Years and has been a part of more than 600,000 folks lives. It has been passed down from generation to generation and hopefully brings many fond memories from yesterday and today. It is our pleasure to offer a variety of high quality Shopsmith Branded items. They Make Great Gifts!
36488b0b-3892-4f34-a64c-5c29fd4a4f1d505625Miter Gauge Safety Grip Only1.579.95The Miter Gauge Safety Grip attaches to the Shopsmith Miter Gauge with a single screw and the top screw-in post. One pound of pressure on the grip exerts five pounds of holding pressure between the safety grip pad and the top of the miter bar to prevent slipping. Quick-release knob adjusts rapidly for stock up to 4-1/4" thick.
7b70d566-0591-4a79-96fc-ac122d653dd3501286Accessory Mount Lock Handle Assembly0.339.95Accessory Mount Lock Handle Assembly
faed9249-d3c0-4766-a7c5-693536e048d75564136x48 Inch Assorted A/O 60, 100, 150 Grit Belt Sander Sanding Belts (3 Pack)1.327.95Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Shopsmith sanding belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Belt Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance and durability. Assorted Pack Includes: (3) 6" x 48" Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts (1-Each: 60 Grit, 100 Grit, and 150 Grit)
412a5407-258e-4b35-ad13-6e23f2f66988518368Precision Ground Scroll Saw Blade Package (Assorted Pack - 18 Blades)0.227.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Our Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Blades are the best-of-the-best for both hardwoods and soft as well as other materials such as paper, fiberboard, plywood, bone, Corian and plastic. Olson Precision Ground Blades are made with propriatary process which produces razor-sharp teeth that cut faster and more accurately and provide a smoother, sand-free surface. Unique tooth-geometry and widely spaced gullets minimize burning and provide rapid chip removal. The reverse teeth at the bottom of the blade cut on the upstroke and eliminate underside tear out. Includes: (18) Assorted Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades
a2d8b6ec-9f7a-424f-b59b-da77155a9fc0556257Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment and Extender144.95

Achieving the highest quality, smoothest wood finish must start with a perfectly smooth surface. Achieving that smoothness (especially on a Curved Edge) usually means incrementally sanding raw workpiece edges with coarse, medium and fine grit abrasives. Skip a step and you will end up with poor results.

Without Shopsmith�s Multi-Sand Process, You Would Likely Follow a Normal 3-Step Changeover Process:
1. Install a coarse sleeve to remove the majority of the sawing marks.
2. Repeat the process by removing the coarse sleeve from your drum and replacing it with a medium sleeve.
3. Repeat the process again by replacing the medium sleeve with a fine sleeve and complete your final step.

What if you could cut those three installation steps down to just one � and spend more time sanding and less time changing? You can, thank Shopsmith's Multi-Sand Drum Sleeves!

Shopsmith Multi-Sand Sleeves Eliminate the Changeovers and Get the Job Done Faster!

Here's How It Works:
� Install a 2" high x 2-5/16" diameter fine grit Multi-Sand Sleeve, sliding it all the way to the top of the 6" drum followed by a 2" medium grit sleeve, and finally a 2" coarse grit sleeve.
� Attach the sanding drum to your spindle and you're ready to start sanding.
� Remember, your MARK gives you 4-1/4" of up-down quill travel. That means you can go through all three steps of the sanding process on any piece of stock up to 1" thick by simply moving your quill down for each subsequent step.

With no sleeve changing, nothing could be simpler or faster!\

Multi-Sand Drum Sanding Complete Package Includes:
6" x 2-5/16" Drum Sander
� 1 Each Coarse, Medium, and Fine 2" Long Sanding Sleeves
� Vacuum Attachment
� Vacuum Extender
� Table Insert

Getting Started Is Amazingly Affordable!\nIf you already own the Shopsmith 6" Drum Sander, all you need to get started is a package of our assorted Multi-Sand Sleeves.

If you don't yet own a Shopsmith 6" Drum Sander or any of the optional drum sanding table inserts or vacuum attachments, order the following:
Table Inserts:
� 555119 Drum Sanding Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4)
� 556267 Drum Sanding Table Insert (MARK V 500)
Vacuum Attachments:
� 556257 Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment and Extender (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4)
� 556265 Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment and Extender (for MARK V 500)
� 556268 Extender (with bolts and spacers) (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4)
� 556269 Extender (with bolts and spacers) (for MARK V 500)

Note: Extender is required for those who already own the correct drum sander table insert & drum sander vacuum attachment)

02992c1d-8e0e-48e8-b1fa-3f29ba404ccb514361MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Lower Saw Guard Inner Guard Service Assembly149.95Lower Saw Guard and Inner Guard Service Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
4407053f-0b70-4449-bb4e-0e618251a540556263Quill Twister Handle Sleeve and Hardware2.234.95Here's the solution to a problem that we've all faced at one time or another. You're working on a project and need to make some saw cuts. So, you've installed your lower saw guard and are ready to attach your saw blade to the quill of your Shopsmith. Unfortunately, the flat on your quill is not positioned in a spot where you can get your Allen wrench on the blade arbor to tighten it properly. The Quill Twister is the Solution!\n\nIf your machine was manufactured after January of 2002, the coupler hub guard won't allow you to grasp the hub and rotate the spindle to an accessible position. And once the lower saw guard is attached, you can't get a grip on the knurled spindle knob to twist the spindle into proper alignment, either. If your machine was manufactured before January of 2002, the coupler hub is accessible, but often You can't grip the hub firmly enough to effect the proper twist.\n\nEnter the Shopsmith Quill Twister\nThis simple lever-handle device slides easily into the accessory machine end of your existing coupler - allowing you to then press the MARK end of the coupler onto the Smart Motor hub and rotate the spindle to the correct position with amazing ease! It features an easy-to-grasp 3" long handle that gives you all the additional leverage you need for making those vital spindle adjustments.\n\nTwo Ways To Set It Up\nUse it with your existing coupler: The steel handle shaft features an especially cut keyway that slips over a spline on the inside surface of your coupler. Just slip it into position in your coupler... place your coupler on the hub and rotate. When you're through, simply remove the Twister handle and your coupler is ready for normal use in driving your Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools such as Bandsaw, Belt Sander, Jointer, Planer, Strip Sander, etc.\n\nBUNDLE & SAVE!\nOrder the Quill Twister Package with Coupler: Each Quill Twister comes with a buttonhead capscrew (5/32" Allen Wrench head) that can be dropped through the Smart Motor end of a dedicated coupler and threaded into the tapped end of the Quill Twister shaft, giving you a Quill Twister with a permanently attached coupler, ready for use at all times.\n\nIt's Your choice: No matter which way you decide to go, you're going to love how much easier your quill-mounted tool setups are going to be with the amazing Quill Twister. Forget the frustrations caused by a hub guard that's in Your way or a weakened grip that can result in painful hand cramps.\n\nOrder Your Quill Twister Today!\n\n\nImportant Note: If You have an early (before 1952) version Shopsmith coupler, you will need to order a new coupler to use the Quill Twister.\n\nCAUTION: Shopsmith couplers include a spring in the Smart Motor end that is there to prevent leaving the coupler in position after the Special Purpose Tool is removed.\nDO NOT REMOVE THIS SPRING. Doing so could allow you to accidentally leave the Quill Twister in position after having made your necessary quill adjustments, then turn your machine on, resulting in a potentially dangerous situation.\n\nOwners Manual for Quill-Twister (PDF)\n\n
85c3ddef-1257-4c37-b92f-1a8b0d03e609514634MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Main Table Tilt Lock Rod & Shoe Assembly0.434.95Main Table Rod and Shoe Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
207d15ef-6788-40d5-bafc-a50db82dea5c505631Power Coupling Complete Kit149.95The Shopsmith Power Coupler is made of a specially formulated polymer designed to protect your headstock motor in the event of binding. Each end mates with splined metal hubs that attach to your headstock auxiliary spindles. The power coupler provides a strong and safe connection between your headstock and Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools. The Complete Power Coupling Kit includes both Upper/Lower Drive-Side Hubs and both styles of Accessory-Side Drive Hubs.
45365f9c-2a56-4b5f-9425-4514d8743b0e522741Idler Shaft Assembly0.879.95Idler Shaft Assembly
a14cdb47-5a93-46ea-9037-c198454951ad522809PowerPro Headstock Lift Assist Gas Cylinder2.559.95PowerPro Headstock Lift Assist Gas Cylinder
0eef58d4-ea7a-4564-ab7c-96088c068d2f522458Bandsaw Urethane Tire Set (Set of 2)0.547.95

Our bright orange Bandsaw Urethane tires have been manufactured to our exact specifications for use with the Shopsmith Bandsaw. Made from a special urethane compound, they will improve blade tracking (especially with smaller blades), repel sawdust build-up and provide added durability over our standard rubber tires.

To install, submerge in hot (125° - not boiling) water for about 15 minutes to soften them and stretch them onto your bandsaw wheels. No glue required.

The "welds" on these tires are guaranteed for life. If they should fail, simply return them to the manufacturer for a replacement. Includes: Two Tires

86a1c290-fcfa-4d9e-b575-4b547afd0330555989A.G.E. Industrial Plywood & Laminate Saw Blade2.289.95A.G.E. Industrial Plywood & Laminate Saw Blade
7e4c4c9c-5ff2-4c02-a813-97edb7771a445553431x42 Inch 150 Grit A/0 Strip Sander Belts (5 Pack)0.413.95Our top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (5) 1" x 42" 150 Grit Aluminum Oxide Strip Sanding Belts
a81689f2-696c-480f-9f09-1a5d8a6706b0555959Carbide-tipped Rip Saw Blade (24T Thin Kerf)279.95

Sawsmith® 10" Carbide-Tipped Thin-Kerf Blade


Smooth, Efficient Cuts with Less Sharpening

Sawsmith® 10-inch carbide-tipped blades are engineered to slice cleanly through even the hardest woods—while staying sharper much longer than standard steel blades.

 

Why Thin-Kerf Matters

With a narrow 3/32" kerf (compared to the 1/8" or wider kerfs on many standard blades), these thin-kerf blades cut faster, more efficiently, and require less horsepower. That means smoother operation and less strain on your motor.

 

Precision Cuts with Less Noise

Precision-engineered expansion slots reduce vibration and blade noise, resulting in cleaner cuts and a quieter shop environment.

 

Choosing the Right Blade

Understand the trade-offs between ripping, crosscutting, and combination blades to select the best one for your needs.

de840327-7dfd-4bcb-85b7-78b5653642c8515303Jointer Dust Cover0.544.95Shopsmith Dust Covers are custom tailored to fit your Shopsmith equipment, giving you added protection from condensation and rust, as well as dust and other workshop elements. Material specifically chosen for improved breath-ability. All edges are double stitched. All covers are an attractive gray color with a red Shopsmith logo. In addition to protecting your equipment, they help your shop present a sleek uncluttered appearance.
3ef62bd5-3a77-4162-96d0-b73e94b039fa556224Premium Caster Upgrade6.289.95

Move your MARK effortlessly around the shop—built for convenience, engineered for durability.

Shopsmith Premium Retractable Casters are designed specifically for MARK tools, making it easy to glide your machine from one location to another—even over garage or basement concrete expansion joints.

 

Built to Last

Constructed from rugged die-cast aluminum with solid steel rods, these casters feature a spring-loaded mechanism with three settings:

 

  • Step once to raise your MARK ¼" off the ground—perfect for smooth surfaces

  • Step twice to increase ground clearance to ½"

  • Step three to gently lower your MARK back into working position

 

Already have the Standard Casters? No need to repurchase brackets. This upgrade kit lets you swap in the premium 3" polyolefin wheels:

  • (4) 3" diameter by 1-¼" wide polyolefin red wheels mounted on rugged ⅜" steel axles with sealed ball bearings for smooth, quiet rolling. The casters swivel 360° for effortless maneuvering.

  • Quick Installation Kit

 

In testing, the Premium Casters required 50% less force to move a MARK compared to Standard Casters—making shop movement smoother and easier.

 

Need a replacement caster?

  • 3" Premium Caster Wheel (Red) – Part #522877

f7a28277-4271-4041-bc30-38c32806e4d0514534Planer Outfeed Roller Kit2.389.95Replace a worn-out Planer Outfeed Roller when outfeed workpiece control starts slipping. Replacement is quick and easy and improves the smoothness and consistency of the cut.
860a804d-1967-4450-b83e-eae24a092842515325MARK V Help Kit379.95Shopsmith 65-Piece Kit is centered around everything You need for keeping your MARK V with Conventional Smart Motor in great operating condition. It even has replacements for important, high use parts all in a Convenient, Easy to Find Box. (515325)\n\nThis indispensable 65 piece kit includes vital lubricants for keeping your MARK running smoothly and dependably - plus - a T-handled Allen wrench, two shop rags, a MARK V alignment and maintenance manual and a collection of the most frequently lost setscrews all in a convenient, easy-to-find box that you can locate in your shop quickly, when needed.\n\nThe small amount of time it takes for you to periodically clean, lubricate and maintain your MARK V is practically nothing when compared to the time you'll lose in the event of a machine break-down. This inexpensive little kit will give you everything you need to keep your machine operating at peak performance.\n\nAnd if you've ever lost an important setscrew to the shop floor sawdust pile, you know that you'll lose a fair amount of time on your hands-and-knees looking for it.\n\nThe first time you need something in this kit, you'll quickly discover why we sell thousands of them every year and why it's one of our most popular Shopsmith accessories.\n\nWhat's Included:\n� (1) 5/32" Allen Wrench\n� (18) Assorted Shims\n� (20) 5/16"-18 x 1/4" Socket-Head Setscrews\n� (6) 5/16"-18 x 3/8" Socket-Head Setscrews\n� (5) 5/16"-18 x 3/8" Motor Pan Setscrews with nylon locks\n� (5) 1/4"-20 Flat-Head Table Insert Setscrews\n� (1) 1/4"-20 x 1/2" Round-Head Setscrew\n� (1) Minwax Paste Wax\n� (1) Pocket Oiler\n� (2) Shop Rags\n� (1) Mark V Alignment & Maintenance Manual\n\nNote: We recommend adding a copy of Rick Davis' Shopsmith Journals DVD on MARK V Maintenance & Alignment. This information is the perfect how-to companion to Your Shopsmith Help Kit.\n\nMaintenance & Alignment Instructional by Ricky Davis� Now Streaming or on DVD (556051)\nAs a former Shopsmith Woodworking Academy Instructor, Rick Davis has taught thousands of MARK V owners how to set their machines up to perform like precision instruments -- and how to keep them performing that way, year-after-year.\n\nHe's wrote and produced this 90-minute Information packed overview that takes the mystery out of the process and walks you step-by-step through it all in clear, easy-to-understand terms.\n\nHere�s What You Will Learn:\nSmart Motor Maintenance\n� How To Lubricate the Drive Sheaves\n� How To Lubricate the Speed Dial and Adjust the Dial Reading (if necessary)\n� How To Adjust the Belt Tension\n� How To Clean and Wax the Quill\n\nTable Alignment\n� How To Establish Blade-To-Table and Blade-To-Fence Parallelism\n� How To Set the Table Tilt Stops\n� How To Set the Miter Gauge Stops\n� How To Align the Extension Tables Saw Guard Adjustments\n� How To Adjust the Riving Knife To Prevent Catches\n\nMiscellaneous Procedures\n� How To Align the Lathe Tailstock\n� How Waxing Will Protect Your Way Tubes\n� How To Adjust the Power Mount & Tailstock Locking Handles\nAnd, Much More...\n\nBUNDLE & SAVE!\nGet the Total Package! Nothing Is Left to Chance!\n65 Piece Shopsmith Help Kit with Alignment DVD (556059)\nBig 65-piece MARK V Help Kit comes in a convenient, easy to find box and is the perfect companion for maintaining and aligning your Shopsmith MARK V when following Rick Davis' step-by-step instructions. \n\nNote: Contents of the help kit have been updated from what is shown in the Shopsmith Maintenance & Alignment Video. See Shopsmith.com details for current information.\n\n\n\n
6c153dfa-a84f-46f4-a6a5-969d5d8269bd522269Rip Scale (38 inch)1.354.95Rip Scale (38 inch)
d8e8b13d-840b-4879-b868-57382b8e1c405562512-5/16 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. 80-Grit Garnet Medium Drum Sanding Sleeves (6 Pack)0.312.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Includes (6) 2-Inch 80 grit Garnet Sanding Sleeves.
e041e9af-bb64-42db-9c12-4b7cb7d07931515704Router/Shaper Table-Mounted Guard2.189.95Shaper Complete Package (for All MARKs except MARK V 500) (555141) \nCreate Decorative Edges, Fancy Trim and Precision Joinery with This Professional Shaping Package \nWhile the molder produces great straight-line cuts in the surfaces of workpieces and the dado is the tool to reach for when you need square-edged dadoes or grooves, the shaper is best for decorating edges or making edge joints on straight or curved edges. \n \nIn fact, rub collars and starting pins let the shaper tackle irregular shaped edges as easily as regular ones. Plus, the shaper even lets you work on the inside edges of cut-outs such as round or oval picture frames. \n \nIncludes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Kit � Shaper Table Insert � Shaper Arbor with Collars � 1/4" & 1/2" Combo Quarter Round Cutter � Flute & Quarter Round Cutter � 3/16" Bead & Cove Cutter � Door Panel Shaper Cutter � Door-Rail Coper Shaper Cutter \n \nNote: 555141 is Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII, or MARK V 500. \n \nShaping Complete Package is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (556209) \n \nGet Precise Lateral Depth-of-Cut Control With the Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit (555113) \n \nBoth the infeed and outfeed sides of this fence are independently micro-adjustable to 1/64". It provides full workpiece support before and after the cut. \n \nIncludes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence � Shield � Quill-Mounted Feather guard � Table-Mounted Featherboard and � Vacuum Attachment. \n \nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500. \n \nShaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (555144) \n \nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is the perfect partner with your Double-Tilt! (555149) \nGet started quickly and easily making beautiful decorative edges on all your projects. Decorative edges greatly enhance the look of the finished piece. Under-Table Shaping operations are generally considered safer as the workpiece acts as an additional safety guard. It also is considered more convenient and accurate for decorative cuts because you can inspect the workpiece without changing the set-up. It can be used with any MARK that has the Double-Tilt capability. \n \nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is a great option for Owners looking to try under-table shaping for the first time, or who need to replace lost or worn parts of their Complete Shaping Package. MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 \n \nYour Shaper Starter Kit includes: \n� Shaper/Router Safety Shield \n� 1/2" Shaper Arbor with Collars \n� Shaper Table Insert (fits all MARKs except MARK V 500) \n� Ogee Shaper Cutter \n \nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit (555140) \nAdd safety and improve dust and chip removal with the Shaper/Router Guard Retro-Fit Kit. Designed specifically for your Mark V in the shaping and routing configurations for improved dust and chip removal and increased shop safety on any Routing or Shaping packages purchased before 1/86. Works on All MARKs \nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit Includes: Feather Board Guard, Vacuum Attachment, Circular Shield & Brush, Feather Board, & Rear Fence Guard. \n \nRip-Fence Featherboard - Attaches to the top of your router table fence for use as a hold-down during straight-line routing. (555783) \n \nBUNDLE AND SAVE \nBall Bearing Shaper Spindle & Chuck (556270) \nShaper Spindle with Ball Bearing Rub Collars and 1/2" Router Chuck. Works on all MARKs \n \nShaper Spindle Arbor Set - Ball Bearings (555472) \nProvides improved finish cuts on both straight line and contour Shaping; burn-free results. \nFor use with the Speed Increaser (If you already own.) As well as with the �� Router chuck to hold Shaper Cutters. Works on all MARKs \n \nIncrease the Functionality and Convenience of Shaping with these Accessories \n \nRouter / Shaper Table-Mounted Guard (515704) \nOverhead Shaper Guard - Use with the Under Table function of your MARK 7 / MARK V 505,510,520 / MARK 4 for contour Shaping or using Router Bits with bearing pilots. Position this Overhead Shaper Guard directly over the cutter for maximum coverage. Comes with adjustable brush on clear guard to knock down flying chips and shavings for more effective dust collection. Support Bracket comes with integral dust port. This assembly slips in the table T-Slot and locks in place with a quarter-turn of the support post. \n \nIncludes: See-Through Guard � Screw-In Mounting Post � Support Bracket with Integral Dust Port � Mounting Hardware � Instruction Sheet \n \nShaper/Router Shield Puts Safety Back Into Shaping and Routing (555373) \nThis see-through shield clamps around your MARKs quill housing with a single screw and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages. \n \nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500. \n \nShaper Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505) is a Must for Full Workpiece Support for Shaping (555122) \nMARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 table insert is made of rigid diecast aluminum (Mark V model 500 insert is made of a tough polymer). This Table insert has a 2-1/4" diameter circular cutout to allow the shaper cutter to drop below the table surface to shape edges completely and smoothly. Two threaded holes for screw-in starter pins from the top and as a provision for attaching vacuum attachment for dust collection. \n \nShaper / Drum Sander Table Insert (for MARK V 500) (556267)
55631ca8-6aeb-4b95-af85-c2e034294d51124824Hex Jam Nut0.46.95Hex Jam Nut (5/16-18)
4f9e516a-fd62-4390-872f-4abf99b211c95551891/4 Inch Router Chuck with Guard0.549.95Shopsmith carbide-tipped router bits have been designed for working with hardwoods, laminates in a production or home shop environment. Each features rugged carbide tips to take and hold a keen cutting edge, with infrequent sharpening.\n\nAll have 1/2-inch shanks for use in the Shopsmith 1/2-inch router chuck (514631). A step up from our standard, high speed steel bits.\n� 3/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521870)\n� 1/2" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521869)\n� 3/8" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521868)\n� 1/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521867)\n� 1/2" Dovetail Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521866)\n\n1/2� Shopsmith Router Chuck turns your MARK into a great overhead Router Table (514631)\nThis precision machined tool steel Router Chuck has been especially designed to slip onto your MARK V�s 5/8� Spindle and firmly grip any 1/2� shank Router Bit for over-table routing operations.\n\nMade specifically to handle the side thrust associated with Routing. This Router Chuck features two setscrews to grip your Router Bit firmly and a third setscrew to grip your MARK V�s spindle.\n\nCAUTION: Do NOT attempt to perform routing or similar side thrust operations with your 1/2� drill chuck, as this will damage your Chuck. \n\n1/2" Router Chuck with Guard (555191)\nChuck withstands the side-thrust typically accompanying routing operations.\nPrecision-machined from fine tool steel for exceptional durability. Two Setscrews hold virtually any bit or attachment securely. Comes with Shield. 1/2" shank bits only! The Clear Shield protects hands and eyes. The brush knocks down the flying chips and dust to make dust collection more effective.\n\nShopsmith �� Router Chuck allows you to hold � Inch Shank Bits Tightly and Securely (514632)\nHolds �� Shank router Bits in a similar fashion as the �� Router Chuck above PLUS -- Also lets you use Shopsmith's Drum Sanding Set on your Belt Sander's Auxiliary Shaft. Just slip this Router Chuck onto your Belt Sander's Auxiliary Shaft and you'll be ready to Drum Sand all types of projects with our 1/4" shaft Drum Sanding Set. A better choice than using your Drill Chuck, since most geared Chucks (including ours) are not designed to withstand side deflection pressure.\n\n1/4� Router Chuck with Guard (555189)\nChuck withstands the side-thrust typically accompanying routing operations.\nPrecision-machined from fine tool steel for exceptional durability. Two Set-screws hold virtually any bit or attachment securely. Comes with Shield. 1/4" shank bits only! The Clear Shield protects hands and eyes. The brush knocks down the flying chips and dust to make dust collection more effective.\n\nCreate Beautiful Designs and Perfect Dovetail Joints and Rabbets with the Shopsmith Router Package (555176)\nCreate beautiful designs and perfect dovetail joints and rabbets with these router bits. Get exceptionally clean cuts with super-smooth edges so that all your work has that professional finish.\n\nPackage Includes: Router Chuck and Shield, 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4" Straight bits and 1/2" Dovetail Router Bits.\n\nRouter/Shaper Shield Puts Safety Back into Shaping and Routing (555373)\nThis see-through shield clamps around your Mark 7 or Mark V quill with a single setscrew and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages.\n\nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII.\n
d117902d-3262-4d4c-b9ee-429c4e74c337502909Jointer Feather Guard Torque Washer0.16.95Jointer Feather Guard Torque Washer
8d8a9c0c-b637-4c31-ab06-9a82d0e91e00514084Bandsaw Belt and Pulley Package1.969.95Use this Belt and Pulley Package to make your existing Shopsmith Power Stand compatible with the Shopsmith Belt Sander. The Shopsmith Power Stand can be used with any Shopsmith Special Purpose Tool with the correct belt and pulley installed. Each Power Stand Kit is sold with one belt & pulley combination to power a specific SPT. Belt & Pulley Packages are available for all Shopsmith SPTs that can be used on a Power Stand. Belt Sander Package Includes: Pulley, Drive Belt, Instructions
81e74ec8-57d6-4105-bfa3-5e86c0a907e35218703/4 Inch Carbide Router Bit0.434.95

Shopsmith carbide-tipped router bits have been designed for working with hardwoods, laminates in a production or home shop environment. Each features rugged carbide tips to take and hold a keen cutting edge, with infrequent sharpening.

Below are other router bits, which all have 1/2-inch shanks for use in the Shopsmith 1/2-inch router chuck (514631). A step up from our standard, high speed steel bits.

  • 3/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521870)
  • 1/2" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521869)
  • 3/8" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521868)
  • 1/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521867)
  • 1/2" Dovetail Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521866)

 

Other Shopsmith router parts:

  • 1/2� Shopsmith Router Chuck turns your MARK into a great overhead Router Table (514631)
  • 1/2" Router Chuck with Guard (555191)
  • Shopsmith �� Router Chuck allows you to hold � Inch Shank Bits Tightly and Securely (514632)
  • 1/4� Router Chuck with Guard (555189)
  • Create Beautiful Designs and Perfect Dovetail Joints and Rabbets with the Shopsmith Router Package (555176)
  • Router/Shaper Shield Puts Safety Back into Shaping and Routing (555373)
32fdf9a2-679e-4b4a-b3d0-e36e572c4ca3515543Router / Shaper Guard Support154.95Router/Shaper Guard Support (for MARK 7)
ed2c3f20-1a9b-47f7-956f-4649e2352817504276Complete Tailstock Assembly3.399.95Tailstock Assembly Complete
654e1b59-1786-4f6d-945c-adce24ffec96505602Tailstock Live Center147.95Lathe Tailstock Live Center provides reliable, smooth turning without lubricants. Premium-quality Tailstock Live Center features precision ball bearing construction for friction-free tip rotation without the need for beeswax or similar lubricants. As a result, your workpiece will turn more smoothly, quietly, and without burning. The #2 Morse taper shaft slips easily into the Tailstock of any MARK model.
8fc185ef-2b76-42f0-afc0-e2f03e835f28555167Disc Sander Dust Chute2.469.95

Keep your shop dust free with the Disc Sander Dust Chute. Used with the 12" Sanding Disc.

Attaches to the Mark V 500 and the DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector.

3fb13d59-73d3-490b-ad0f-d831014fdfbc556420Rip Fence Extension Package (for MARK 7/MARK V 520/MARK 4)6.9189.95Made of the same high-quality extrusion material we use for our rip fences, these extensions give you the added height or length you need for cutting raised panels or making joinery cuts on the edges of boards that are passed through the saw vertically while ripping extra long workpieces or line boring on the drill press. \n \nVarious Ways to Use Your Rip Fence Extension Includes: \n- Line the extensions up end-to-end to extend fence length for line boring or extra support when ripping long workpieces. \n- Stack extensions vertically for panel raising, edging, rabbeting or similar operations. \n- Studs between stacked extensions are the precise length to accept locking featherboards. \n \nThey connect to your existing fences for stacking with studs having a special reverse thread on one end or end-to-end with our sliding T-Nuts (included). \n \nOnce assembled, they are spaced precisely to accept the Shopsmith featherboards. Add optional flip stops (555807, 555808, 52170801, 52170802, 52170803) in their top surfaces for hole spacing, etc. \n \nIncludes: 24-3/8" Long Extrusion (25-3/8" long for Model 510/505 version) � (3) Sliding T-Nuts � (2) Connecting Studs � (2) Square, Reverse-Thread Connecting Nuts � (2) Buttonhead Cap Screws � (2) Flat Washers � (2) Fender Washers and � (4) Adjusting Shims
4878c566-1404-4066-9887-3247ba295770555958Carbide-tipped Combination Saw Blade289.95

Precision Cutting with Less Effort
 

Upgrade your Shopsmith table saw with this precision 10" carbide-tipped combination saw blade. Engineered with a 3/32" thin-kerf, it delivers cleaner, faster cuts while using less power—perfect for Shopsmith MARK V and MARK 7 users.
 

Key Benefits:

  • Thin-Kerf Design – Removes less material than standard 1/8" blades for faster, smoother cuts

  • Carbide-Tipped Teeth – Stay sharp longer for durability and clean results on hardwoods and softwoods

  • Expansion Slots – Reduce vibration and noise for a smoother, quieter cut

  • Combination Blade – Versatile enough for both ripping and crosscutting


Whether you're making cabinets, furniture, or fine woodworking projects, this woodworking saw blade delivers reliable, professional results.

825fef21-75d6-4fdf-84d0-c8ecf2078693555471Planer/Jointer Sharpening Jig3.3109.95

Buy Your Jointer/Planer Knife Sharpener to Pair with Your Conical Sanding Disc

Nicked Planer or Jointer Knives can spoil the appearance of your projects and cost hours (or days) of delay as you sand out the blemishes they'll leave -- or wait while you send your blades out to the sharpening service. But now, this easy-to-use sharpener will save you the time that could be required to sand out those nicks or the expense you could face for having your blades professionally sharpened. Just clamp your knives into the self-aligning jig, grasp the two large handles and use your Shopsmith conical sanding disc to sharpen them to a keen edge. Special nylon glides on the back and bottom edges ensure the guide's smooth travel over Your MARK 7 / MARK V / MARK 4 tabletop and against your rip fence as it holds your Knives at the precise, correct angle while you sharpen them.

This is truly the simple, foolproof way for you to keep your jointer and planer operating at peak performance no matter what happens.

555471 Includes: Complete, step-by-step instructions for set-up and use.

Note: 555471 Requires Shopsmith's Conical Sanding Disc for proper operation.

If You Don't Already have a Conical Sanding Disc, You will need one buy one use the Jointer/Planer Knife Sharpener.
There are two ways to buy: Either buy 555435 Conical Sanding Disc (Disc Only) or buy 555477 Conical Sanding Disc and Special Assorted Abrasives. (1 each 50, 80 and 150).

BUNDLE & SAVE
Buy the Jointer / Planer Knife Sharpening Jig Kit which includes: 555471 Jointer / Planer Knife Sharpener and 555477 Conical Sanding Disc and Special Assorted Abrasives. (1 each 50, 80 and 150).

f0486ea5-7adf-4b95-92d6-b279b8eca4f9503738Headstock Lower Drive Hub Assembly0.511.95Replacement Lower Drive Hub Assembly for coupling with Shopsmith Jointer, Jigsaw, and Scroll Saw
e6883696-48e3-47c6-bdd8-d7d882a8c2d9518026Planer Cutterhead Woodruff Key0.16.95Woodruff Key (3/16x7/8)
bf8bfdcd-fbdb-4b60-9ec3-1cff1482817f555489Bandsaw Circle Cutter Attachment169.95

Add the Shopsmith circle cutter to your bandsaw and cut perfect circles from 2" to 36" in diameter, quickly and easily. Just attach the circle cutter to your bandsaw table extension (555488) with a single bolt. Use the single adjustment knob to position the center pin for your desired diameter and stock thickness and pivot your workpiece through the bandsaw blade to cut perfect circles from 2" to 36" in diameter. It's just that simple!

The heavy, twin steel bars provide plenty of rigidity while the single adjustment knob makes setting your desired circle size both fast and precise. If necessary, the center pivot pin adjusts up and down, then locks into position with a wing nut.

Handles any thickness of stock, all the way up to your bandsaw's maximum 6" depth-of-cut.

Note: Works only with newer model aluminum table Shopsmith Bandsaws and requires the bandsaw table extension (item 555488) for attachment.

25ce1ce5-7e42-42b0-88b0-1823b8d6f041911392Milled Scroll Saw Blades (9 Metal Cutting)0.411.95

Shopsmith�s Scroll Saw Blades are the Smoothest Cutting Blades Available!

 

Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades. They are made of high carbon and heat-treated steel right here in the U.S.A! We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application a Scroll Saw is required to cut. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010� for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062� thick for cutting even the toughest of material.

 

Milled Metal Cutting Scroll Saw Blades
Metal cutting blades are made of hardened and tempered steel and have more teeth per inch for cutting thin metal and other hard materials. Blades have regular style teeth.

 

911392 Universal #7 is .041 wide and .019 thick with 30 TPI. Package contains 12 blades.

eba4e634-7a2e-4564-91f4-572201107d7f555812Chisel Sharpener Attachment for Strip Sander3.8249.95Shopsmith Strip Sander is the Best Detail Sander on the Market! (555309) \n \nThis Versatile, Compact Machine Works Equally Well With All Types and Shapes of Materials. The Strip Sander is an often-forgotten, value-priced workshop addition that will save you countless hours of tedious hand work on a variety of woodworking tasks, as well as grinding, sharpening and polishing of chisels, other workshop edged tools and garden implements of all types. \n \nUse Your Choice of a narrow 1" or 1/2" belt to achieve the same kinds of work-saving convenience that you've come to expect from your full-sized stationary or portable belt sanders - just on a smaller scale. \n \nYou'll Use Your Strip Sander to: \n� Smooth the external edges of small craft, model or miniature projects \n� Sand or grind intricate internal cut-outs on projects of all types, thanks to its unique belt re-threading capability \n� Grind metal objects or shape parts made of plastic, bone or other materials \n� Sharpen chisels, knives, scissors, metal snips or lawn and garden tools \n� Put a keen edge on bevel-edged or turning chisels using the optional chisel sharpener \n \nFeature-Packed for Ease of Operation and First-Rate Results \n \nOversized tilting table is 11" x 11", made of rugged die-cast aluminum and tilts from 0 to 45� for precision beveling or working on sharpening jobs. Its generous size provides plenty of rock-solid support for your most critical tasks. \n \nInterchangeable Flat & Curved Platens support the belt during straight or curved sanding or grinding jobs. You'll get both 1" and 1/2" flat platens plus a 1/2" radius curved platen. You can even remove the platens completely for unsupported light sanding of delicate workpieces. \n \nExposed Upper Tracking Wheel lets you sand the flowing external curves of valances, decorative trim and similar projects. \n \nSimple Tracking Adjustments & Automatic Belt Tensioning make using this machine hassle-free. \n \nA quick twist of the single tracking knob keeps the belt running straight and true - while the spring-loaded tracking wheel automatically keeps the belt on-track, without fiddling. \n \nBuilt-In Dust Port lets you use your in-shop dust collector to capture dust and other debris before they become a problem in your shop. \n \nSpecifications: \nBelt Sizes � 1� (or 1/2") x 42" \nPlatens - 1" flat, 1/2" flat & 1/2" radius curved \nTable Size - 11" x 11" (5-1/2" of table in front of platen) \nTable Tilt - 0 to 45� - forward only \nThroat Depth - 6" behind platen (with table at 90-degrees) \nMaximum Stock Thickness - External Sanding 4" - Internal (Piercing Cuts) 3-1/4" (with table at 90-degrees) \nSpeed Range (recommended) - 700 rpm - 2,500 rpm \nDimensions - 7" L x 11" W x 15" D \nWeight -15 lbs. \n \nNote: Power Coupler required for use with the MARK or Power Station. \n \nWARNING: Do not use Dust Collection of any type while sharpening or grinding. The hot sparks will catch this machine on fire. \n \nChisel Sharpening Attachment makes Your Shopsmith Strip Sander a Sharpening Whiz! (555812) \nAdd this easy-to-use Attachment to Your Shopsmith Strip Sander and you'll be putting super-keen, razor-sharp edges on all your Bench and lathe chisels before You know it! Just replace your Strip Sander's Table with this attachment, switch to the special angles Sharpening Platen and You'll be ready to start sharpening in less than two minutes. Drop the end your Chisel's handle into the Holder, adjust for length and desired angle, tighten the two knobs and start sharpening. It's that easy! \n \nIncludes: Attachment, Platen, Upper Drum Guard and Superfine Assorted Belt Kit. \n \nBUNDLE & SAVE \nGet the Shopsmith Strip Sander with the Chisel Sharpening Attachment. (556460) \n \nIn addition to all the regular features of the Shopsmith Strip Sander, you gain the ability to put a razor-sharp edge on your bench chisels and lathe chisels. Order the combination package and SAVE compared to individual prices!
817c1de0-d6e2-4433-9003-b6c51e95bb5b556037Carbide-tipped Specialty Saw Blade Package (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505)9.4319.95Sawsmith� 10-inch Carbide-Tipped Thin-Kerf Blades Slice Smoothly Through the Hardest Woods with Less Frequent Sharpening than Steel Blades. \n \nThin Kerfs Make the Difference \nSawsmith� carbide-tipped blades deliver a narrower 3/32" kerf, unlike many blades that cut a kerf of 1/8" or more. As a result, Shopsmith blades cut quickly and efficiently and require less horsepower than many competitive blades. \n \nExpansion Slots Reduce Noise and Vibration For a Cleaner Cut \nSawsmith� blades feature expansion slots to minimize vibration giving you a cleaner cut. They'll also reduce noise the blade produces.
2c4a3daf-db9a-4ac3-8c11-4fdf6b0f8fe8503740Drive Hub (5/8 Inch for the Shopsmith Bandsaw, Belt Sander, Strip Sander)0.511.95Coupler Hub for Shopsmith Bandsaw, Belt Sander, and Strip Sander
619768a2-d30b-490f-9ddd-aaef4050141d5562374-High Stacking Featherboard Kit1.599.95

This stackable set of four Shopsmith featherboards is just what you need for applying consistent sideways pressure on wide or tall workpieces when panel-raising, edge grooving, bandsaw resawing, or any of a host of similar operations.

 

Assemble the set into your choice of: \n

  • One 4-high unit
  • One 1-high and one 3-high unit 
  • Two 2-high units 

 

The set consists of: 

  • (4) Featherboards
  • (4) Knobs
  • (2) Expanding Miter Slot Bars
  • (6) Spacers
  • All of the hardware necessary to build any of these configurations. 

 

Use these stacking featherboards with the Shopsmith Auxiliary Fence or with your shop-made auxiliary fences on any model MARK 7/MARK V/MARK 4 as well as with your Shopsmith Bandsaw (works with either older or newer bandsaw tables).

82411637-cf8d-4c4f-a691-7e672eaefec7502923Jointer & Belt Sander Medallion0.16.95Belt Sander / Jointer Medallion
45eebbb3-972d-4f35-a4c2-44375607792a514053Flat Washer0.46.95Bandsaw Flat Washer (312ID.625O)
6d7628c0-99d6-4fce-ad17-878f0ba57835555653Jointer Auxiliary Fence (Fence Only)6.399.95

The Shopsmtih Jointer Auxiliary Fence helps you work safer and with improved stability. This 7-3/4" high Fence attaches quickly to your Jointer or MARK V Rip Fence and offers a smooth-gliding, laminate-covered surface. Use it for added support when working with wide boards. Also accommodates two Featherboard hold-downs for increased safety when jointing narrow, difficult-to-hold boards (555654, not included). Includes: Jointer Auxiliary Fence, Instructions, & mounting hardware)

 

Note: This package does not include the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade (555480). We recommend the Jointer Feather Guard Upgrade for all Shopsmith Jointers with missing or old-style blade guards.

74cacc84-4bbb-4ab0-a37d-9af8f2202e6c521794Universal Tool Rest Collar Tool Support2.859.95Universal Tool Rest Collar Tool Support
6b56c7f5-5bd8-43b1-8be6-6662550f617a514748Set Screw0.46.95Set Screw (5/16-18X1/2)
13b4d1ac-a5df-4384-8b99-e59a55d5e3b4522662Flat Point Set Screw (M8-1.25X25)0.46.95Flat Point Set Screw (M8-1.25X25)
b5c76c2a-798f-42c6-b5f3-b23552ca57d4513414Planer Knife Setting Gauge013.95Use the handy Shopsmith Planer Knife Setting Gauge to replace worn out Planer Knives with new or newly sharpened blades quickly, easily, and accurately.
69bfa7fb-5df5-4370-8523-9cbd05acbaf8514826Dust Collector Utility Floor Sweep (14 Inch)0.413.95Dust Collector Utility Floor Sweep (14 Inch)
089dc0e7-06af-49e2-960a-dbac770cc6ce5056081/4 Inch & 1/2 Inch Shaper Cutter134.95Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters are perfect for crafting your own unique trim and decorative edges. Shapers also create decorative joinery for a variety of applications and projects. Shopsmith Shaper Cutters can be used with any shaper that accepts 1/2 Inch Bored Cutters. For your safety, we recommend these cutters always be used with a Shaper Fence when straight-line shaping. (This Item: Shopsmith Premium 1/4 Inch & 1/2 Inch Combination Quarter-Round Shaper Cutter)
8432e3f0-aaea-4252-b29c-0ed93dbb4f58501635Set Screw0.16.95Flat Head Machine Screw (8-32 x 1/2)
4cca6658-6913-4c1f-b7db-a6de0b121658502899Jointer Cutter-Head Knife Leveling Screw06.95Jointer Cutterhead Knife Leveling Screw (1/4-28X1/2)
79b94faa-f7d2-42d8-b9ed-e1cbd1a40330502884Jointer Table Mounting Stud0.16.95Table Mount Stud
0aef2568-fe3b-4004-9580-aa84f327fce4120375Hex Nut0.46.95Hex Nut (1/4-20)
58b2ba18-1a64-4461-b71c-5e2e531146e6513402Planer Feed Roller Gear112.95Planer Feed Roller Gear
fa35fb0a-bd97-4324-a2c2-70d1a9aad096516407Crosscut Sliding Table Fence149.95Cross-Cut Sliding Table Fence
4b060523-c6bf-4c4b-88c5-9cd50100971d556084Bandsaw Overhaul Kit2.3279.95

The Bandsaw Complete Overhaul Tune-up Kit will make your Shopsmith Bandsaw run like new again! This tune-up kit fixes any squealing from the bandsaw back-up rollers and improper tracking from the blades, which can affect the accuracy of your cuts. Additionally, if your blades seem to dull quickly (even after installing a new blade), if your machine seems to generate excessive heat, if it vibrates, or if either (or both) of the blade wheels can be wiggled easily when the blades are removed, you likely need the Overhaul Kit.  

 

The Bandsaw Complete Overhaul Tune-up Kit includes: Our Ball Bearing Back-Up Roller Retro-Fit Kit (555074), an upper Wheel and Bearing w/Tire (502691), and a Lower Wheel Assembly with Tire, Bearing and Shaft (509032).

1b667c2a-1a67-4100-9ae8-67e53774b3ed516043Aluminum Bandsaw Table T-Slot Leveling Screw16.95Bandsaw Screw (8-32x1/2)
40517c31-feef-443a-8f8e-5f1e91c97e35518289Power Cord (for All MARKs)1.249.95Power Cord (for All MARKs)
89d6b8e6-36cb-487a-a776-8552adc7d936504228Spring Dial0.16.95Spring Dial
04467196-16f8-45f3-b276-3c87739bdd83518490MARK 7 / MARK V520 Main Table Rear Rail369.95Main Table Rear Rail Long (MARK 7/MARK V)
2812d345-26de-4070-bdc7-ada975014e2d52277712 Inch 36 Grit Ceramic Stick-On Sandpaper Disc (1 Disc)0.518.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (1) 12 Inch, 36 Grit, Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Disc.
807876e1-c882-4d1b-85d9-6288c4d6d5f85058823/8 Inch Brad Point Premium Doweling Bit112.95Brad Point Drill Bits provide superior cutting during precision drilling operations like doweling, drilling uniformly round pilot holes, and for even countersinking. Our Premium Brad Point Doweling Bits are made of high-quality, carbon-steel alloy to maintain sharp cutting edges. Deep-cut, fluted grooves clear material quickly to avoid clogging or burning. Precision-ground pilot tip ensures proper center alignment every time. This Item: 3/8 Inch Premium Brad Point Doweling Bit
9215aabe-55bf-4854-adba-3ec3eae11005517982Button Head Cap Screw0.46.95Button Head Screw (10-24 X 1/2 Inch)
9afa6d37-2256-451f-a7aa-62539ab135055056331/2 Inch Drill Chuck with Key1.469.95This high-quality, geared drill chuck is designed exclusively to work with all Shopsmith MARK models. Accommodates any bit between 0.020 and 1/2-Inches. This Drill Chuck is standard equipment with the MARK 7. Easily mounts to the quill spindle with a single setscrew. Buy additional Drill Chucks and Keys for commonly used drill bit sizes. No need to unlock and remove the drill bit, simply loosen the single setscrew and change the entire Chuck with drill bit. Includes (1) 1/2-Inch Drill Chuck (501420) and (1) Drill Chuck Key (501419).
d0317184-d32b-4859-a660-d04e45ad188e513406Planer Feed Motor Mounting Screw0.46.95Planer Feed Motor Mounting Screw (10-32 X 5/8)
80f9e5c9-e0fd-4d5d-b24a-3c399e4fcaa0517920Planer Chip Chute Bottom769.95Planer Chip Chute Bottom
e0846eb0-c7f8-4ded-8c84-cdfd69b067a5555110Shaper Drumsander Fence MARK 7 & MV Model 520, 510, 5056199.95Shaper Complete Package (for All MARKs except MARK V 500) (555141) Create Decorative Edges, Fancy Trim and Precision Joinery with This Professional Shaping Package While the molder produces great straight-line cuts in the surfaces of workpieces and the dado is the tool to reach for when you need square-edged dadoes or grooves, the shaper is best for decorating edges or making edge joints on straight or curved edges. In fact, rub collars and starting pins let the shaper tackle irregular-shaped edges as easily as regular ones. Plus, the shaper even lets you work on the inside edges of cut-outs such as round or oval picture frames. Includes: • Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Kit • Shaper Table Insert • Shaper Arbor with Collars • 1/4" & 1/2" Combo Quarter Round Cutter • Flute & Quarter Round Cutter • 3/16" Bead & Cove Cutter • Door Panel Shaper Cutter • Door-Rail Coper Shaper Cutter Note: 555141 is Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII, or MARK V 500. Shaping Complete Package is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (556209) Get Precise Lateral Depth-of-Cut Control With the Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit (555113) Both the infeed and outfeed sides of this fence are independently micro-adjustable to 1/64". It provides full workpiece support before and after the cut. Includes: • Shaper/Drum Sander Fence • Shield • Quill-Mounted Feather guard • Table-Mounted Featherboard and • Vacuum Attachment Note: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500. Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (555144) The Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is the perfect partner with your Double-Tilt! (555149) Get started quickly and easily making beautiful decorative edges on all your projects. Decorative edges greatly enhance the look of the finished piece. Under-Table Shaping operations are generally considered safer as the workpiece acts as an additional safety guard. It also is considered more convenient and accurate for decorative cuts because you can inspect the workpiece without changing the set-up. It can be used with any MARK that has the Double-Tilt capability. The Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is a great option for Owners looking to try under-table shaping for the first time, or who need to replace lost or worn parts of their Complete Shaping Package. MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 Your Shaper Starter Kit includes: • Shaper/Router Safety Shield • 1/2" Shaper Arbor with Collars • Shaper Table Insert (fits all MARKs except MARK V 500) • Ogee Shaper Cutter Shaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit (555140) Add safety and improve dust and chip removal with the Shaper/Router Guard Retro-Fit Kit. Designed specifically for your Mark V in the shaping and routing configurations for improved dust and chip removal and increased shop safety on any Routing or Shaping packages purchased before 1/86. Works on All MARKs Shaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit Includes: Feather Board Guard, Vacuum Attachment, Circular Shield & Brush, Feather Board, & Rear Fence Guard. Rip-Fence Featherboard - Attaches to the top of your router table fence for use as a hold-down during straight-line routing. (555783) BUNDLE AND SAVE Ball Bearing Shaper Spindle & Chuck (556270) Shaper Spindle with Ball Bearing Rub Collars and 1/2" Router Chuck. Works on all MARKs Shaper Spindle Arbor Set - Ball Bearings (555472) Provides improved finish cuts on both straight line and contour Shaping; burn-free results. For use with the Speed Increaser (If you already own.) As well as with the ½” Router chuck to hold Shaper Cutters. Works on all MARKs Increase the Functionality and Convenience of Shaping with these Accessories Router / Shaper Table-Mounted Guard (515704) Overhead Shaper Guard - Use with the Under Table function of your MARK 7 / MARK V 505,510,520 / MARK 4 for contour Shaping or using Router Bits with bearing pilots. Position this Overhead Shaper Guard directly over the cutter for maximum coverage. Comes with adjustable brush on clear guard to knock down flying chips and shavings for more effective dust collection. Support Bracket comes with integral dust port. This assembly slips in the table T-Slot and locks in place with a quarter-turn of the support post. Includes: • See-Through Guard • Screw-In Mounting Post • Support Bracket with Integral Dust Port • Mounting Hardware • Instruction Sheet Shaper/Router Shield Puts Safety Back Into Shaping and Routing (555373) This see-through shield clamps around your MARKs quill housing with a single screw and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages. Note: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500. Shaper Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505) is a Must for Full Workpiece Support for Shaping (555122) MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 table insert is made of rigid diecast aluminum (Mark V model 500 insert is made of a tough polymer). This Table insert has a 2-1/4" diameter circular cutout to allow the shaper cutter to drop below the table surface to shape edges completely and smoothly. Two threaded holes for screw-in starter pins from the top and as a provision for attaching vacuum attachment for dust collection. Shaper / Drum Sander Table Insert (for MARK V 500) (556267)
83ed7e67-fdae-4599-9080-bc03914bf3dd5154302-1/2 Inch Hose Connector0.111.952-1/2 Inch Hose Connector
2cc1ef40-377b-49ba-a994-2e72032d5a79555810Mortising Package5.5209.95

�Drill� Perfectly Square Holes and Slots for Mortise-and-Tenon Joints, Hinges and More with the Shopsmith Hollow Chisel Mortising Attachment

Hollow Chisel Mortising Beats Two-Step Mortising Hands-Down for Speed, Precision and Finished Appearance. There are four primary methods for cutting mortises. From complex-to-simple, these are: 1: Cut them completely with a chisel. Great if you have "forever" to do the job! 2: Bore most of the waste out with a drill bit and square-up the corners & sides of the with a chisel. 3: Rout away most of the waste, then square-up the corners & sides with a chisel. 4: Use the Shopsmith hollow chisel mortising System and you're done in one step!

Years ago, hollow chisel mortising faded in popularity and ended-up being replaced by router-based slot mortising. Well, it didn't take long for woodworkers to figure out that hollow-chisel mortising was a lot faster and easier. As a result, people returned to the system that was the best for many years.

Here's how this tool works. Install your Mortising Attachment over the outside of your quill and tighten the screw. Next install your drill chuck on your MARK?7 or Mark V spindle. Insert the Mortising Chisel of your choice with matching Mortising Bit into the opposite end of the attachment and tighten a setscrew and then tighten the bit in your drill chuck. Position your workpiece against your rip fence, install the hold-down and go to work!

The attachment holds the chisel to keep it from rotating while your drill chuck holds and spins the mortising bit that rides inside the chisel. As you lower the set into your wood, the bit removes most of the waste while the chisel's sharp edges square-shave the sides of the mortise flat and smooth. The special hold-down attaches to the top of your rip fence to keep your workpiece from lifting off the table surface when you retract the chisel.
The package includes everything needed to cut 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" mortises.

Includes:
� Mortising Attachment
� Hold-Down
� 1/4", 3/8" & 1/2" Bit/Chisel Sets
� Chisel Honing Stone

 

BUNDLE & SAVE
Save with the Mortise & Tenon Package (555845)

Tenons are usually 1/3 the thickness of the mating stock and centered. (3/4" stock = 1/4" tenon). The mortise should be about 3/4 the width of the mating stock. For blind joints, the tenon should be a bit shorter than the mortise depth, to allow room for glue. (4" wide stock = 1 7/16" long tenon).

Package Includes: � Mortising Package (Mortising Attachment, � Mortising Hold-Down, � one each 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" bit/chisel set and � honing stone) Plus Shopsmith Tenon-Master Jig (555479!

c0a1600d-d9c9-4789-ab9d-4fa12d06a875504266Miter Gauge Locking Stud0.613.95Miter Gauge Locking Stud
b3163ccf-a99b-40f9-8ac9-f34fdabe5b355058841/2 Inch Brad Point Premium Dowling Bit0.219.95Brad Point Drill Bits provide superior cutting during precision drilling operations like doweling, drilling uniformly round pilot holes, and for even countersinking. Our Premium Brad Point Doweling Bits are made of high-quality, carbon-steel alloy to maintain sharp cutting edges. Deep-cut, fluted grooves clear material quickly to avoid clogging or burning. Precision-ground pilot tip ensures proper center alignment every time. This Item: 1/2 Inch Premium Brad Point Doweling Bit
950081e7-92c4-4b9d-8cd7-930372ad182c555374Bandsaw Cool Blocks134.95

Cool Blocks blade guides are made of a special, non-metallic material that lubricates your bandsaw blades as they cut, keeping them cool and reducing the chance of premature breakage. And since they won't damage blade teeth, you can really snug them down for added stability when working with smaller blades.

Cool Blocks improve the cutting performance of any blade width, but are required for blades 1/16" to 1/8" wide for tight radius work.

b8d14f45-3359-48b1-8def-21ffd0f28794502333Flat Washer0.46.95Washer (.265ID.50OD)
086b51b2-79b3-416a-bce5-4a3ff8461e2d501406Miter Gauge Nylon Guide Set Screw0.16.95Miter Gauge Nylon Setscrew Guide (for Miter Gauges before 1987)
8317de78-cdd4-4be3-aa26-65373a9f473b514566Miter Gauge, Hex Nylon Glide0.115.95Miter Gauge Hex Nylon Guide
becb128d-5759-4fd9-bc23-1ea1d707749155618312 Inch Assorted Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs0.559.95Shopsmith Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Assorted 4-Pack Includes: 12 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs (60 Grit, 80 Grit, 100 Grit, and 120 Grit)
ec482c33-a4eb-4808-8288-2c732fc9d5c5555953Universal Storage Shelf10.9179.95The MARK 7 / MARK V Mounted Accessory Shelf holds frequently used attachments for quick and easy use. This sturdy 1" thick, custom made wooden shelf holds saw guards, rip fences, miter gauges, lathe tailstocks, blades, lathe tool rests and other MARK 7 / MARK V accessories. This handy Shelf may also be mounted to a workbench, wall or cabinet.
87c131fc-d7ce-2a3b-d2b1-538cac852cbfBelt Sander Belts 3x2122.95

Shopsmith Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Ceramic Belts for heavy, long-term sanding and grinding. Ceramic Belts are the ultimate in sanding life and durability. Each size of abrasive belt is offered in multi-packs of either assorted grits or packs of all the same grit of your choice. Because Ceramic belts have an extended life they are also offered in single packs.

Ceramic Belts Cut 4-Times Faster with Less Effort and Last 4-Times Longer Than Standard Abrasives
Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature Ceramic technology, a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. These belts are truly the carbide tipped saw blades of the sanding belt world.

Our ceramic abrasive belts feature:
� Rugged Poly-Cotton Cloth Backings that resist tearing and stretching. Strong, yet flexable
� Bi-Directional, Flush Joints that run smoothly in both directions. Quick to change.
� Heat Resistant Reinforced Joints for maximum seam durability under the toughest of conditions
� Advanced Resin Bonding System for durability and clog-free performance
� Ceramic Grains which stay super-sharp 4-times longer, cut 4-times faster and reduce heat build-up

Start enjoying the benefits of 4-times faster cutting and 4-times longer life with Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts.

Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts are available in various size and grits.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

25644df0-1aef-438b-90b9-a2d28d7ea478505754Lathe Turning Accessory Package14.1249.95The Lathe Turning Accessory Package includes everything you need to get the most out of your Shopsmith Lathe. Included in this package are our 8-Piece Premium High-Speed Steel Chisel Set, a 3-3/4 Inch dia. faceplate for turning workpieces from 4 to 8 Inches, and a 6 Inch dia. faceplate for workpieces larger that 7 Inches. The packages also includes our lathe screw center for small single point turnings like knobs and lids, tailstock live center for smooth spindle turning, and a tailstock chuck arbor to make drilling the centers of these turnings easy, right on the Lathe.
26513525-ded3-4f21-aea4-18a5b47ddb9d522921Laminated Quick-Reference Wood Properties Chart0.312.95

The Shopsmith Wood Properties Quick-Reference Chart is jam-packed with a wealth of information about the many different types of woods we all use to build our projects. Learn which woods are the strongest, hardest and most stable. Which are the most rot-resistant for building outdoor projects. Which woods are the lightest & heaviest per board foot, what are the nominal and actual thicknesses and widths of framing or construction grade lumber and more!

 

(1) Laminated 11 x 17 Inch Full-Color Reference Chart

3269ccec-3e49-4afb-afb4-b80763ffa6f5514087Jointer Pulley and Belt Package0.569.95Use this Belt and Pulley Package to make your existing Shopsmith Power Stand compatible with the Shopsmith Jointer. The Shopsmith Power Stand can be used with any Shopsmith Special Purpose Tool with the correct belt and pulley installed. Each Power Stand Kit is sold with one belt & pulley combination to power a specific SPT. Belt & Pulley Packages are available for all Shopsmith SPTs that can be used on a Power Stand. Jointer Package Includes: Pulley, Drive Belt, Instructions
886d9e9a-41e7-4c7c-8cb5-ee3285aba478555518Table Insert Blank with Slot (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)0.434.95

The MARK Sawing Blank Table Insert with Slot features a pre-formed square cutout in the center for inserting the upper saw guard during operation. Made of a special polymer, you should make one for each sawblade you’re planning to use.  This special Polymer Table Saw Insert is the model to choose when you need a zero clearance setup to:

  • Make cuts with the Upper Saw Guard in position to ensure optimal safety and dust collection efficiency
  • Provide maximum workpiece support when cutting small or thin pieces of stock
  • Eliminate dangerous scrap fall-through

 

Note: For all MARKs except MARK V 500

e37c3af1-12a7-4d0e-b81c-edd8b5a2ce6c514311MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Table Indicator Plate0.19.95Table Indicator Plate (for MARK 7/MARK V 520,510,505)
f82fc272-b0c5-4fc8-8454-0a478b93015c514358MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Lower Saw Guard Assembly3179.95Lower Saw Guard Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
0978d0eb-9dc2-4df3-a7ab-7d80ac8fe084556191Lift Assist (for MARK 7 with PowerPro and MARK V's made after 1972)18.1309.95

Effortlessly raise your Shopsmith MARK 7 or upgraded MARK V with Lift Assist.

 

Designed specifically for Shopsmith MARK 7 models and MARK V tools manufactured after 1972 that have been upgraded to the PowerPro headstock, this Lift Assist system uses a powerful gas cylinder to reduce lifting effort when tilting your machine into vertical position. Whether you're converting to drill press mode or storing vertically, the Lift Assist makes transitions smooth and controlled—reducing strain on your back and improving safety, especially with the added weight of the PowerPro motor.

Key Features:

  • Designed for MARK 7 and MARK V (post-1972) with PowerPro headstock

  • Heavy-duty gas spring supports headstock and carriage

  • Makes lifting easier, safer, and faster

  • Perfect for frequent tool conversions or vertical storage

  • Includes all required mounting hardware and instructions

  • Upgraded Lift-Assist also provides a quick disconnect which allows the MARK 7 to be easily tilted left for under-table operations

Fits:

  • MARK 7 (factory PowerPro)

  • MARK V (manufactured after 1972) with PowerPro Upgrade

Does NOT Fit:

  • MARK V units made before 1972

  • Any machine with the original (non-PowerPro) headstock

 

NOTE: If you own Shopsmith's steel storage cabinets, with the lift-assist only one of them will slide under the MARK 7 / MARK V for storage (if the casters are removed from the steel storage cabinets, two will fit).

69186862-3f28-45e9-9f8f-e37858a3239d555985MARK V 500 to MARK 7 Pro Fence & Table Upgrade751849

Shopsmith's Pro Fence & Table System Upgrade is the best way to equip your MARK V 500 with the latest features and capabilities. Armed with this state-of-the-art fence and table system, you'll be able to tackle all of your projects with improved convenience, precision and safety.

 

Your upgrade includes a larger worktable and extension table with two floating support tables and a pair of telescoping support legs. Put it all together and you'll have over eight feet of table width for crosscutting even the longest boards!

 

The Pro Fence and Table System Upgrade Kit Includes:

  • Larger Table with a 17-1/2" x 22" work surface. More support for ripping 4' x 8' plywood sheets and crosscutting even the longest boards.
  • Pro Fence is 24-1/2" x 2-1/2" thick with a double T-slot track on the top surface with another T-slot on each side for attaching accessories, jigs and fixtures. Two levers lock it rigidly to the front and rear of the main or extension table with a quick flip. Includes a wider fence straddler.
  • Wider Tie Bar with dual tilt locks at the front and rear of the table. The widened tube stance for dust collection and adds stability.
  • New Table Carriage with quarter-turn locks. Hand wheel and lock move the table up and down, then secure it where you want it.
  • Direct-Reading Rip Fence Scales let you read and instantly set the width of rip cuts up to 38-1/2" wide. Includes two interchangeable stainless steel scales that are graduated in both 1/16" and 1/32" increments.
  • Two Floating Extension Tables slide on connecting tubes and lock any-where between the main table and the end extension table.
  • Four 27" Connecting Tubes slip through the rails and tie the system together with locking knobs.
  • Two Telescoping Legs give added support in the middle or at the ends of the connecting tubes. A quick twist locks their height.
  • See-Through Upper Saw Guard with depth-of-cut indicators, European-style riving knife and anti-kickback device.
  • Lower Saw Guard, updated to accommodate Shopsmith's 12" Sanding Disc. Includes 2-1/2" diameter dust collection port.
  • Two-position Lathe Tool Rest Arm with lever-style adjustment screws.
  • Anti-rotation Tool Rest Post
  • Saw Table Insert
  • Steel Miter Gauge Bar with T-slot washer
  • Larger Extension Table Top (vertical mounting tubes not included)
  • 12" Steel Sanding Disc Hub (steel sanding discs sold separately)
  • 1-1/4" diameter saw arbor
  • All required fittings and hardware
  • Instruction Manual
  • Special Alignment Set-Up Gauge

 

Note: Due to the increased size of the Pro Fence System work table and how various accessories connect to it, some earlier MARK V 500 accessories may not fit the Pro Fence Upgrade. These include (but are not limited to) all table inserts, front table extension, rip fence, mortising hold-downs and some saw arbors. 

91d0a418-51e7-4d1a-9dd5-0b8f874a9e06711124Press-On/Press-Off Foot Switch169.95Control your Dust Collector with the tap of your foot and without leaving your machine. This tap-on, tap-off foot switch provides safe, hands-free convenience to start or stop your Dust Collector from up to 8-Feet away.
71092ba6-153a-48f5-8a92-cd2a7f98a628556403Shopsmith 4x36 Inch 80 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt (1 Belt)0.416.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (1) 4" x 36" 80 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt
412e496a-086e-4945-8152-9c08662cfc79514825Dust Collector Extension Wand0.513.95Dust Collector Extension Wand
54823b0c-2d15-4769-9f5b-cfe8fe4611bc555113Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Kit8.8269.95Shaper Complete Package (for All MARKs except MARK V 500) (555141) Create Decorative Edges, Fancy Trim and Precision Joinery with This Professional Shaping PackageWhile the molder produces great straight-line cuts in the surfaces of workpieces and the dado is the tool to reach for when you need square-edged dadoes or grooves, the shaper is best for decorating edges or making edge joints on straight or curved edges.In fact, rub collars and starting pins let the shaper tackle irregular shaped edges as easily as regular ones. Plus, the shaper even lets you work on the inside edges of cut-outs such as round or oval picture frames. Includes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Kit • Shaper Table Insert • Shaper Arbor with Collars • 1/4" & 1/2" Combo Quarter Round Cutter • Flute & Quarter Round Cutter • 3/16" Bead & Cove Cutter • Door Panel Shaper Cutter • Door-Rail Coper Shaper CutterNote: 555141 is Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII, or MARK V 500.Shaping Complete Package is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (556209)Get Precise Lateral Depth-of-Cut Control With the Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit (555113)Both the infeed and outfeed sides of this fence are independently micro-adjustable to 1/64". It provides full workpiece support before and after the cut.Includes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence • Shield • Quill-Mounted Feather guard • Table-Mounted Featherboard and • Vacuum Attachment.Note: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500.Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (555144)The Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is the perfect partner with your Double-Tilt! (555149)Get started quickly and easily making beautiful decorative edges on all your projects. Decorative edges greatly enhance the look of the finished piece. Under-Table Shaping operations are generally considered safer as the workpiece acts as an additional safety guard. It also is considered more convenient and accurate for decorative cuts because you can inspect the workpiece without changing the set-up. It can be used with any MARK that has the Double-Tilt capability. The Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is a great option for Owners looking to try under-table shaping for the first time, or who need to replace lost or worn parts of their Complete Shaping Package. MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4Your Shaper Starter Kit includes:• Shaper/Router Safety Shield• 1/2" Shaper Arbor with Collars• Shaper Table Insert (fits all MARKs except MARK V 500)• Ogee Shaper CutterShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit (555140)Add safety and improve dust and chip removal with the Shaper/Router Guard Retro-Fit Kit. Designed specifically for your Mark V in the shaping and routing configurations for improved dust and chip removal and increased shop safety on any Routing or Shaping packages purchased before 1/86. Works on All MARKsShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit Includes: Feather Board Guard, Vacuum Attachment, Circular Shield & Brush, Feather Board, & Rear Fence Guard.Rip-Fence Featherboard - Attaches to the top of your router table fence for use as a hold-down during straight-line routing. (555783)BUNDLE AND SAVEBall Bearing Shaper Spindle & Chuck (556270) Shaper Spindle with Ball Bearing Rub Collars and 1/2" Router Chuck. Works on all MARKsShaper Spindle Arbor Set - Ball Bearings (555472)Provides improved finish cuts on both straight line and contour Shaping; burn-free results.For use with the Speed Increaser (If you already own.) As well as with the ½” Router chuck to hold Shaper Cutters. Works on all MARKsIncrease the Functionality and Convenience of Shaping with these AccessoriesRouter / Shaper Table-Mounted Guard (515704)Overhead Shaper Guard - Use with the Under Table function of your MARK 7 / MARK V 505,510,520 / MARK 4 for contour Shaping or using Router Bits with bearing pilots. Position this Overhead Shaper Guard directly over the cutter for maximum coverage. Comes with adjustable brush on clear guard to knock down flying chips and shavings for more effective dust collection. Support Bracket comes with integral dust port. This assembly slips in the table T-Slot and locks in place with a quarter-turn of the support post.Includes: See-Through Guard • Screw-In Mounting Post • Support Bracket with Integral Dust Port • Mounting Hardware • Instruction Sheet Shaper/Router Shield Puts Safety Back Into Shaping and Routing (555373)This see-through shield clamps around your MARKs quill housing with a single screw and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages.Note: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500. Shaper Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505) is a Must for Full Workpiece Support for Shaping (555122)MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 table insert is made of rigid diecast aluminum (Mark V model 500 insert is made of a tough polymer). This Table insert has a 2-1/4" diameter circular cutout to allow the shaper cutter to drop below the table surface to shape edges completely and smoothly. Two threaded holes for screw-in starter pins from the top and as a provision for attaching vacuum attachment for dust collection.Shaper / Drum Sander Table Insert (for MARK V 500) (556267)
c2665c24-8ebf-42f7-818c-f4646411853a556192Premium Starter Package (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)16489.95

The Premium Starter Kit for the MARK 7 is an awesome package with everything you need to get started making your dream projects fast. The 27-Piece Kit gives you the ideal collection of accessories to help you enjoy the benefits of each of your MARK 7's key core functions & Save!

 

The 27 piece Premium Kit for the MARK 7 includes everything in the Basic Starter Kit PLUS the Following:

• Shaper/Drum Fence. A great tool for straight edges on decorative cuts. This part also acts as a back stop for both your infeed and outfeed sides making for greater ease of use.

• 3 Premium Shopsmith Shaper Cutters for decorative edging, joinery and more.

• 3 Shopsmith Carbide Tipped Router Bits. These have been designed for working with hardwoods and laminates in a production or home shop environment. Each features rugged carbide tips to take and hold a keen cutting edge, with infrequent sharpening.

• 8-Pc Lathe Chisel Set. This set will satisfy the majority of your turning needs. Each chisel features a premium-quality high-speed steel blade to take and hold a keen cutting edge under hard use. The eight-piece set includes: 1" Roughing Gouge, 3/4" Roughing Gouge, 1/2" Spindle Gouge, 1" Skew Chisel, 5/8" Skew Chisel, 5/8" Roundnose, 3/16" Parting Tool, and 5/8" Spear Scraper. Enjoy this set to discover what many consider to be the most creative of all woodworking operations!

• 3-3/4" Lathe Faceplate. Perfect for turning bowls, vases, cups and similar types of lathe projects.

• 5-Pc Pro Package Brad Point Drill Bit Set. There's nothing like a brad point drill bit for making clean-sided, perfectly-centered holes in wood and these are among the highest quality bits on the market. Includes 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 5/8" and 3/4".

• 6 Assorted 12" Sandpaper Discs . You get one coarse, two medium and three fine grit open coat aluminum oxide discs that are long-lasting and resistant to "loading".

343414bf-6f69-4602-b815-49ee6a34bfa7555975Lift Assist (for MARK V made after 1972)16309.95

Effortlessly raise your Shopsmith MARK V made after 1972 with Lift Assist.

 

Designed specifically for Shopsmith MARK V tools manufactured after 1972 with the conventional headstock, this Lift Assist system uses a powerful gas cylinder to reduce lifting effort when tilting your machine into vertical position. Whether you're converting to drill press mode or storing vertically, the Lift Assist makes transitions smooth and controlled—reducing strain on your back and improving safety.

Key Features:

  • Designed for MARK V (post-1972) with conventional headstock

  • Heavy-duty gas spring supports headstock and carriage

  • Makes lifting easier, safer, and faster

  • Perfect for frequent tool conversions or vertical storage

  • Includes all required mounting hardware and instructions

Fits:

  • MARK V (manufactured after 1972) with conventional headstock

Does NOT Fit:

  • MARK V units made before 1972

  • Any machine with the PowerPro headstock

 

NOTE: If you own Shopsmith's steel storage cabinets, with the lift-assist only one of them will slide under the MARK 7 / MARK V for storage (if the casters are removed from the steel storage cabinets, two will fit).

68e1e701-ee59-4cbc-b1a5-89e184fe7534555667Bandsaw Table System Upgrade15.7449.95

Get the complete Bandsaw Table System Upgrade kit and get the most our of your Shopsmith Bandsaw! The complete kit comes with the following:


• Aluminum Bandsaw Upgrade Table (45% larger)
• Bandsaw Rip Fence (for improved straight-line cutting results)
• Table Extension (adds 11-1/2" of outboard table support)
• Circle Cutter (helps you create perfectly round circles).

 

For more details on each part in the complete kit, see below.

Bandsaw Table Upgrade (555487)
Now you can enjoy our new, 45% larger aluminum bandsaw table with all its provisions for our bandsaw rip fence, table extension and circle cutter.

Bandsaw Fence Upgrade (555645)

The upgraded bandsaw fence delivers improved straight-line cutting results. The self-aligning aluminum fence locks firmly into position on the band saw table with a twist of the handle and a flip at the locking lever, and adjusts from 0" to 5" from blade. Accepts fence mounted accessories such as flip-up stop, T-track mounted utility light and featherboards.

Table Extension Upgrade (555488)

The upgraded table extension adds 11-1/2" of outbound support for improved workpiece control and precision.  Just slip the twin steel mounting rods into the two holes in the front edge of your (newer model) Shopsmith cast aluminum bandsaw table and tighten the two locking knobs (included with the table extension). Provides loads of extra support and stability when cutting larger, more cumbersome workpieces.

Bandsaw Circle Cutter (555489)

Add the Shopsmith circle cutter to cut perfect circles from 2" to 36" in diameter, quickly and easily. Just attach the circle cutter to your bandsaw table extension (555488) with a single bolt. Use the single adjustment knob to position the center pin for your desired diameter and stock thickness and pivot your workpiece through the bandsaw blade to cut perfect circles from 2" to 36" in diameter. It's just that simple!

The heavy, twin steel bars provide plenty of rigidity while the single adjustment knob makes setting your desired circle size both fast and precise. If necessary, the center pivot pin adjusts up and down, then locks into position with a wing nut.

Handles any thickness of stock, all the way up to your bandsaw's maximum 6" depth-of-cut.

d7d15d68-e2e9-4b0c-b55a-0cc00fd8013d911344Precision Scroll Saw Blades (.048) (12 Pack)117.95Shopsmith partners with Olson for Scroll Saw Blades because they manufacture the widest variety of the highest quality Scroll Saw Blades available. All of our Scroll Saw Blades are made with high-carbon, heat-treated steel right here in the USA. We can offer the greatest variety of blades for any application performed on a Scroll Saw. Our blades are engineered to suit a multitude of materials, wood to metal to plastic, bone to balsa. They will cut a wide variety of material thickness from paper-thin veneers to workpieces well over an inch thick. These blades have a tooth count from 46 TPI down to 6 TPI. Blades as thin as .010” for the most delicate cuts you can imagine up to .062” thick for cutting even the toughest of material. Our Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Blades are the best-of-the-best for both hardwoods and soft as well as other materials such as paper, fiberboard, plywood, bone, Corian and plastic. Olson Precision Ground Blades are made with propriatary process which produces razor-sharp teeth that cut faster and more accurately and provide a smoother, sand-free surface. Unique tooth-geometry and widely spaced gullets minimize burning and provide rapid chip removal. The reverse teeth at the bottom of the blade cut on the upstroke and eliminate underside tear out. Includes: (12) Precision Ground Reverse Skip-Tooth Scroll Saw Blades (#9RG)
aceedb9b-cd08-4c8e-8114-0deefaba5b75753523Abrasive Cleaning Stick0.616.95Abrasive Cleaning Stick makes your sanding belts, discs or drums last significantly longer. Remove pitch build-up when sanding Pine. Prevents burning wood by clearing ort spaces between grit particles. Just hold this special stick against moving belt, disc or drum and watch as they're cleaned to as-new condition. 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 8" long. A Real Money Saver!
6d0e7a26-81c1-4391-bba8-882979eaffaf5058837/16 Inch Brad Point Premium Doweling Bit0.514.95Brad Point Drill Bits provide superior cutting during precision drilling operations like doweling, drilling uniformly round pilot holes, and for even countersinking. Our Premium Brad Point Doweling Bits are made of high-quality, carbon-steel alloy to maintain sharp cutting edges. Deep-cut, fluted grooves clear material quickly to avoid clogging or burning. Precision-ground pilot tip ensures proper center alignment every time. This Item: 7/16 Inch Premium Brad Point Doweling Bit
eb1d4958-b365-43ec-8cae-6339e176cbd0521981Lower Saw Guard with Riving Knife Guide Pins159.95Lower Saw Guard with Pin (for All MARKS except MARK V 500)
9a5ae623-598d-44c7-8695-767068e85ba85146311/2 Inch Router Chuck127.95The Shopsmith 1/2 Inch Router Chuck turns your MARK into a great over-table router. This precision machined tool steel Router Chuck has been especially designed to slip onto your MARK V’s 5/8” Spindle and firmly grip any 1/2” shank Router Bit for over-table routing operations. Made specifically to handle the side thrust associated with Routing. This Router Chuck features two setscrews to grip your Router Bit firmly and a third setscrew to grip your MARK V’s spindle. CAUTION: Do NOT attempt to perform routing or similar side thrust operations with your 1/2” drill chuck, as this will damage your Chuck.
004dd386-46c6-47dc-8f2b-4f404605c2d2555479Shopsmith Tenon Master5.9209.95Shopsmith Mortising Package (555810)\n\n�Drill� Perfectly Square Holes and Slots for Mortise-and-Tenon Joints, Hinges and More with the Shopsmith Hollow Chisel Mortising Attachment\n\nHollow Chisel Mortising Beats Two-Step Mortising Hands-Down for Speed, Precision and Finished Appearance. There are four primary methods for cutting mortises. From complex-to-simple, these are: 1: Cut them completely with a chisel. Great if you have "forever" to do the job! 2: Bore most of the waste out with a drill bit and square-up the corners & sides of the with a chisel. 3: Rout away most of the waste, then square-up the corners & sides with a chisel. 4: Use the Shopsmith hollow chisel mortising System and you're done in one step!\n\nYears ago, hollow chisel mortising faded in popularity and ended-up being replaced by router-based slot mortising. Well, it didn't take long for woodworkers to figure out that hollow-chisel mortising was a lot faster and easier. As a result, people returned to the system that was the best for many years.\n\nHere's how this tool works. Install your Mortising Attachment over the outside of your quill and tighten the screw. Next install your drill chuck on your MARK?7 or Mark V spindle. Insert the Mortising Chisel of your choice with matching Mortising Bit into the opposite end of the attachment and tighten a setscrew and then tighten the bit in your drill chuck. Position your workpiece against your rip fence, install the hold-down and go to work!\n\nThe attachment holds the chisel to keep it from rotating while your drill chuck holds and spins the mortising bit that rides inside the chisel. As you lower the set into your wood, the bit removes most of the waste while the chisel's sharp edges square-shave the sides of the mortise flat and smooth. The special hold-down attaches to the top of your rip fence to keep your workpiece from lifting off the table surface when you retract the chisel.\nThe package includes everything needed to cut 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" mortises.\n\nIncludes: � Mortising Attachment � Hold-Down � 1/4", 3/8" & 1/2" Bit/Chisel Sets and � Chisel Honing Stone.\n\nShopsmith Tenon Master (555479)\n\nThe Shopsmith Tenon Master Jig was designed with a wide, flat face that holds workpieces exactly perpendicular to Your MARK worktable top .\n\nAlthough it is used primarily with the table saw for creating tenons on the ends of boards, it is equally useful for holding and guiding workpieces through all types of operations on other tools as well. For example, it can also be used to support and guide workpieces on your Shopsmith machine when using under-table routing\n\nMade of heavy, cast aluminum work support, with a solid steel base, it offers a large, comfortable knob for optimum control and a built-in precision miter bar that fits your Shopsmith Mark 7 or Mark V worktable. The work support can slide 2� and for complete adjustment to match any project. The work support can also pivot 90-degrees so the Tenon Master can be set to not only cut the faces of the tenon but also cut the shoulders. The Tenon Master is not limited to tenons. It can be used to cut many other woodworking joints such as half laps, end laps dovetails and tongs.\n\nA toggle clamp is included to help you grip the workpiece, against the pivoting Trunnion. Use this pivoting trunnion to back-up and support workpieces that have angled ends. For example, when cutting spline grooves for the mating faces of miters, such as those on picture frames and similar projects.\n\nThis is a very versatile accessory with numerous work-saving and precision-enhancing applications.\n\nIncludes: � Tenon Master Jig, � Wooden Pivoting Trunnion � Adjustable, Quick-Release Toggle Clamp � Instructions and � Plans for a Table Saw Panel-Raising Fixture\n\nBUNDLE & SAVE\nSave with the Mortise & Tenon Package (555845) \nDrill Perfectly Square Holes for Mortises of all Types and Cut Matching Tenons for Them with the Shopsmith Mortise & Tenon Package\n\nThe mortise-and-tenon is one of the strongest joints in woodworking and the recent popularity of arts-and-crafts (mission) furniture has also made it one of the most popular.\n\nTenons are usually 1/3 the thickness of the mating stock and centered. (3/4" stock = 1/4" tenon). The mortise should be about 3/4 the width of the mating stock. For blind joints, the tenon should be a bit shorter than the mortise depth, to allow room for glue. (4" wide stock = 1 7/16" long tenon).\n\nPackage Includes: � Mortising Package (Mortising Attachment, � Mortising Hold-Down, � one each 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" bit/chisel set and � honing stone) Plus Shopsmith Tenon-Master Jig!\n
7dd2eb6c-e853-43ef-882b-c3a24c00af6e555372Slot Mortising Package12229.95Mortising Hold Down Assembly (521900)\nAttaches to the Rip Fence of your MARK V (Model 500, 510 or 520) to keep your workpiece from lifting when the Bit/Chisel set is withdrawn.\n\nMortising Hold Down Foot (50377201)\nHold Down Foot. Mounts on Hold Down Rod on Rip Fence\n\nMortising Attachment (521901)\nAttaches to your MARK V's Quill to hold and prevent the Mortising Chisel form turning while the bit inside removes the majority of the stock from the mortise.\n\nUse these Sturdy Mortising Bits to produce an Heirloom Quality Guifts that will last for Generations\nA mortising bit will allow you to drill square or rectangular holes in a piece of wood. This can be used to create a tenon joint. Precision ground to produce sharp, clean square holes and mortises. \n� 1/2 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521884)\n� 3/8 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521883)\n� 1/4 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521882) \n\nMortising Chisel Honing Stone (521902)\nHollow chisel mortising requires a great deal of downward pressure to shave the sides of the mortise smooth and true. That's why it is extremely important that all four edges of the hollow chisel be kept as sharp as possible. This precision-ground stone has been made specifically for this purpose. The Mortising Chisel Honing Stone is a 50-degree stone for your 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" chisel.\n\nNote: If you own an older model (pre-2000) Mortising System, you'll need to order either 513549 or 513550 to fit the angles of your older mortising chisels.\n\nMortising Chisel Honing Stone (Red) (513550)\nIf you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/2" mortising chisels 46.5 degree stone.\n\nMortising Chisel Honing Stone (White) (513549)\nIf you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/4" and 3/8" Mortising Chisels 41-degree stone.\n \nSlot Mortising Package (555372)\nEasily make strong accurate mortise and tenon joints with the Slot Mortising Package. Use your Speed increaser or Under-Tale Routing to make the mortises and tennons.\n\nIncludes: 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" carbide tipped straight router bits, all with 1/2" shanks for rigidity, 1/2" Router Chuck with Shield and the Tenon Master Jig.
506185c7-d63f-4e23-9929-a12b85b59554556200Lift Assist (for MARK V's with PowerPro manufactured before 1972)16309.95

Add Lift Assist to your vintage MARK V with a modern PowerPro upgrade.

 

Older MARK V units made prior to 1972 have different base castings that require a uniquely designed Lift Assist to accommodate the updated PowerPro headstock. This version is customized to fit those legacy machines that have been modernized.

 

With this Lift Assist installed, lifting the heavier PowerPro-equipped headstock becomes smooth, safe, and nearly effortless—especially important on the older, heavier chassis.

Key Features:

  • Compatible with MARK V units made before 1972, upgraded to PowerPro

  • Tailored bracket and gas spring assembly for older base design

  • Significantly reduces effort when repositioning for storage or operation

  • Includes all mounting hardware and step-by-step instructions

Fits:

  • MARK V machines built before 1972

  • Only if upgraded with PowerPro headstock

Does NOT Fit:

  • MARK V units made after 1972

  • MARK V units with original headstock

 

NOTE: If you own Shopsmith's steel storage cabinets, with the lift-assist only one of them will slide under the MARK 7 / MARK V for storage (if the casters are removed from the steel storage cabinets, two will fit).

e8676855-b921-4694-bfd9-a5639be1639c556206Premium Convenience Package (for MARK V after 1972)25499.95Shopsmith's Premium Convenience Package combines three customer-favorite products designed to enhance your woodworking while improving the ease of use of your MARK machine. The Convenience Package includes our Premium Retractible Caster Set with oversized 3 Inch Polyolefin wheels. Follow the easy installation instructions to effortlessly raise your machine off the floor and roll anywhere in your shop with the effort of just one finger. Also included is the Shopsmith Lift Assist which uses a specially-calibrated hydraulic cylinder to do the heavy-lifting for you while switching operations. We also include our classic, Full-Length Denim Shop Apron with Shopsmith Logo which has been a favorite of lathe turners for years. This heavy-duty connton denim apron is 36 Inches long with oversized pockets and fray resistant straps.
f245e421-5ea6-4311-8fbe-31428e4a6653522292Rip Scale Complete Kit (MARK 7/MARK V 520/MARK 4)9.2209.95Install this Rip Scale Upgrade Kit and in about a half-hour, you'll be instantly setting rip cut dimensions with lightning speed and matchless precision. \n \nA powerful magnetic strip attached to the top of each rail holds your choice of a short or long precision Stainless-Steel scale that is graduated in both, 32nds and 16ths. Choose the long 45� scale when measuring cuts between 6-1/2" from the left of the blade to 38-1/2" from the right. Scales will also read in opposite direction, except numbers will be upside-down. Or, the short 16� scale when measuring cuts between 6-1/2" from the left of the blade to 9-1/2" from the right. \n \nZeroing-adjustments are easily made by simply sliding the steel scales on their magnetic holders. Once positioned, they will remain where you put them without shifting. \n \nThe kit includes: \n� A new 17-1/2" Front Rail for your main table \n� (3) 7-1/2" Front Rails for your extension tables \n� 16" Long Stainless-Steel Scale \n� 45" Long Stainless-Steel Scale \n� Wide, Easy-to-read Scale Indicator \n� Complete Instructions and All Required Installation Hardware \n \nNote: For use with MARK V 520 Pro Fence System Only.
9ae260a0-3436-481e-ba15-7e8f95278527555845Mortise and Tenon Package12.4369.95Shopsmith Mortising Package (555810)\n\n�Drill� Perfectly Square Holes and Slots for Mortise-and-Tenon Joints, Hinges and More with the Shopsmith Hollow Chisel Mortising Attachment\n\nHollow Chisel Mortising Beats Two-Step Mortising Hands-Down for Speed, Precision and Finished Appearance. There are four primary methods for cutting mortises. From complex-to-simple, these are: 1: Cut them completely with a chisel. Great if you have "forever" to do the job! 2: Bore most of the waste out with a drill bit and square-up the corners & sides of the with a chisel. 3: Rout away most of the waste, then square-up the corners & sides with a chisel. 4: Use the Shopsmith hollow chisel mortising System and you're done in one step!\n\nYears ago, hollow chisel mortising faded in popularity and ended-up being replaced by router-based slot mortising. Well, it didn't take long for woodworkers to figure out that hollow-chisel mortising was a lot faster and easier. As a result, people returned to the system that was the best for many years.\n\nHere's how this tool works. Install your Mortising Attachment over the outside of your quill and tighten the screw. Next install your drill chuck on your MARK?7 or Mark V spindle. Insert the Mortising Chisel of your choice with matching Mortising Bit into the opposite end of the attachment and tighten a setscrew and then tighten the bit in your drill chuck. Position your workpiece against your rip fence, install the hold-down and go to work!\n\nThe attachment holds the chisel to keep it from rotating while your drill chuck holds and spins the mortising bit that rides inside the chisel. As you lower the set into your wood, the bit removes most of the waste while the chisel's sharp edges square-shave the sides of the mortise flat and smooth. The special hold-down attaches to the top of your rip fence to keep your workpiece from lifting off the table surface when you retract the chisel.\nThe package includes everything needed to cut 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" mortises.\n\nIncludes: � Mortising Attachment � Hold-Down � 1/4", 3/8" & 1/2" Bit/Chisel Sets and � Chisel Honing Stone.\n\nShopsmith Tenon Master (555479)\n\nThe Shopsmith Tenon Master Jig was designed with a wide, flat face that holds workpieces exactly perpendicular to Your MARK worktable top .\n\nAlthough it is used primarily with the table saw for creating tenons on the ends of boards, it is equally useful for holding and guiding workpieces through all types of operations on other tools as well. For example, it can also be used to support and guide workpieces on your Shopsmith machine when using under-table routing\n\nMade of heavy, cast aluminum work support, with a solid steel base, it offers a large, comfortable knob for optimum control and a built-in precision miter bar that fits your Shopsmith Mark 7 or Mark V worktable. The work support can slide 2� and for complete adjustment to match any project. The work support can also pivot 90-degrees so the Tenon Master can be set to not only cut the faces of the tenon but also cut the shoulders. The Tenon Master is not limited to tenons. It can be used to cut many other woodworking joints such as half laps, end laps dovetails and tongs.\n\nA toggle clamp is included to help you grip the workpiece, against the pivoting Trunnion. Use this pivoting trunnion to back-up and support workpieces that have angled ends. For example, when cutting spline grooves for the mating faces of miters, such as those on picture frames and similar projects.\n\nThis is a very versatile accessory with numerous work-saving and precision-enhancing applications.\n\nIncludes: � Tenon Master Jig, � Wooden Pivoting Trunnion � Adjustable, Quick-Release Toggle Clamp � Instructions and � Plans for a Table Saw Panel-Raising Fixture\n\nBUNDLE & SAVE\nSave with the Mortise & Tenon Package (555845) \nDrill Perfectly Square Holes for Mortises of all Types and Cut Matching Tenons for Them with the Shopsmith Mortise & Tenon Package\n\nThe mortise-and-tenon is one of the strongest joints in woodworking and the recent popularity of arts-and-crafts (mission) furniture has also made it one of the most popular.\n\nTenons are usually 1/3 the thickness of the mating stock and centered. (3/4" stock = 1/4" tenon). The mortise should be about 3/4 the width of the mating stock. For blind joints, the tenon should be a bit shorter than the mortise depth, to allow room for glue. (4" wide stock = 1 7/16" long tenon).\n\nPackage Includes: � Mortising Package (Mortising Attachment, � Mortising Hold-Down, � one each 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" bit/chisel set and � honing stone) Plus Shopsmith Tenon-Master Jig!\n
4ba9b23c-fcb7-4806-9d5c-a88702a8714b517774Telescoping Leg Table Support Clamp122.95Table Support Clamp (for MARK V 520/MARK 4)
dcb7d2d2-10f2-425e-bb1c-15537208a49055614012 Inch 36 Grit Ceramic Stick-On Sandpaper Discs (4 Pack)0.459.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (4) 12 Inch, 120 Grit, Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Discs.
f54ecb6a-b0da-4c0c-8b5c-a33dc82faad45564146x48 Inch Assorted A/O 150, 220, & 320 Grit Belt Sander Sanding Belts (3 Pack)127.95Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Shopsmith sanding belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Belt Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance and durability. Assorted Pack Includes: (3) 6" x 48" Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts (1-Each: 150 Grit, 220 Grit, and 320 Grit)
a2512815-9e2c-4880-aead-a34629b037bb514828Dust Collector 2-1/2 Inch Elbow Dusting Brush0.213.95Dust Collector 2-1/2 Inch Elbow Dusting Brush
8b7f4903-b2ed-431e-87d4-de7ea6bd3632521945Jointer Wedges (3 Pack)0.634.95Replacing Your Knives Keeps Your Jointer Cutting at its Best. \nShopsmith hardened steel knives are precision match-ground to Shopsmith's exacting standards and come in a set with three knives. Our rigid quality control requirements ensure that every knife in the set is exactly the same size, with the same precision edge bevel and tapered sides to guarantee a perfect fit and easy adjustment in your Cutterhead. This assures smooth and accurate cuts! The High-Speed Steel cutting edge guarantees long life. Once the knives are ground and honed to produce a razor-sharp cutting edge in our machine shop, they are treated with a special rust preventative solution for lasting serviceability. \n \nBuy a spare set of jointer knives to keep you working in the event of a nick or other knife damage. \nWe recommend that you always have a spare set of knives on-hand, in the event of accidental nicking. This way, down time will be kept to an absolute minimum, and you'll be able to continue working on your project with minimal interruption. \n \nCheck Your Jointer Wedges for damage or resin build-up for better operation and fewer chip-outs \nThese wedges are important for the efficient operation and chip formation of your Jointer�s Cutterhead. A smooth top surface is critical for proper chip formation. Smooth and damage-free tapered sides are absolutely necessary to lock the knife safely in the Cutterhead and smooth knife adjustment. Sold in 3-packs. \nNOTE: Only fit Jointers manufactured after January 1999. \n \nUpgrade to the Newest, Most Efficient, Jointer Cutterhead Design. \nUpgrade your old cutterhead (if made before January 1999) to the high efficiency Jointer Cutterhead. Efficiencies are gained by a larger diameter head, longer, full-width wedges and less knife protrusion. This combination of features create a smaller easier to cut chip. The New Cutterhead Assembly comes with Knives and wedges assembled. The Bearings installed on the shaft and Bearing Blocks pressed on the bearings. This cutterhead assembly will bolt directly into your old Jointer, ready to set the knives to your tables.
027ed481-133e-452d-a17c-12fc6ddff55d523071Quill Feed Handle with Magnet and Dowel129.95Powerful Rare Earth Magnet & Fail-Safe Indexing Pin Make Handle Re-Positioning a Breeze! \n \nEnjoy having 10 quill feed handle positions at 36� increments, instead of 3 positions at 120� increments! \n \nIn order to keep updating the Shopsmith Multipurpose Machine to make it easier and more convenient to use, we've recently come up with another great idea, a simple, inexpensive quill feed handle upgrade that's easier and safer to operate, provides comfortable working position, moves well out of Your way when necessary. \n \nHere's How It Works \nSimply remove the quill feed handle and hub that's mounted to the quill feed shaft on Your Shopsmith and replace it with the hub adapter. To attach the index handle to the adapter, slip the handle's center hole over the 5/8" shaft of the adapter. The rare earth magnet will engage immediately, pulling the handle indexing pin into one of the 10 holes bored into the adapter. \n \nHandle Re-positioning \nTo disengage the handle from the adapter and move it to a different position, simply grasp the silver collar of the index handle (NOT the black handle nor the handle shaft) and pull it straight out and away from the adapter. No fiddling or un-screwing the handle from its hub. It's just that fast and easy! \n \nThe indexing pin and holes have been precision fitted to one another with just enough clearance to allow them to engage and disengage quickly, yet they WILL NOT disengage in the event You should accidentally bump the handle. Precision drilling and close tolerances make this an ingenious design that works perfectly every time! \n \nSee It In Action! \nSee the Quick-Index Quill-Feed Handle in use in a short 20 second video. \n \nNote: The Quick-Index Quill Feed Handle works on all MARKS \n \nAvailable as a two-piece Standard Kit or a three-piece Deluxe Kit with an adapter for each side of the Smart Motor. \n \nQuick-Index Quill Feed Handle Standard Two-Piece Kit (556441) \nIncludes: One Steel Hub Adapter and One Quick-Index Handle \n \nQuick-Index Handle Only (523071) \nIncludes: Indexing pin, Rare Earth Magnet, Handle Rod and Black Plastic Handle \n \nQuick-Index Hub Adapter (523070) \nIncludes: Standard 5/32" Setscrew and 10 Precision-bored, Evenly Spaced Circumferential Indexing Pin Holes \n \nBUNDLE & SAVE \nGet the Quick-Index Deluxe Three-Piece Kit (556442) \nYou'll get the basic kit --PLUS-- an extra hub adapter for the opposite side of the machine. Bundle & Save instead of buying separately.
44a68552-7b1d-4ecf-a294-37749b27391c521761DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector 3-Way Inlet Handle129.95Dust Collector 3-Way Inlet Handle
be3d6256-1a46-43fb-a3d1-8d4c06d566695055111-1/4 Inch Saw Arbor (MARK V 500)0.534.95Replacement 1-1/4 Inch Saw Blade Arbor (for MARK V 500)
1cbfa5ee-9090-4227-9ae3-b229dbcef18a5559492-5/16 Dia. x 6 Inch Lg. 100 Grit A/O Fine Drum Sander Sanding Sleeves (6-Pack)0.429.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Includes (6) 6-Inch 100 grit A/O Sanding Sleeves.
6d47aa3d-8478-433f-9fd0-4aeff95589dc5559522-5/16 Dia. x 6 Inch Lg. Assorted A/O Drum Sander Sanding Sleeves0.429.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Assorted Pack Includes (2) 60 Grit, (2) 80 Grit, and (2) 100 Grit, 6-Inch A/O Sanding Sleeves.
8eb42a39-b705-4e95-8077-52ce74646745556068MARK V Essentials CD/DVDs (Volumes 1 & 2)0.559.95Essentials Volume 1 (556063) is a 76-minute video introduction to the Shopsmith MARK V and the first three of its five basic functions. If you’ve been wondering whether or not a Shopsmith Multipurpose Woodworking System is for you, of if you have purchased or inherited a new or used machine and would like to see it put through its paces, this great Nick Engler, top woodworking author and instructor hosted DVD, is most definitely for you. In this video, Nick begins by introducing you to the concept behind this well-known American Legend and describe the main components of the machine and how they function together. From this introduction, Nick will continue with in-depth discussions including: 1. How to set-up and use the MARK V Table Saw, including the different blades that are available; how to mount them; positioning the Worktable; making vital adjustments; using safety devices; and working with the Miter Gauge, Rip Fence and optional CrosscutSliding Table. 2. How to set-up and use the MARK V Drill Press, including raising the machine into vertical position; adjusting the Worktable for drilling; installing the Drill Chuck and bits properly; using the Rip Fence and Miter Gauge for controlling the workpiece and performing repetitive operations; setting the Depth Stop; adjusting the speed and using the Telescoping Legs for added workpiece support. 3. How to set-up and use the Horizontal Boring Machine, including adjusting the Worktable height; using the Rip Fence as a backstop; adjusting the Depth Stop and using the Miter Gauge to ensure perpendicularity. In this second installment of Nick Engler’s MARK V Essentials video, he covers the final two functions of the MARK V PLUS some important, critical maintenance procedures. Nick’s follow-up to our MARK V Essentials, Volume 1 DVD is the perfect companion for the Volume 1 edition. In MARK V Essentials, Volume 2, Nick will cover: 4. Disc Sanding with both our standard Flat and our optional Conical sanding discs. He’ll discuss using the Flat Disc at the center of the MARK V Worktable, as well as at the outside edge for both straight and convex edge sanding and how the Lower Saw Guard can be used to keep shop dust at a minimum. He’ll also introduce you to our amazing Conical Disc and the unique operations that only it can perform. 5. Lathe Turning, including how to set the MARK V up in Lathe mode, align its components for the best results and mount the workpiece properly. ADDITIONALLY: Nick will cover Critical Maintenance Procedures, including cleaning & lubricating the Smart Motor & locks; Quill; Speed Dial; Worktable & Cariage; Way Tubes; Extension Tubes & locks; Miter Gauge; Rip Fence; Saw Guard; and Lathe Tool Rests & Posts. Note: For the complete MARK V Essentials story, we recommend that you order both Parts 1 and 2 of this video, and have established a special discounted price for ordering both parts. BUNDLE & SAVE (556068) Get both power packed Essentials Volume 1 and Volume 2 for a bundled price and save.
74c1612f-fcca-4c8a-979a-95de7d4e9c495041809Poly-V Sheave0.669.95Poly-V Sheave
f23a737a-90cc-4a12-b85f-e39d0dfd8ea5556402Shopsmith 4X36 Inch 60 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt (1 Belt)0.416.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (1) 4" x 36" 60 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt
c54113c6-c1cf-47f5-9e49-09835800573b505844Disc Sanding Package14.7229.95Shopsmith Complete Disc Sanding Package is a game-changer in workshop efficiency! Add two additional 12 Inch Steel Sanding Discs to your workshop and use Shopsmith 12" A/O Sanding Discs in different grits to make progressive finishing as easy as swapping out your sanding disc. Shopsmith Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Complete Disc Sanding Package Includes (2) 12 Inch Steel Sanding Discs & (18) 12 Inch Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs (6) 100 Grit, (6) 80 Grit, and (6) 60 Grit .
40793a68-b53b-4edf-9e2b-39bbb86fc475556461MiterSet Standard & Segment Set (Exclusively Made for Shopsmith)5239.95

One of the most common headaches in woodworking is making accurate miter cuts. Whether you're creating unique segmented wood pieces, constructing a picture frame, or doing high-end finish work, a well-cut joint is easy to appreciate. You may be thinking two things are necessary for a no-gap miter joint:

 

1) A correctly calculated and set miter angle;

2) Pieces cut to the right length.

 

Getting the right length is achieved with accessories like the 24" Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension, the 20" Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension, or the Shopsmith miter stop rod. But, until now, getting the correct angle has been more difficult and time consuming.

 

The Solution: The MiterSet!

 

The MiterSet Standard stands out with accurate and fast set-up at ½ degree increments, eliminating concerns about how accurately you’ve set-up your Miter Gauge indicator plate. With the MiterSet Standard, just place one pin in the zero hole and the other in the hole for the desired angle. The holes are clearly labeled with large, easy-to-read numbers giving the angle at every 5 degrees. For angles that are not a multiple of 5 degrees, you'll use the included detent bar to add or subtract up to 2 ½ degrees, in ½ degree increments. Then, loosen your miter gauge lock. Place your miter gauge bar in the MiterSet slot (which was made specially for an accurate fit of your Shopsmith miter gauge bar). Slide your miter gauge against the pins, and then relock your miter gauge. That quickly, your miter gauge will be flawlessly set to the angle you need for your project.

 

 

MiterSet Segments For Segmented Turnings - No Math Required!

Normally, when cutting segments, you'd have to calculate the angles. Or, maybe you would need to find your look-up chart to determine the angle you need based on the number of sides in your project. The MiterSet Segment jig eliminates the need for these tedious steps, making it effortless.

Here's How it Works.
• Plug in the base pin;
• Plug the 2nd pin in the hole clearly labeled with the number of sides.
• That's it, the MiterSet has selected and set the correct angle. All that is left to do, is again to place your miter gauge in the slot and slide the miter face against the pins to set the exact angle.

You save the frustration, trial-and-error, and wasted wood that comes with a conventional approach.


Includes: MiterSet Standard & Segments, (2) Pins, Detent Bar (Standard jig only), Padded Protective Case, and Instructions.

093abd60-ba81-4a34-bde6-051cccedacf0556385Shopsmith 5 Inch 100 Grit Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs (15 Pack)0.316.955" Sanding Discs for Non-Shopsmith Random Orbit Sanders. Shopsmith 5” Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs Feature High Performance Grain on a Durable Plastic Film Backing. Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature advanced technology with a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. Enjoy superior finishing results with these revolutionary film-backed sanding discs that resist tearing and edge wear to give you four times the life and a super-smooth sanding surface. Includes: (15) 100 Grit, 5 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed 8-Hole Sanding Discs
9259a86b-ff6b-448c-975b-116ab47516ce556069MARK V Maintenance & Repair DVD (VOLUMES 1 & 2)0.359.95This 65-minute Fail-Safe video of Maintaining and Repairing the Conventional Smart Motor, shows you, step-by-step, how to replace the MARK V’s Belts and Drive Sleeve and how to make A high-speed adjustment. In this PART 1 of the Conventional Smart Motor Maintenance video, Nick, top woodworking author and instructor hosted DVD, will show you how to examine and replace three of the most important components of your Shopsmith MARK V: 1) the Drive Belt 2) Poly-V or Gilmer Belt 3) the Drive Sleeve. Nick begins with a walk through helping you determine which of the three conventional Smart Motor types your machine has: Type A, B or C. Knowing this information will tell you when your machine was made, as well as which Motor it has; whether it has a single or double-bearing Quill; whether it has a Gilmer or Poly-V Belt and which switch it has. Following this introduction of the Conventional Smart Motor, Nick continues with in-depth, step-by-step discussions of: 1. How to inspect and replace the Drive Belt. Here, you’ll learn how to determine whether or not you have a Drive Belt problem; how to decide when it’s time to replace your Drive Belt and if it is time, how to remove and replace the Belt. 2. How to inspect and replace the Poly-V or Gilmer Belt As in the segment above, Nick will lead you through determining whether or not you have a belt problem, and if it’s time to replace the Belt, how to remove the Idler Shaft, Drive Shaft and complete Drive Assembly in order to effect the replacement. 3. How to replace the Drive Sleeve You’ll know that it’s time to replace this Sleeve if your MARK V begins to make a terrible racket and your auxiliary Drive Hub is turning while your Quill is remaining stationary. Nick shows you how simple this process can be once the two Belts in the above steps are removed. 4. How to make a High Speed Adjustment Here, Nick begins by showing you how to determine whether your MARK V is operating at the speed shown on the Speed Dial, then leads you through the process of making any corrections, if required. In this PART 2 Maintenance video, Nick will show you how to inspect and repair or Replace five of the most important components of your Conventional Smart Motor on your Shopsmith MARK V. This 84-minute complement to our Volume 1 video shows you, step-by-step, how to inspect and adjust the MARK V’s Conventional Smart Motor's Speed Changer mechanism and how to repair and/or replace the Power Switch, Quill Feed Mechanism, Smart Motor Locks and Table Carriage Locks Nick continues his presentation from Volume 1 of this important series with a look at five more situations that MARK V owners could encounter with their MARK Vs. These step-by-step instructions include: 1. How to inspect and adjust the Speed Changer Mechanism in the Conventional Smart Motor. These instructions begin with a review of how this important mechanism works, then continues to cover removing it, lubricating it, replacing it (if necessary) and adjusting to deliver the requested speed. 2. How to inspect and replace the Power Switch in the Conventional Smart Motor. This segment begins with a review of the two different types of Switches used on MARK Vs, and ends with a quick review of how to replace each type and ensure the proper wiring. 3. How to inspect and repair the Quill Feed Mechanism in the Conventional Smart Motor. Here, you’ll learn how to remove this important component of your MARK V, how to replace single bearing Quills with the more precise two-bearing model (if you so desire) and how to tension he Quill Fed Spring properly. 4. How to inspect and repair and/or replace the Locks for the Conventional Smart Motor and Table Carriage Here, Nick shows you how to remove these locks, dress their wedges for smoother operation and replace the various components, if required. BUNDLE & SAVE (556069) Get both power packed Maintenance Volume 1 and Volume 2 DVDs for a bundled price and save. ALSO INCLUDED WITH EACH OF THESE DVDs IS THE 116-PAGE BONUS MANUAL: This video includes an information-packed, 116-page Service and Repair Manual for the Conventional Smart Motor that you can read and/or print as a PDF file from your computer. This is NOT merely the standard MARK V Owner’s Manual, but rather, the definitive document on diagnosing MARK V problems – and resolving them. A MUST-HAVE document that you’ll want to ad to your workshop library.
42df0b4b-bd68-449e-aeb9-d02618d82f6c555141Shaping Package (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)12399.95Shaper Complete Package (for All MARKs except MARK V 500) (555141) \nCreate Decorative Edges, Fancy Trim and Precision Joinery with This Professional Shaping Package\nWhile the molder produces great straight-line cuts in the surfaces of workpieces and the dado is the tool to reach for when you need square-edged dadoes or grooves, the shaper is best for decorating edges or making edge joints on straight or curved edges.\n\nIn fact, rub collars and starting pins let the shaper tackle irregular shaped edges as easily as regular ones. Plus, the shaper even lets you work on the inside edges of cut-outs such as round or oval picture frames. \n\nIncludes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence Kit � Shaper Table Insert � Shaper Arbor with Collars � 1/4" & 1/2" Combo Quarter Round Cutter � Flute & Quarter Round Cutter � 3/16" Bead & Cove Cutter � Door Panel Shaper Cutter � Door-Rail Coper Shaper Cutter\n\nNote: 555141 is Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII, or MARK V 500.\n\nShaping Complete Package is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (556209)\n\nGet Precise Lateral Depth-of-Cut Control With the Shaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit (555113)\n\nBoth the infeed and outfeed sides of this fence are independently micro-adjustable to 1/64". It provides full workpiece support before and after the cut.\n\nIncludes: Shaper/Drum Sander Fence � Shield � Quill-Mounted Feather guard � Table-Mounted Featherboard and � Vacuum Attachment.\n\nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500.\n\nShaper / Drum Sander Fence Kit is available and is sold separately for MARK V 500 (555144)\n\nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is the perfect partner with your Double-Tilt! (555149)\nGet started quickly and easily making beautiful decorative edges on all your projects. Decorative edges greatly enhance the look of the finished piece. Under-Table Shaping operations are generally considered safer as the workpiece acts as an additional safety guard. It also is considered more convenient and accurate for decorative cuts because you can inspect the workpiece without changing the set-up. It can be used with any MARK that has the Double-Tilt capability. \n\nThe Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is a great option for Owners looking to try under-table shaping for the first time, or who need to replace lost or worn parts of their Complete Shaping Package. MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4\n\nYour Shaper Starter Kit includes:\n� Shaper/Router Safety Shield\n� 1/2" Shaper Arbor with Collars\n� Shaper Table Insert (fits all MARKs except MARK V 500)\n� Ogee Shaper Cutter\n\nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit (555140)\nAdd safety and improve dust and chip removal with the Shaper/Router Guard Retro-Fit Kit. Designed specifically for your Mark V in the shaping and routing configurations for improved dust and chip removal and increased shop safety on any Routing or Shaping packages purchased before 1/86. Works on All MARKs\nShaper/Router Guard Upgrade for Kit Includes: Feather Board Guard, Vacuum Attachment, Circular Shield & Brush, Feather Board, & Rear Fence Guard.\n\nRip-Fence Featherboard - Attaches to the top of your router table fence for use as a hold-down during straight-line routing. (555783)\n\nBUNDLE AND SAVE\nBall Bearing Shaper Spindle & Chuck (556270) \nShaper Spindle with Ball Bearing Rub Collars and 1/2" Router Chuck. Works on all MARKs\n\nShaper Spindle Arbor Set - Ball Bearings (555472)\nProvides improved finish cuts on both straight line and contour Shaping; burn-free results.\nFor use with the Speed Increaser (If you already own.) As well as with the �� Router chuck to hold Shaper Cutters. Works on all MARKs\n\nIncrease the Functionality and Convenience of Shaping with these Accessories\n\nRouter / Shaper Table-Mounted Guard (515704)\nOverhead Shaper Guard - Use with the Under Table function of your MARK 7 / MARK V 505,510,520 / MARK 4 for contour Shaping or using Router Bits with bearing pilots. Position this Overhead Shaper Guard directly over the cutter for maximum coverage. Comes with adjustable brush on clear guard to knock down flying chips and shavings for more effective dust collection. Support Bracket comes with integral dust port. This assembly slips in the table T-Slot and locks in place with a quarter-turn of the support post.\n\nIncludes: See-Through Guard � Screw-In Mounting Post � Support Bracket with Integral Dust Port � Mounting Hardware � Instruction Sheet\n \nShaper/Router Shield Puts Safety Back Into Shaping and Routing (555373)\nThis see-through shield clamps around your MARKs quill housing with a single screw and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages.\n\nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII or MARK V 500.\n \nShaper Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505) is a Must for Full Workpiece Support for Shaping (555122)\nMARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 table insert is made of rigid diecast aluminum (Mark V model 500 insert is made of a tough polymer). This Table insert has a 2-1/4" diameter circular cutout to allow the shaper cutter to drop below the table surface to shape edges completely and smoothly. Two threaded holes for screw-in starter pins from the top and as a provision for attaching vacuum attachment for dust collection.\n\nShaper / Drum Sander Table Insert (for MARK V 500) (556267)\n
f71e7d6c-4e6a-4755-a882-3313e972b658555309Strip Sander21649.95

Shopsmith Strip Sander is the Best Detail Sander on the Market! (555309) This Versatile, Compact Machine Works Equally Well With All Types and Shapes of Materials. The Strip Sander is an often-forgotten, value-priced workshop addition that will save you countless hours of tedious hand work on a variety of woodworking tasks, as well as grinding, sharpening and polishing of chisels, other workshop edged tools and garden implements of all types. Use Your Choice of a narrow 1" or 1/2" belt to achieve the same kinds of work-saving convenience that you've come to expect from your full-sized stationary or portable belt sanders - just on a smaller scale. You'll Use Your Strip Sander to: • Smooth the external edges of small craft, model or miniature projects • Sand or grind intricate internal cut-outs on projects of all types, thanks to its unique belt re-threading capability • Grind metal objects or shape parts made of plastic, bone or other materials • Sharpen chisels, knives, scissors, metal snips or lawn and garden tools • Put a keen edge on bevel-edged or turning chisels using the optional chisel sharpener Feature-Packed for Ease of Operation and First-Rate Results Oversized tilting table is 11" x 11", made of rugged die-cast aluminum and tilts from 0 to 45° for precision beveling or working on sharpening jobs. Its generous size provides plenty of rock-solid support for your most critical tasks. Interchangeable Flat & Curved Platens support the belt during straight or curved sanding or grinding jobs. You'll get both 1" and 1/2" flat platens plus a 1/2" radius curved platen. You can even remove the platens completely for unsupported light sanding of delicate workpieces. Exposed Upper Tracking Wheel lets you sand the flowing external curves of valances, decorative trim and similar projects. Simple Tracking Adjustments & Automatic Belt Tensioning make using this machine hassle-free. A quick twist of the single tracking knob keeps the belt running straight and true - while the spring-loaded tracking wheel automatically keeps the belt on-track, without fiddling. Built-In Dust Port lets you use your in-shop dust collector to capture dust and other debris before they become a problem in your shop. Specifications: • Belt Sizes – 1” (or 1/2") x 42" • Platens - 1" flat, 1/2" flat & 1/2" radius curved • Table Size - 11" x 11" (5-1/2" of table in front of platen) • Table Tilt - 0 to 45° - forward only • Throat Depth - 6" behind platen (with table at 90-degrees) • Maximum Stock Thickness - External Sanding 4" - Internal (Piercing Cuts) 3-1/4" (with table at 90-degrees) • Speed Range (recommended) - 700 rpm - 2,500 rpm • Dimensions - 7" L x 11" W x 15" D • Weight -15 lbs. Note: Power Coupler required for use with the MARK or Power Station. WARNING: Do not use Dust Collection of any type while sharpening or grinding. The hot sparks will catch this machine on fire. Chisel Sharpening Attachment makes Your Shopsmith Strip Sander a Sharpening Whiz! (555812) Add this easy-to-use Attachment to Your Shopsmith Strip Sander and you'll be putting super-keen, razor-sharp edges on all your Bench and lathe chisels before You know it! Just replace your Strip Sander's Table with this attachment, switch to the special angles Sharpening Platen and You'll be ready to start sharpening in less than two minutes. Drop the end your Chisel's handle into the Holder, adjust for length and desired angle, tighten the two knobs and start sharpening. It's that easy! Includes: • Attachment • Platen • Upper Drum Guard • Superfine Assorted Belt Kit BUNDLE & SAVE Get the Shopsmith Strip Sander with the Chisel Sharpening Attachment. (556460) In addition to all the regular features of the Shopsmith Strip Sander, you gain the ability to put a razor-sharp edge on your bench chisels and lathe chisels. Order the combination package and SAVE compared to individual prices!

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio. Built to order (estimated to ship in minimum 4 weeks).

b96a283c-aa5c-1900-795c-40f51099c0c7Strip Sanding Belts Ceramic-Abrasive 1" x 4222.95

Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts are available in two width and three different abrasives. These �� and 1� wide belts will meet your expectations for many different projects. Three different abrasives give you just the right cutting material for the job at hand - Ceramic for extended life and working the toughest materials - Aluminum Oxide (A/O) for general purpose sanding and sharpening - Silicon Carbide for the final polished surface on a bevel when sharpening.

 

They come in many different grits from very coarse to very fine. The coarsest grits will remove stock in a HURRY! Medium grits for general purpose sanding and sharpening and the finest grits will leave the best and smoothest surface obtainable.

 

Ceramic-Abrasive 1 x 42" Strip Sander Belts \nOur ceramic grain, coated abrasive material was developed specifically for the commercial woodworking industry and, depending on the application, will easily deliver 4-Times the Life of Standard Aluminum-Oxide Abrasives!

 

Their performance is nothing short of Amazing! The open-coat application of the particles to the rugged cloth backing resists tearing and deforming against the platen. The open-coat application of particles plus the special coating on this abrasive reduces clogging. All this combined, extends life of this product well beyond what you could expect from more conventional abrasives.

 

Note: The stiffer backing of the course grits will not work as well with the curved platen.

 

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

ef524574-d633-4883-8606-304eeb2f7b2b556208Premium Convenience Package (for MARK V with PowerPro before 1972)25499.95Shopsmith's Premium Convenience Package combines three customer-favorite products designed to enhance your woodworking while improving the ease of use of your MARK machine. The Convenience Package includes our Premium Retractible Caster Set with oversized 3 Inch Polyolefin wheels. Follow the easy installation instructions to effortlessly raise your machine off the floor and roll anywhere in your shop with the effort of just one finger. Also included is the Shopsmith Lift Assist which uses a specially-calibrated hydraulic cylinder to do the heavy-lifting for you while switching operations. We also include our classic, Full-Length Denim Shop Apron with Shopsmith Logo which has been a favorite of lathe turners for years. This heavy-duty connton denim apron is 36 Inches long with oversized pockets and fray resistant straps.
e910d04a-4a5e-4934-b83c-e1a684259a177550391 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. Assorted A/O Drum Sander Sanding Sleeves0.217.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Sleeves are 1-Inch Dia. x 2-Inch Long. Assorted 12-Pack Includes (6) Fine, (4) Medium, and (2) Coarse Grit A/O Sanding Sleeves.
06a60581-c629-435f-bc10-589abe9ffba8514072Jointer Infeed Stop Assembly0.527.95Jointer Infeed Stop Assembly
266f32bf-f3f6-489f-943b-ea6a1acd708a515554DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Left Leg Leg Cap17.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Left Side Leg Cap
36c1b637-ae50-4f12-8d0e-ea888da630eb5564076x48 Inch 150 Grit Fine A/O Belt Sander Sanding Belts (3 Pack)0.727.95Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Shopsmith sanding belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Belt Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance and durability. Includes: (3) 6" x 48" 150 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts
e70d6d95-2351-4420-a96f-19f5a54d2468515423Strip Sander Wheel Guard0.17.95Strip Sander Wheel Guard
79921ebf-e05c-4ba5-a4d8-4a9542943dcb5564086x48 Inch 120 Grit Medium A/O Belt Sander Sanding Belts (3 Pack)1.327.95Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Shopsmith sanding belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Belt Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance and durability. Includes: (3) 6" x 48" 120 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts
58cf3a63-c493-4d2b-9816-3dbd0ecdaf895058883/4 Inch Brad Point Premium Doweling Bit129.95Brad Point Drill Bits provide superior cutting during precision drilling operations like doweling, drilling uniformly round pilot holes, and for even countersinking. Our Premium Brad Point Doweling Bits are made of high-quality, carbon-steel alloy to maintain sharp cutting edges. Deep-cut, fluted grooves clear material quickly to avoid clogging or burning. Precision-ground pilot tip ensures proper center alignment every time. This Item: 3/4 Inch Premium Brad Point Doweling Bit
9f8161b0-1c15-499f-a215-28b389146f0f5564116x48 Inch 60 Grit Coarse A/O Belt Sander Sanding Belts (3 Pack)1.529.95Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Shopsmith sanding belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Belt Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance and durability. Includes: (3) 6" x 48" 60 Grit Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts
841255e7-4b93-4123-95c3-ebf3a65e55395025779Bandsaw Blade Guide Bracket0.134.95Bandsaw Blade Guide Bracket
bee0055d-1e9a-402a-8930-8d4b0ddac17a857400MARK 4 (Shorty) Owner's Manual (for 557400 + 557400P)0.434.95MARK 4 (Shorty) Owner's Manual (for 557400 + 557400P)
6824be66-5fe3-429a-ad4f-c80fab247a90514272Jointer Feather Guard Mounting Stud0.37.95Jointer Feather Guard Mounting Stud
76a9bb65-78b8-4408-986a-2159ea72e051514704Live Center Extension (for Lathe / Lathe Dup)0.329.95The Shopsmith Lathe Live Center Extension can be used to extend the reach of the Lathe Live Center for short turnings or for added support for deep turning projects. The extension adds an additional 1-1/2 Inches of reach and up to two extentions can be used at a time for 3 Inches of additional length.
359ca21d-1419-4d25-8d9d-becad6ae419e517720Eccentric Post Bracket0.27.95Eccentric Post Bracket
bbd4c75a-2422-4538-8a84-62c88a0a92b9521246Bee Good Non-Toxic Oil Finish0.522.95Bee Good to Your Wood with All Natural, Food Safe Wood Finish! Preserve is a non-toxic oil for use on everything from butcher blocks and cutting boards, to salad bowls and children's toys. This unique blend of nut oils penetrate deeply into wood fibers preventing wooden-ware from absorbing food juices and odors. Rejuvenate your badly abused wood knife handles, cutting boards, dry cracking salad bowls and unprotected butcher blocks. Preserve is conveniently packaged in an easy to use 8 Oz. bottle.
3d846ffa-4e8f-44a8-86eb-de8ce97a87d7514126MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Carriage Lock Handle0.522.95Carriage Lock Handle (for MARK 7/MARK V 520/510/MARK 4)
4148ff2d-7b15-4853-b050-81e83743608e5564126x48 Inch Assorted A/O 80, 100 and 120 Grit Belt Sander Sanding Belts (3 Pack)1.227.95Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Shopsmith sanding belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide material that is both fast-cutting and resistant to loading for longer life. Shopsmith 6 x 48 Inch Belt Sander Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance and durability. Assorted Pack Includes: (3) 6" x 48" Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts (1-Each: 80 Grit, 100 Grit, and 120 Grit)
03af1cf7-e8b5-48c5-b0c9-560deac1bfae300000Bandsaw Dust Chute0.327.95Eliminates Dust At the Source. Suck-up damaging sawdust to keep your shop clean and your Bandsaw operating at its best. One dust chute works well directly under the table. A second Dust Chute at the bottom of the Cover, directly under the first, adds to the dust collection efficiency.
9ef20ab0-8d0e-41aa-a6f3-96baf6c35433505601Lathe Screw Center134.95

The Shopsmith Lathe Screw Center is Ideal for small turning projects. Especially designed for turning small diameter workpieces like knobs and lids from 1-inch to 5-inches long without using a Tailstock Center. Simply drill a pilot hole and thread this center on. Mount the Screw Center with workpiece on the lathe and secure with included set screw. Lathe Screw Center is 1-1/2” diameter and 1-1/2” long with a 5/8” diameter ID.

0734c28b-a950-4791-b4a1-05c9a8d13a1b517838MARK V 510/505 Rip Fence Lock Rod119.95Rip Fence Lock Rod (for MARK V 510, 505)
e4d7d9ea-0a26-47b6-92ef-633c65cbd712942204Giidecote Table & Surface Sealent139.95GlideCote seals and protects your tables from rust, corrosion, sawdust, or other debris, and aids in smooth, even movement of your workpiece across the table surface. (1) 10.75 oz Can
b3a16350-4499-4d5b-9004-1929ab4999715559502-5/16 Dia. x 6 Inch Lg. 80 Grit A/O Medium Drum Sander Sanding Sleeves (6-Pack)0.529.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Includes (6) 6-Inch 80 grit A/O Sanding Sleeves.
4e128677-92ad-4c89-89d9-077788bec790522251Bandsaw Shaft Guard Upgrade Package0.19.95Bandsaw Shaft Guard Upgrade Package
4569d1ee-0ac6-46aa-b4d2-c256973104dd514966DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Collection Bag Clamp Rack0.17.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Collection Bag Clamp Rack
c82a05be-2dbf-4e09-9760-f6641d6e51f8515797Support Bracket Assembly216.95Speed Increaser/Reducer Support Bracket Assembly
81bbc326-890c-440c-ab10-b3cac754f85c51443927 Inch Connector Tube (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)316.95

27 Inch Connector Tube (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)

3b53fa85-aa6d-42b5-ba62-a0d7e24191965027029Bandsaw Blade Tension Nut0.118.95Bandsaw Tension Blade Nut
01c4dfab-5eb1-4dd1-a034-0a38c8309bf6522537Sawdust Session Volume 1 VBook0.516.95Sawdust Session Volume 1 is jam-packed with valuable Tips, all included on this DVD: • Making Mortises with a Mortising Attachment - how to properly set up and use a mortising attachment for a drill press. • Making Mortises on an Overarm Router - See how this unique tool lets you monitor the cut as it progresses, making it much easier to start and stop with precision. • Aligning the Main Table on the Shopsmith MARK V - What you must do to make this critical alignment within a thousandth of an inch. • Precision Sanding with the Conical Sander - Sanding edges perfectly parallel, jointing figured wood, and other tricks with this unique tool. • Choosing and using drill bits - Sort through the hundreds of choices available to you and pick the drill bit best suited for the job. • Vernier Scales for the Stop Collar - This attachment lets you adjust the depth of cut within 1/16" But with these scales, you can get it to within one thousandth! • Ten Cent Mortising Gauge - One thin dime is all you need to properly set up a mortising bit.
bb482041-14fe-4126-b02d-bb4fc71fb876555168Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment1.319.95Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment
3998e722-4aae-433b-b837-5852645e7a93522636PowerPro Motor Pulley Key (Gen 1 & 2)0.47.95PowerPro Motor Pulley Key (Gen 1 & 2)
a2ebaba0-e0eb-49e8-9182-bfde2325b1cb556388Shopsmith 5 Inch 180 Grit Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs (15 Pack)0.216.955" Sanding Discs for Non-Shopsmith Random Orbit Sanders. Shopsmith 5” Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs Feature High Performance Grain on a Durable Plastic Film Backing. Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature advanced technology with a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. Enjoy superior finishing results with these revolutionary film-backed sanding discs that resist tearing and edge wear to give you four times the life and a super-smooth sanding surface. Includes: (15) 180 Grit, 5 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed 8-Hole Sanding Discs
288e1627-b3f4-476a-b9bc-41ad7329ee4652279912 Inch 80 Grit Ceramic Hook & Loop Sandpaper Disc (1 Disc)0.418.95Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Ceramic abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (1) 12 Inch, 80 Grit, Adhesive-Backed Ceramic Sanding Disc.
959fd0e8-c13b-4b86-8367-2a426b46db18514531Rip Fence Dowel Pin0.17.95Rip Fence Dowel Pin
4dcd9be7-c8f0-4e47-bce8-caedcf9436429423285/32" T-Handle Hex Wrench0.19.95T-Handled Hex Wrench (5/32 Inch)
1a4751bd-2d40-4338-8d36-13eafaffd5ee514329MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Carriage Pinion Shaft0.712.95Carriage Pinion Shaft (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
e328f8f3-98c5-4f35-82df-c3b53771366a515219Dust Collector Bag Clip0.17.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Bag Clip
fccf5119-ccde-4067-a2fb-be21d2c2bf84516411Utility Light Support Bracket0.37.95Utility Light Support Bracket
6451afb9-0baf-47ec-b005-0fd02459d411514426Knob with Threaded Insert0.17.95Jigs & Fixtures Knob with Threaded Insert (1-1/4 DIA W 5/16-18)
20e6dd2f-a1d3-4079-a89a-5bd50d7227a0518019Bandsaw/MARK V500 Fence Double Lead Nut0.17.95Double Lead Nut (5/16-18)
5bc29ab2-4ee1-4a94-b863-dc8136a9f32d522200Utility Light Shade-Mounted Magnifier0.359.95SHADE-MOUNTED MAGNIFIER (BLK)
1ef81728-df0a-4169-b21e-eb0deef3384c300008DC-6000/3300 24 Inch Filter Hood269.95Shopsmith heavy-duty, Filter Hoods are made especially for our Dust Collector and cleans the air that's returned to the environment once the dust is removed. As it does this, a cake of dust forms on the inside of the Hood. As the build-up thickens, the Hood traps smaller and smaller particles, increasing its dust-capturing efficiency. The 24 Inch Filter Hood is twice the size of the OEM 12 Inch filter hood and can capture particles as small as 5 microns. Made of a special polyester felt, our Filter Hoods are fully washable.
256e4ecf-2604-45ef-b69f-0b2bba6a3a55555176Router Package (Router Chuck, Shield, Bits)7149.95Shopsmith carbide-tipped router bits have been designed for working with hardwoods, laminates in a production or home shop environment. Each features rugged carbide tips to take and hold a keen cutting edge, with infrequent sharpening.\n\nAll have 1/2-inch shanks for use in the Shopsmith 1/2-inch router chuck (514631). A step up from our standard, high speed steel bits.\n� 3/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521870)\n� 1/2" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521869)\n� 3/8" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521868)\n� 1/4" Straight Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521867)\n� 1/2" Dovetail Carbide-Tipped Router Bit (521866)\n\n1/2� Shopsmith Router Chuck turns your MARK into a great overhead Router Table (514631)\nThis precision machined tool steel Router Chuck has been especially designed to slip onto your MARK V�s 5/8� Spindle and firmly grip any 1/2� shank Router Bit for over-table routing operations.\n\nMade specifically to handle the side thrust associated with Routing. This Router Chuck features two setscrews to grip your Router Bit firmly and a third setscrew to grip your MARK V�s spindle.\n\nCAUTION: Do NOT attempt to perform routing or similar side thrust operations with your 1/2� drill chuck, as this will damage your Chuck. \n\n1/2" Router Chuck with Guard (555191)\nChuck withstands the side-thrust typically accompanying routing operations.\nPrecision-machined from fine tool steel for exceptional durability. Two Setscrews hold virtually any bit or attachment securely. Comes with Shield. 1/2" shank bits only! The Clear Shield protects hands and eyes. The brush knocks down the flying chips and dust to make dust collection more effective.\n\nShopsmith �� Router Chuck allows you to hold � Inch Shank Bits Tightly and Securely (514632)\nHolds �� Shank router Bits in a similar fashion as the �� Router Chuck above PLUS -- Also lets you use Shopsmith's Drum Sanding Set on your Belt Sander's Auxiliary Shaft. Just slip this Router Chuck onto your Belt Sander's Auxiliary Shaft and you'll be ready to Drum Sand all types of projects with our 1/4" shaft Drum Sanding Set. A better choice than using your Drill Chuck, since most geared Chucks (including ours) are not designed to withstand side deflection pressure.\n\n1/4� Router Chuck with Guard (555189)\nChuck withstands the side-thrust typically accompanying routing operations.\nPrecision-machined from fine tool steel for exceptional durability. Two Set-screws hold virtually any bit or attachment securely. Comes with Shield. 1/4" shank bits only! The Clear Shield protects hands and eyes. The brush knocks down the flying chips and dust to make dust collection more effective.\n\nCreate Beautiful Designs and Perfect Dovetail Joints and Rabbets with the Shopsmith Router Package (555176)\nCreate beautiful designs and perfect dovetail joints and rabbets with these router bits. Get exceptionally clean cuts with super-smooth edges so that all your work has that professional finish.\n\nPackage Includes: Router Chuck and Shield, 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4" Straight bits and 1/2" Dovetail Router Bits.\n\nRouter/Shaper Shield Puts Safety Back into Shaping and Routing (555373)\nThis see-through shield clamps around your Mark 7 or Mark V quill with a single setscrew and provides both front eye protection and a rear brush that can be adjusted to meet the top of the fence or your workpiece for added dust collection efficiency. Standard with router and shaper packages.\n\nNote: Not for use with 10-ER, Mark 2 or older-style Mark VII.\n
73d91551-52f5-4387-861f-35b0d4c67138523093Quill Feed Pin Shaft Washers (5 Pack)0.112.95Quill Feed Pin Shaft Washers (5 Pack)
2a183707-983c-4938-b85f-71942b12712f515147Router Arm Rear Guard Dust Chute and Brush Assembly119.95Router Arm, Rear Guard, Dust Chute and Brush Assembly
5c761bf6-782b-4373-9fa1-d94a974a6755555520Utility Light Extra Support Bracket Hardware Pack0.112.95Utility Light Extra Support Bracket Hardware Pack
b500651c-5ccd-433f-8fdf-bc7d0fd723eb501634Set Screw0.45.95Set Screw (5/16-18X3/8)
77e88415-6f91-4b6f-87cd-bda97c95e8ae501311Washer06.95Serrated Washer (.755 ID x 1.25 OD)
1cb055df-0b28-40e3-a921-697cf93ff918501645Retaining Ring0.46.95Retaining Ring
b0a763d7-e951-4c8a-a7e1-da270279a173443334Locking Hex Nut0.45.95Hex Nut (5/16-24)
564883da-f80c-41bb-a47c-8d19ab0727285041729Depth Stop Lock Handle129.95Feed Stop Lock Handle
c897f99f-b679-483b-bed2-045afc482336514342MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Front Trunnion Stop Pin Compression0.45.95Table Front Trunnion Stop Pin Compression Spring Retaining Ring (for MARK 7/MARK V520,510,505)
599e42fa-d1db-48a6-bd51-6153aa4d6192Unisex zip hoodie57For when you get chilly on a summer evening by the lake, or simply need something comfy to throw on, this lightweight unisex zip hoodie with a modern fit, hood, front zip, and a kangaroo pocket is the way to go.

• 50% polyester, 25% airlume combed ring-spun cotton, 25% rayon
• Fabric weight 5.6 oz/yd² (189.9 g/m²)
• Unisex fit (men may want to order a size up for a looser fit)
• Side-seamed construction
• Hooded
• Kangaroo pocket
• Blank product sourced from Nicaragua, Honduras, or the US

This product is made especially for you as soon as you place an order, which is why it takes us a bit longer to deliver it to you. Making products on demand instead of in bulk helps reduce overproduction, so thank you for making thoughtful purchasing decisions!
ad2e5586-1c4e-4621-b541-9c3ac03ec69f522187Wall Bracket Tube1029.95Wall Bracket Tube
0ec116fa-8cec-4f5e-b5cd-6712c2acd658518215Edgewood Featherboard (for All MARKs)0.122.95Part of our award-winning 5-Piece Safety Kit, the Edgewood Feather Board fits all MARK models and is used to hold stock firmly against the fence during cutting operations.
2e9d4852-2252-4b8a-a9a5-92a2e2d69143522063MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505/500 Leg Mounting Hardware Pack118.95Leg Mounting Hardware Pack (for MARK 7/ MARK V)
525f24f7-ce2f-4cd7-811e-1f7993995caa556401Shopsmith 4x36 Inch 36 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt (1 Belt)0.618.95Shopsmith Ceramic Sanding Belts offer unmatched sanding performance and durability for the smoothest finishes and extended belt life. Ceramic abrasive material is long-lasting, avoids loading, and runs cooler than other abrasive materials to ensure an even, smooth finish in less time. Shopsmith Sanding Belts feature a unique industrial-grade backing that provides long-lasting performance while still maintaining the flexibility necessary to sand even the finest of details to perfection. Includes: (1) 4" x 36" 36 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belt
10091010-8238-40d6-bdbb-561fe3d1e990502685Bandsaw Blade Tension Mounting Bracket117.95Bandsaw Tension Control Bracket
a8274a39-5fd4-4eee-952d-da57ac6da8bc556247Premium Retractable Caster Assembly14.5199.95

Move your MARK effortlessly around the shop—built for convenience, engineered for durability.

Shopsmith Premium Retractable Casters are designed specifically for MARK tools, making it easy to glide your machine from one location to another—even over garage or basement concrete expansion joints.

 

Built to Last

Constructed from rugged die-cast aluminum with solid steel rods, these casters feature a spring-loaded mechanism with three settings:

 

  • Step once to raise your MARK ¼" off the ground—perfect for smooth surfaces

  • Step twice to increase ground clearance to ½"

  • Step three to gently lower your MARK back into working position

 

Includes everything needed to upgrade your MARK:

  • (4) 3" diameter by 1-¼" wide polyolefin red wheels mounted on rugged ⅜" steel axles with sealed ball bearings for smooth, quiet rolling. The casters swivel 360° for effortless maneuvering.

  • (2) Caster Brackets

  • Steel Drill Guide with Drill Bit

  • Mounting Hardware

  • Installation Instructions

f9adb28f-32fe-4480-8de0-22d4ba23b122Short Sleeve T-shirt37This t-shirt is comfortable, soft, lightweight, and form-fitting. It's an ideal staple piece for any wardrobe!

• 100% combed ring-spun cotton
• Heather Grey is 90% cotton, 10% polyester
• Fabric weight: 4.3 oz/yd² (145.8 g/m²)
• 32 singles
• Pre-shrunk
• Blank product sourced from Honduras, Nicaragua, Mexico, or Cambodia

This product is made especially for you as soon as you place an order, which is why it takes us a bit longer to deliver it to you. Making products on demand instead of in bulk helps reduce overproduction, so thank you for making thoughtful purchasing decisions!
1b38416e-1e1a-4a4c-bbae-4c8d8335c998556036Carbide-tipped Specialty Saw Blade Package (for MARK V 500)10319.95Sawsmith� 10-inch Carbide-Tipped Thin-Kerf Blades Slice Smoothly Through the Hardest Woods with Less Frequent Sharpening than Steel Blades. \n \nThin Kerfs Make the Difference \nSawsmith� carbide-tipped blades deliver a narrower 3/32" kerf, unlike many blades that cut a kerf of 1/8" or more. As a result, Shopsmith blades cut quickly and efficiently and require less horsepower than many competitive blades. \n \nExpansion Slots Reduce Noise and Vibration For a Cleaner Cut \nSawsmith� blades feature expansion slots to minimize vibration giving you a cleaner cut. They'll also reduce noise the blade produces. \n \nThe Trade-Off Between Ripping, Crosscut and Combination Blade Types \nBefore making your blade selection, it's important to know that there are compromises. Although combination blades deliver excellent cuts in most situations, the best cuts are produced by job-specific blades. \n \nRipping's large chip size requires deep gullets that quickly remove lots of waste. With more space consumed by the gullets, ripping blades have fewer teeth, don�t cut as smooth but also cut faster. Smooth Crosscut Blades make fine dust, so more teeth and shallower gullets produce the best results. If your projects frequently require a large volume of continuous crosscutting or ripping, it stands to reason that you'll enjoy faster cutting and smoother results by using a purpose-specific cross-cut or rip blade.
fbc298ec-6c75-4349-b912-d5377689caa2504216MARK V Worm Gear018.95MARK V Worm Gear
7f302002-471a-41cc-9db8-7bc7289168f4513417MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Table Adjustment Crank Knob0.15.95Table Adjustment Crank Knob (for All MARKs except for MARK V 500)
d4c98776-cce1-42ae-9bb0-e6e2c3bc8d4a5055312-5/16 Dia. x 3 Inch Lg. Assorted A/O Drum Sander Sanding Sleeves0.319.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 2-5/16 Inch Shopsmith Sanding Drum is 3Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. The 3” long sleeves are made with tough, long-lasting A/O Abrasive. Assorted 6-pack includes (2)each 60, 80, and 100 grit sleeves.
27ac7e5a-df86-475a-a261-368a1e140d635025809Bandsaw Lower Blade Guide Block Bracket0.417.95Bandsaw Lower Bracket Backup
47fcc4da-f381-484f-b81c-d7ef79c021e75029179Jointer Adjusting Knob0.422.95Jointer Adjusting Knob
15ec28c5-ede2-4cd4-8bee-64c8043904d9515418Strip Sander Tilting Table Trunnion0.419.95Strip Sander Trunnion
1f218129-bccd-4a24-9a49-b6319487762f514274Jointer Swing Guard Bottom Washer0.118.95Jointer Swing Guard Bottom Washer
4e291d07-5915-48c8-9957-b17e45e0d232515397Strip Sander 1/2" Wide Flat Platen0.317.95Strip Sander 1/2 Inch Platen
81b3c167-9075-46ea-bd69-0d1a091613db555124Power Coupling Classic Kit0.434.95Make the Connection with the Shopsmith Power Coupler!\nThe Shopsmith Power Coupler (503574 Power Coupler Only) is made of a virtually unbreakable plastic compound. Each end mates with splined metal Hubs that attach to your MARK?7 / MARK V / MARK 4 / POWER STATION and Special Purpose Tools such as Bandsaws, Planers, Jointers, etc.\n\nHave It Your Way: Buy the Power Coupler by itself or buy a Complete Power Coupler Kit or a Classic Power Coupling Kit!\n\nNote: The Power Coupler Kit is required to connect Special Purpose Tools (SPT's) to your Shopsmith MARK?7, MARK V or MARK 4. (It became a standard part included with all MARK?7 / MARK V's manufactured since April 1985)\n\nBuy a pair of couplers. By buying two, you'll have a spare handy and save! \n556135 (2) Shopsmith Power Couplers (Couplers Only) \n\nShopsmith Complete Power Coupler Kit (505631)\nGet everything you need to get started using your Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools in one convenient package! \nYou'll receive our durable plastic coupler, two 4-splined metal hubs that attach to the upper & lower drive-side spindles on your MARK?7 or Mark V Smart Motor, PLUS both 5/8" & 1/2" 5-splined accessory hubs to conect all your special purpose tools.\n\nShopsmith Classic Power Coupling Kit (555124)\nOrder a classic coupling kit. The classic power coupling kit includes the coupler and 2 metal hubs (one each for the upper and lower spindles of your MARK?7 / Mark V Smart Motor).\n\nNote: Special Purpose Tool (Bandsaw, Jointer, etc.) accessory hubs are not included. Order the appropriate accessory hubs you need in the Special Purpose Tool Accessory Hubs section below.\n\nAccessory and Drive Hubs\n503572 1/2" SPT Accessory Hub (for Jointer, Jigsaw or Scroll Saw) \n503740 5/8" SPT Accessory Hub (for Bandsaw, Belt Sander, Planer or Strip Sander)\n\nExtra Smart Motor Drive Hubs\n503570 Upper Drive Hub Assembly \n503738 Lower Drive Hub Assembly
a006d198-6645-4f3e-bdc0-579e4610e2cc556387Shopsmith 5 Inch 150 Grit Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs (15 Pack)0.216.955" Sanding Discs for Non-Shopsmith Random Orbit Sanders. Shopsmith 5” Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs Feature High Performance Grain on a Durable Plastic Film Backing. Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature advanced technology with a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. Enjoy superior finishing results with these revolutionary film-backed sanding discs that resist tearing and edge wear to give you four times the life and a super-smooth sanding surface. Includes: (15) 150 Grit, 5 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed 8-Hole Sanding Discs
10b32121-d229-4775-9479-a1254369948b556386Shopsmith 5 Inch 120 Grit Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs (15 Pack)0.216.955" Sanding Discs for Non-Shopsmith Random Orbit Sanders. Shopsmith 5” Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs Feature High Performance Grain on a Durable Plastic Film Backing. Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature advanced technology with a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. Enjoy superior finishing results with these revolutionary film-backed sanding discs that resist tearing and edge wear to give you four times the life and a super-smooth sanding surface. Includes: (15) 120 Grit, 5 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed 8-Hole Sanding Discs
45d94f1d-534d-43b6-95a5-946b63321388555907Nylon Spacers (3/8 ID x 3/8 L) (4 Pack)016.95

Nylon Spacers (3/8 ID x 3/8 L) (4 Pack)

8f565ef2-5946-4b4a-842b-8fd5637aa730515619Belt Sander Idler Drum Spring Washer0.418.95Belt Sander Washer (.64ID)
aa566535-fa99-4c6f-ae6e-e582e9824d70514373MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Upper Saw Guard Support Link Hub0.15.95Upper Saw Guard Support Link Hub (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)
6ae6e5cb-a973-4a69-a0e5-14e7689ea1977550383/4 Dia. x 2 Inch Lg. Assorted A/O Drum Sanding Sleeves0.117.95Shopsmith Premium Drum Sanding Sleeves are best for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. Sleeves are 3/4-Inch Dia. x 2-Inch Long. Assorted 12-Pack Includes (6) Fine, (4) Medium, and (2) Coarse Grit A/O Sanding Sleeves.
1df5efb1-3f71-4cd2-45a6-1786107f1b52557453MARK 5 Sanding Package0399.95

Bring additional finishing capabilities to your Mark 5 with these sanding essentials. Perfect for every sanding job, from surface prep and edge rounding, to detailed work and final finishing.

 

Package includes:

  • 12 Inch Conical Sanding Disc (555435)
  • 12 Inch Assorted A/O Stick-On Conical Sandpaper Discs (3 Pack: 1 Each 60 Grit, 80 Grit, 150 Grit) (555434)
  • 12 Inch 100 Grit A/O Stick-On Fine Sandpaper Discs (6 Pack) (505842
  • Abrasive Cleaning Stick (753523)
a381ec40-de1e-40b8-a56b-a2097400cc86501290Right Hand Stud0.65.95Right Hand Stud
9eb0d21e-aa9e-45cc-8f1c-d2f800745c86515395Strip Sander 1" Wide Flat Platen0.417.95Strip Sander 1 Inch Platen
c91a2dd8-f488-4cf5-8e5b-642580f40aac55543112 Inch 80 Grit A/O Stick-On Conical Sandpaper Discs (3 Pack)0.639.95Shopsmith Conical Abrasive Discs are designed to work exclusively with the Shopsmith Conical Sanding System. The tapered, conical design of the Shopsmith Conical Sanding Disc provides a gentle sanding profile best suited for smoothing highly-figured or composite materials without chipping or tearout. The Conical Sanding System is also key to keeping your Shopsmith Planer and Jointer Knives sharp by using the conical disc and abrasives in conjuction with the Planer/Jointer Knife Sharpening Jig (555928). Our Aluminum Oxide Conical Sandpaper Discs are laser-cut from the same high-performing materials as our standard 12 Inch discs. Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (3) 12 Inch, 80 Grit, Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
f04d846a-9ea4-4969-b452-8339d2e1c479513944Jointer Chip Chute Assembly0.139.95The Shopsmith Jointer Chip Chute Assembly collects shavings at the source keeping the cutterhead free from chips and debris. This item is specifically for Jointers that already have the Rear Blade Guide and Jointer Inner Guard installed.
1874f7f1-e330-4284-ac62-b5f08e16f5f3556390Shopsmith 5 Inch 320 Grit Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs (15 Pack)0.216.955" Sanding Discs for Non-Shopsmith Random Orbit Sanders. Shopsmith 5” Hook & Loop 8-Hole Sanding Discs Feature High Performance Grain on a Durable Plastic Film Backing. Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature advanced technology with a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. Enjoy superior finishing results with these revolutionary film-backed sanding discs that resist tearing and edge wear to give you four times the life and a super-smooth sanding surface. Includes: (15) 320 Grit, 5 Inch Hook & Loop-Backed 8-Hole Sanding Discs
16b652b0-8121-4837-85e7-12de18d48f265055322-5/16 Dia. x 3 Inch Lg. 60 Grit A/O Course Drum Sander Sanding Sleeves (6 Pack)119.95Drum Sanding is used for smoothing the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. This 2-5/16 Inch Shopsmith Sanding Drum is 3Inch long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. The 3” long sleeves are made with tough, long-lasting A/O Abrasive. Includes (6) 60 grit A/O course sanding sleeves.
98228afe-af9e-4bb5-9c9f-83e89cf893f35025589Bandsaw Upper Guide Bracket0.534.95Bandsaw Upper Bracket Backup
8c009856-93c8-4063-af5e-a51973f7d21a5554201/4 Inch Premium 14 TPI Hooked Bandsaw Blade0.439.95Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades are fabricated from high-quality silicon carbide steel with precision-milled teeth for superior, long lasting performance. Our premium bandsaw blades are induction heat treated to ensure an even hardness. Shopsmith blades feature a special tooth set and rake angle ensuring consistent cutting with less pressure on a wide variety of materials reducing heat build-up, prolonging blade life. All Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades include a lifetime warranty on weld integrity. Should your bandsaw blade break at the weld, we'll replace it for free for the lifetime of the blade. Shopsmith's 1/4 Inch Premium Combination Blade features a 14 TPI, raker-style tooth set ideal for fine, detail cutting of soft woods, plywood, plastics, and non-ferrous metals. This blade has a 3/4" minimum radius.
f7f9a8bf-719b-48da-be74-ca34c1a935f2555943Bandsaw45899.95

Our #1 Special Purpose Tool!

 

Cut tight or sweeping curves with the 11 inch bandsaw. Cut simple or intricate curves in wood plastic, and non-ferrous metals. Make compound cuts to create 3-D objects. Quickly cut woods up to 6" thick. Resaw thin boards from thick ones. Pad-saw multiple items simultaneously.

 

Specifications:

  • Maximum depth of cut: 6"
  • 13-1/2" x 15-1/2" table size
  • Table tilt: 5� left to 45� right
  • Table auto-stop at 0�
  • Sealed ball, roller and needle style bearings
  • 700 to 1,050 rpm speed (recommended)
  • Accepts blades: 1/8" to 5/8"
  • Blade tensioning adjustment with built-in scale
  • Automatic blade tracking
  • Weight: 45 lbs

 

Includes:

  • Bandsaw
  • Instruction manual
  • 1/4" combination blade

 

Note: Power coupler required for use with Shopsmith MARK 7, MARK V or Power Station.

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio. Built to order (estimated to ship in minimum 4 weeks).

7a617eab-5044-40b1-8488-4e139e01874c557094DC-3300 to DC-6000 Dust Collector Upgrade Kit (DC-3300 with Metal Main Housing)18.3629.95

DC-3300 To DC-6000 Performance Upgrade Kit (for DC-3300 with Metal Main Housing)

The DC-6000 includes all the best features from the well-engineered, first generation DC3300 Dust Collector PLUS adds the most important new features including a new 1-1/2 Horsepower Motor with new 6-blade Turbo-Fan and High Efficiency Fan Housing. Count on the DC-6000 to allow you to enjoy virtually dust-free woodworking.

Few things are worse for your working environment and your health than a dusty, messy shop. Dusty floors are slippery, dust in lungs can cause serious health problems, and dusty air can contaminate the entire house. Solve all these problems with the DC-6000.

Shopsmith DC-6000 Dust Collector was engineered specifically as a compact, efficient way to suck the wood dust and shavings out of your running Shopsmith machines before they mess up your shop, equipment, clothes, and home.

Then, when you've finished working, you can turn it into an air-cleaning machine by simply disconnecting the hoses, opening all three of its inlets and turning it on. The DC-6000 removes any lingering airborne particles (as small as 7 microns - only 1 micron with optional 42" Hood) from a 12" x 12" shops in about 10 minutes.

Shop-Vacuum vs. Dust Collector:

Heavy-duty shop vacuums are great for sweeping floors, sucking-up water and other general clean-up jobs. But they can't hold a candle to a dedicated Dust Collector when it comes to capturing large volumes of shavings and superfine dust from woodworking machinery. There's No Contest!

Most shop vacuums are wet/dry units. They need a lot of static pressure to suck up nuts, bolts, water, etc. Dust Collectors, on the other hand, are not made for the heavy stuff. Their job is to snatch 90+% of the lightweight dust and debris from your machinery, before it ever has a chance to get loose and become a problem. To do that job, you need high air flow, or CFM (cubic-feet-per-minute) not static pressure, and that's exactly what Dust Collectors deliver in HUGE quantities. In fact, three times or more CFM than a conventional shop vacuum. When it comes to sucking-up sawdust and wood chips, Dust Collectors reign supreme!

Big Powerful Features:
� New, powerful 1-1/2 HP Motor with up to 98% efficiency
� Still one of the quietest Dust Collectors you will find anywhere ? 74 decibels to be precise
� Heavy-duty construction and amazingly great looking!
� (3) 2-1/2 ports enabling you to connect to three machines at once. Exceptional hookup versatility without reducing air flow (CFM) as you add hoses.
� 1 Ready-to-use 8-foot hose & 2 inlet plugs
� A Huge, heavy-duty, 30-gallon see-through, disposable dust bag. Attached and removed with a few turns of a nut driver
� Oversized wheels and casters make for effortless movement
� No extensions needed with the generous 12-foot power cord

Note: If you are using a Wireless Remote Switch to turn on and off the DC-6000 it must be rated for 15-amps.

Specifications:
� Motor: 8 amp 1-1/2 hp capacitor-start industrial motor
� Airflow: 600 CFM
� Bag Capacity: 30 Gallons
� Dimensions: 21"w x 26"d x 48"h
� Power Cord: 12 feet
� Weight: 64 lbs (approximately)

DC-3300 Performance Upgrade Package will provide all the Power of the DC-6000 1-1/2 HP Motor in your existing DC3300!
� This is much more than a "Motor Upgrade", it is a "Performance Upgrade."
� This upgrade improves the old DC3300 to perform just like the new DC-6000.
� This upgrade includes the 1-1/2 hp Motor, New 6-blade Turbo-Fan, with highly efficient Fan Housing and Motor Housing, pre-assembled and quality tested.
� Complete with new Seals and ready to drop into the DC3300 Main Housing.
� Just unplug and remove the old DC3300 Motor, Fan and Fan Housing Assembly and install the pre-assembled DC-6000 Motor, 6-blade Turbo-Fan, with Fan Housing and Motor Housing.
� Now the Performance in the old DC3300 is the same as the new DC-6000.

What�s Included:
� Easy-to-follow instructions.
� All the Necessary Parts and Hardware to Make Upgrading Your DC3300 a snap!
� New powerful 1-1/2 HP Motor with up to 98% efficiency.
� New Motor Housing to accommodate the new, larger motor.
� For Owners with a DC3300 made prior to 1991 (with the metal main housing) this upgrade kit also provides a new leg with a more convenient switch location, the and the addition of collection bag clips (for easy collection bag changes) in the new fully assembled polymer main housing.

Buy The Right Performance Upgrade Kit for Your Machine:
� DC-3300 To DC-6000 Performance Upgrade Kit (for DC-3300 with Plastic Main Housing) (557092)
� DC-3300 To DC-6000 Performance Upgrade Kit (for DC-3300 with Metal Main Housing) (557094)

74f76231-5997-4eae-beb7-273c69dd275a5551171/2 Inch Shaper Arbor (Complete)144.951/2 Inch Shaper Arbor (Complete)
08a2ea5d-d943-4a3e-95f1-dfee034afd09517913Pro Planer Cutterhead Steel Pulley139.95Belt Sander / Planer 3" Steel Pulley
73a8621c-2b61-432f-87a2-16cb18710b06515616Eccentric Bushing Assembly0.239.95Eccentric Bushing Assembly
bd5f851c-20fb-4184-90a4-3f31d31552ff515427Strip Sander Tracking Knob with Stud0.529.95Strip Sander Tracking Knob with Stud
553fe651-da46-4521-9154-7bd8e192b0c6514305MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Upper Saw Guard Hinge Pin0.45.95Upper Saw Guard Hinge Pin (MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
fca9db0c-f816-4bfe-8d04-6445d17f35d9555901Knob with Stud (4 Pack)0.334.95Knob with Stud (4 Pack)
45dff5fc-6c2a-4eed-89b6-b7d1cabb039455543412 Inch Assorted A/O Stick-On Conical Sandpaper Discs0.639.95Shopsmith Conical Abrasive Discs are designed to work exclusively with the Shopsmith Conical Sanding System. The tapered, conical design of the Shopsmith Conical Sanding Disc provides a gentle sanding profile best suited for smoothing highly-figured or composite materials without chipping or tearout. The Conical Sanding System is also key to keeping your Shopsmith Planer and Jointer Knives sharp by using the conical disc and abrasives in conjuction with the Planer/Jointer Knife Sharpening Jig (555928). Our Aluminum Oxide Conical Sandpaper Discs are laser-cut from the same high-performing materials as our standard 12 Inch discs. Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Assorted 3-Pack Includes: (1) Each 60 Grit, 80 Grit, 150 Grit 12 Inch Stick-On Conical Sandpaper Discs
d634ce77-02b5-4cfa-a46f-2714eb276697556490Gilmer to Poly-V Drive System Upgrade16419.95

If you are experiencing loudness, slipping & straining, or overall poor performance of Your Gilmer Smart Motor, you need an upgrade! Move from 1950's technology to today's quiet, highly-efficient Poly-V Drive System! This upgrade kit, the Gilmer Upgrade Without Motor (556490) Includes:

  • High-Speed, Two-Bearing Quill
  • Drive Sleeve Assembly
  • Poly-V Sheave
  • (1) Poly-V Drive Belt
  • Easy-to-follow Instructions

 

The improved Poly-V Belt is a full 7/8 Inch wide with 9-ribs to grip the pulleys for full power transmission. The mating Poly-V Sheave has matching Poly-V pulley grooves machined into it and is high-speed balanced for smooth running performance. Drive Sleeve Assembly has a precision machined Poly-V Pulley with two high speed bearings and extra grooves in the pulley for proper belt alignment on these old machines. Nylon Drive and Ring comes pre-assembled and aligned to the Drive Sleeve Assembly. Double Bearing Quill Assembly is precision machined and factory-aligned with two high speed bearings for smooth operation under load.

d17a1014-61f5-44a3-937a-2aad21341b665551961/2 Inch Premium Combination Bandsaw Blade0.334.95Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades are fabricated from high-quality silicon carbide steel with precision-milled teeth for superior, long lasting performance. Our premium bandsaw blades are induction heat treated to ensure an even hardness. Shopsmith blades feature a special tooth set and rake angle ensuring consistent cutting with less pressure on a wide variety of materials reducing heat build-up, prolonging blade life. All Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades include a lifetime warranty on weld integrity. Should your bandsaw blade break at the weld, we'll replace it for free for the lifetime of the blade. Shopsmith's 1/2 Inch Premium Heavy-Duty Combination Blade features a 6 TPI, raker-style tooth set for all-purpose cutting of wood, plywood, and plastics up to 6 Inches thick, and non-ferrous metals up to 1/2 Inch thick. This blade has a 2 Inch minimum radius.
a8803451-8da1-44d7-9482-bbfd8701f14a555428Shopsmith Speed Reducer15499.95

The Shopsmith Speed Reducer allows you to:

  • Use Forstner Bits, hole saws and multi-spur or clockface bits to bore large diameter holes without fear of burning your workpiece or bits
  • Sand on the Lathe, Disc Sander or Drum Sander without creating unsightly, difficult-to-remove burn marks
  • Cut, sand or grind metals and plastics with your MARK V / MARK 4 or special purpose tools
  • Create heavy and/or oversized faceplate or spindle turnings using the MARK V / MARK 4 lathe function


Selecting the right tools to do the job is the key to achieving professional woodworking results. You already know that the MARK provides the appropriate operating speed for nearly every woodworking task. Now you can expand its capabilities to even higher levels with the amazing Shopsmith Speed Reducer!

Designed for use on the MARK V 520, 510, 505, 500 / MARK 4 the Speed Reducer provides a 7:1 speed reduction ratio. So, instead of its usual 700 to 5200 rpm speed range, your range increases to 100 to 5200 rpm. As a result, you can now perform even more operations while improving safety and increasing your ability to achieve top-quality results.

With the MARK V / MARK 4 set at its lowest speed setting of 700 rpm, the Speed Reducer output spindle will be turning at only 100 rpm! As you increase the speed of Your MARK, the Reducer's rpm also increases at a 7:1 ratio. This provides new levels of speed reduction for whatever operation you are performing including turning, sawing, drilling or boring.

Now, you can drill metals, plastics and large diameter holes in the hardest woods with the Shopsmith Speed Reducer. Use Forstner bits, hole saws and large multi-spur or clockface bits with improved results, added safety and less burning of the bit or the workpiece. Also helpful for fine sanding on the lathe, disc or drum sander and for large diameter turnings. Attaches at three points to Your MARKs spindle and its two way tubes for vibration-free operation. A valuable shop addition!

Features:
A. 3 Point Clamping (adapter assembly attaches firmly to the quill and around way tubes) for sturdiness and stability
B. Rugged Cast Aluminum Housing For Quality and Durability
C. Reverse Tapered Spindle Flat For Added Safety
D. Internal Mechanisms allow for 100-700 RPM at Speed Reducer Output Spindle (Double Poly-V belt drive system is positive in its action and designed to last)

Table of MARK V / MARK 4 Speeds
Speed Dial Setting MARK V / MARK 4 Speed With Reducer
SLOW 700 100
A 750 107
B 850 121
C 950 136
D 1050 150
E 1150 164
F 1300 186
G 1450 207
H 1600 229
I 1750 250
J 1900 271
K 2050 293
L 2200 314
M 2400 343
N 2600 371
O 2800 400
P 3000 429
Q 3250 464
R 3500 500
S 3800 543
T 4100 586
U 4400 629
V 4700 671
W 5100 729
FAST 5200 743

Shopsmith Speed Reducer will Quickly Prove Itself as One of Your Most Valuable Accessories!

4bc2564a-c2af-4914-83ab-f9e4d641fb16522816MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Base Arm Pin0.922.95Base Arm Pin
66782928-fe9f-426f-8bb6-b3159f58f9eb556269Extender with Bolts and Spacers (for MARK V 500 Insert and Vacuum Attachment)0.939.95

Achieving the highest quality, smoothest wood finish must start with a perfectly smooth surface. Achieving that smoothness (especially on a Curved Edge) usually means incrementally sanding raw workpiece edges with coarse, medium and fine grit abrasives. Skip a step and you will end up with poor results.

Without Shopsmith�s Multi-Sand Process, You Would Likely Follow a Normal 3-Step Changeover Process:
1. Install a coarse sleeve to remove the majority of the sawing marks.
2. Repeat the process by removing the coarse sleeve from your drum and replacing it with a medium sleeve.
3. Repeat the process again by replacing the medium sleeve with a fine sleeve and complete your final step.

What if you could cut those three installation steps down to just one � and spend more time sanding and less time changing? You can, thank Shopsmith's Multi-Sand Drum Sleeves!

Shopsmith Multi-Sand Sleeves Eliminate the Changeovers and Get the Job Done Faster!

Here's How It Works:
� Install a 2" high x 2-5/16" diameter fine grit Multi-Sand Sleeve, sliding it all the way to the top of the 6" drum followed by a 2" medium grit sleeve, and finally a 2" coarse grit sleeve.
� Attach the sanding drum to your spindle and you're ready to start sanding.
� Remember, your MARK gives you 4-1/4" of up-down quill travel. That means you can go through all three steps of the sanding process on any piece of stock up to 1" thick by simply moving your quill down for each subsequent step.

With no sleeve changing, nothing could be simpler or faster!\

Multi-Sand Drum Sanding Complete Package Includes:
6" x 2-5/16" Drum Sander
� 1 Each Coarse, Medium, and Fine 2" Long Sanding Sleeves
� Vacuum Attachment
� Vacuum Extender
� Table Insert

Getting Started Is Amazingly Affordable!\nIf you already own the Shopsmith 6" Drum Sander, all you need to get started is a package of our assorted Multi-Sand Sleeves.

If you don't yet own a Shopsmith 6" Drum Sander or any of the optional drum sanding table inserts or vacuum attachments, order the following:
Table Inserts:
� 555119 Drum Sanding Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4)
� 556267 Drum Sanding Table Insert (MARK V 500)
Vacuum Attachments:
� 556257 Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment and Extender (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4)
� 556265 Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment and Extender (for MARK V 500)
� 556268 Extender (with bolts and spacers) (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4)
� 556269 Extender (with bolts and spacers) (for MARK V 500)

Note: Extender is required for those who already own the correct drum sander table insert & drum sander vacuum attachment)

9faaf120-37d7-4b5b-b52c-58a6e7ec1773514520Adjustable Fitting for Telescoping Leg0.529.95Adjustable Fitting for Telescoping Leg
9a4233df-b294-4e09-a46e-b532fc7de5635218833/8 Inch Mortising Bit/Chisel0.339.95

Use these Sturdy Mortising Bits to produce an Heirloom Quality Guifts that will last for Generations.


A mortising bit will allow you to drill square or rectangular holes in a piece of wood. This can be used to create a tenon joint. Precision ground to produce sharp, clean square holes and mortises. 
� 1/2 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521884)
� 3/8 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521883)
� 1/4 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521882) 

 

Other mortising parts:

Mortising Hold Down Assembly (521900)
Attaches to the Rip Fence of your MARK V (Model 500, 510 or 520) to keep your workpiece from lifting when the Bit/Chisel set is withdrawn.

Mortising Hold Down Foot (50377201)
Hold Down Foot. Mounts on Hold Down Rod on Rip Fence

Mortising Attachment (521901)
Attaches to your MARK V's Quill to hold and prevent the Mortising Chisel form turning while the bit inside removes the majority of the stock from the mortise.


Mortising Chisel Honing Stone (521902)
Hollow chisel mortising requires a great deal of downward pressure to shave the sides of the mortise smooth and true. That's why it is extremely important that all four edges of the hollow chisel be kept as sharp as possible. This precision-ground stone has been made specifically for this purpose. The Mortising Chisel Honing Stone is a 50-degree stone for your 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" chisel.

Note: If you own an older model (pre-2000) Mortising System, you'll need to order either 513549 or 513550 to fit the angles of your older mortising chisels.

Mortising Chisel Honing Stone (Red) (513550)
If you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/2" mortising chisels 46.5 degree stone.

Mortising Chisel Honing Stone (White) (513549)
If you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/4" and 3/8" Mortising Chisels 41-degree stone.

Slot Mortising Package (555372)
Easily make strong accurate mortise and tenon joints with the Slot Mortising Package. Use your Speed increaser or Under-Tale Routing to make the mortises and tennons.

Includes: 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" carbide tipped straight router bits, all with 1/2" shanks for rigidity, 1/2" Router Chuck with Shield and the Tenon Master Jig.

15816c27-eba2-4a17-89b8-a3f0af5d0ea9556217NOVA Pen Turning Mandrel Saver0.839.95NOVA G3 Pen Turning with 3 Great Ways to Buy!\n\n1. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214)\nBuy this kit if you already have the Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor and Pen Mandrel. You will be ready to go! \n\n2. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle (556220) (Includes: NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214) + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit) \nStarting from Scratch? Here is Everything You Will Need to Get Started Plus Extra Savings!\n\n3. NOVA Pen Turning Accessory Completer Kit (556219) (Includes: NOVA Pen Jaws + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Mandrel Saver)\nThe Perfect Choice if You Already have the NOVA G3 Chuck!\n\n\nNOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle will enable you to turn Beautiful colorful pens out of wood and acrylic alike. The NOVA G3 Turning Bundle (556220) includes the highly popular G3 Chuck with standard 50mm jaws, plus the Pen Plus Jaws, Mandrel Saver and the Woodworm Screw PLUS the special Insert made specially to connect with to Your Shopsmith Spindle. \n\nYou will love the solid construction, minimal vibration and ease-of-use. The NOVA G3 Lathe Chuck Package, made exclusively for use on Shopsmith equipment, has become a customer-favorite chuck for lathe turning. It is made especially for Shopsmith Lathe with up to a 16" of swing over the bed. The G3 is a self-centering chuck, so all four jaws close at the same time by turning a single key. With only one hand needed to close the chuck, your other hand is free to align the stock. And you will love the sturdy storage case which makes it easy to keep your kit free from dust and in top operating condition.\n\nWhat You Can Expect:\n� Small, compact design minimizes load on small spindles and bearings\n� Dedicated, close fitting Insert using only the standard 5/32" Allen wrench to install. No separate insert tools required\n� Single-handed operation with included chuck key\n� Four jaw design firmly grips both round and square wood?Tufflock geared grip provides a powerful, positive hold\n� Locking set screw allows it to be used for sanding in reverse mode when mounted on the PowerPro Smart Motor.\n� Wide range of available accessory jaws (Note that although all Nova jaws will fit, not all are recommended for use with the G3)\n� Jaw slides made from high-tech copper fused steel for maximum hardness, wear, and self-lubricating properties\n� Precision machined in one operation from a solid steel block for optimal accuracy\n� Polished finish to allow for closer tolerances and accuracy\n� Safe Lock� Woodworm screw included for fast mounting of rough timbers\n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor 505603 required to hold the Drill Chuck for center drilling the penstock\n� 5 Year Warranty (Chuck Only) - One of the Best in the Business!\n\n\nNOVA's Pen Plus Jaws quickly convert your NOVA G3 chuck into a fast, accurate pen blank drilling tool. The large jaw profile provides a solid grip for all sizes of pen blanks, and a perfectly centered hole, every time. Being able to finely control the drill Quill feed on your lathe helps to prevent break out on delicate pen walls. Pen Plus Jaws are also perfect for squaring up the pen blank ends after gluing in the tubes. But here's the ''Plus'' in Pen Plus�the heavy-duty design of the jaws means that they're also powerful enough to handle larger, longer spigot work. With an internal profile that accepts square turning blanks, and a rock-solid grip over 1-1/2" long, the jaws perform admirably, with minimal vibration. \nPen mandrels can bend when you extend the mandrel tip into the tailstock center point. With the NOVA Pen Mandrel Saver, the mandrel shaft goes through the hollow live center, providing support without pressure. The pen bushings will rest against the center with little to no pressure on the mandrel shaft.\nOnly Need One Piece? NO PROBLEM! All Items Also Sold Separately!\n� Pen Turning Jaws (556218)\n� Shopsmith Pen Turning Mandrel (556216)\n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor (for All MARKs) (505603)\n� NOVA Pen Turning Mandrel Saver (556217)\n
170b6ce8-3939-48ed-b4ec-84a9efbcd99d555119Drum Sander Table Insert (for all MARKs except MARK V 500)0.849.95Drum Sander Table Insert (for all MARKs except MARK V 500)
ca41bc47-72f5-4656-b30e-c6700a39ef90514448Table Lock Handle0.527.95Table Lock Handle
a05f0209-7f21-4372-808e-05a448e655ba522368MARK 7 / MARK V520 Extension Table with Front and Rear Rails7.5199.95Extension Table (for MARK 7/MARK V 520)
17501c22-bf85-4dcd-b3cb-3803b8ec5e8751372304Shopsmith Logo Name Plate0.639.95Shopsmith Name Plate
b0d456fb-f7aa-499b-a2ce-2ff3b8e9b188555643Planer Chip Chute Upgrade144.95

The Planer Dust Chute Upgrade keeps your workshop extra clean and improves the efficiency of an old planer chip chute. Unlike today’s planer chip chute, if you have an older version made before June 1992, you will need the planer chip chute upgrade to maximize Your chip and dust removal (for use with all 300001 Planer Dust Chutes manufactured before 6/1/92).

cba12969-be94-49d7-930b-e2fb9bc766e45554215/8 Inch Woodcutting Bandsaw Blade0.339.95Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades are fabricated from high-quality silicon carbide steel with precision-milled teeth for superior, long lasting performance. Our premium bandsaw blades are induction heat treated to ensure an even hardness. Shopsmith blades feature a special tooth set and rake angle ensuring consistent cutting with less pressure on a wide variety of materials reducing heat build-up, prolonging blade life. All Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades include a lifetime warranty on weld integrity. Should your bandsaw blade break at the weld, we'll replace it for free for the lifetime of the blade. Shopsmith's 5/8 Inch Premium Woodcutting Blade features a 3-4 TPI variable tooth set for the most aggressive cutting action. This blade is exclusively used to perform straight-line cutting of wood up to 6 Inches thick. This blade has a 2 Inch minimum radius and is not recommended for use with any material other than wood products.
20690cc0-3773-4cdb-8574-43bd2296d7915219841/8 Inch Premium Combination Bandsaw Blade (14 TPI Raker .025" Thick)0.139.95Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades are fabricated from high-quality silicon carbide steel with precision-milled teeth for superior, long lasting performance. Our premium bandsaw blades are induction heat treated to ensure an even hardness. Shopsmith blades feature a special tooth set and rake angle ensuring consistent cutting with less pressure on a wide variety of materials reducing heat build-up, prolonging blade life. All Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades include a lifetime warranty on weld integrity. Should your bandsaw blade break at the weld, we'll replace it for free for the lifetime of the blade. Shopsmith's 1/8 Inch Premium Combination Blade features a 14 TPI, raker-style tooth set ideal for fine, detail cutting of soft woods, plywood, plastics, and non-ferrous metals. This blade has a 1/4 Inch minimum radius and must be used in conjunction with our Bandsaw Cool Blocks (555374).
af980948-fa7a-4cfc-8726-8041a0dc6e585218841/2 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel0.444.95

Use these Sturdy Mortising Bits to produce an Heirloom Quality Guifts that will last for Generations.


A mortising bit will allow you to drill square or rectangular holes in a piece of wood. This can be used to create a tenon joint. Precision ground to produce sharp, clean square holes and mortises. 
� 1/2 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521884)
� 3/8 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521883)
� 1/4 Inch Mortising Bit and Chisel (521882) 

 

Other mortising parts:

Mortising Hold Down Assembly (521900)
Attaches to the Rip Fence of your MARK V (Model 500, 510 or 520) to keep your workpiece from lifting when the Bit/Chisel set is withdrawn.

Mortising Hold Down Foot (50377201)
Hold Down Foot. Mounts on Hold Down Rod on Rip Fence

Mortising Attachment (521901)
Attaches to your MARK V's Quill to hold and prevent the Mortising Chisel form turning while the bit inside removes the majority of the stock from the mortise.


Mortising Chisel Honing Stone (521902)
Hollow chisel mortising requires a great deal of downward pressure to shave the sides of the mortise smooth and true. That's why it is extremely important that all four edges of the hollow chisel be kept as sharp as possible. This precision-ground stone has been made specifically for this purpose. The Mortising Chisel Honing Stone is a 50-degree stone for your 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" chisel.

Note: If you own an older model (pre-2000) Mortising System, you'll need to order either 513549 or 513550 to fit the angles of your older mortising chisels.

Mortising Chisel Honing Stone (Red) (513550)
If you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/2" mortising chisels 46.5 degree stone.

Mortising Chisel Honing Stone (White) (513549)
If you own a Pre-1990 Mortising System. For 1/4" and 3/8" Mortising Chisels 41-degree stone.

Slot Mortising Package (555372)
Easily make strong accurate mortise and tenon joints with the Slot Mortising Package. Use your Speed increaser or Under-Tale Routing to make the mortises and tennons.

Includes: 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" carbide tipped straight router bits, all with 1/2" shanks for rigidity, 1/2" Router Chuck with Shield and the Tenon Master Jig.

0bddef89-5650-4575-8470-f289e7ef8bc75554191/4 Inch Premium Bandsaw Combination Blade (1/4x.025x6T)0.234.95Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades are fabricated from high-quality silicon carbide steel with precision-milled teeth for superior, long lasting performance. Our premium bandsaw blades are induction heat treated to ensure an even hardness. Shopsmith blades feature a special tooth set and rake angle ensuring consistent cutting with less pressure on a wide variety of materials reducing heat build-up, prolonging blade life. All Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades include a lifetime warranty on weld integrity. Should your bandsaw blade break at the weld, we'll replace it for free for the lifetime of the blade. Shopsmith's 1/4 Inch Hooked-Tooth Premium Combination Blade is the standard OEM blade that comes pre-installed on all new Shopsmith Bandsaws. This blade features a 6 TPI, hook-style tooth set making it the perfect all-around bandsaw blade for even, consistent cutting of wood, plywood, plastics, and non-ferrous metals. This blade has a 3/4 Inch minimum radius.
7df3af6a-0143-4165-8fdb-d385e7e704cc52170803Extra Flip Stop Assembly (for Bandsaw & MV 500/505/510 without Extension Rail)0.539.95

Extra Flip Stop Assembly (for Bandsaw, MV 500 Upgraded Fence & MV 505/510 without Extension Rail)

 

Flip-Up Rip Fence Stop ensures repeatability for a variety of operations. The perfect accessory for creating multiple stopped dadoes, grooves, molding bandsaw cuts & repetitive drilling and routing operations.

 

The 24" aluminum extension rail attaches to the T-Slot on top of the rip fence on your Shopsmith machine. It also attaches to the fence upgrade for Shopsmith Bandsaws and MARK V 500 fence upgrades. 

 

Just slide the flip stop into position along the rail and lock with a quick twist of a knob. Twin washers hold the Rail parallel with the fence when it's extended beyond the fence end. The flip stops can be adjusted up to 32" from the center of the worktable on Your MARK V 510, 505 (31" on a MARK 7 / MARK V 520 / MARK 4). Fits on later Model 500's with t-slot on top. Stop Levers are reversible to work on either side of the fence. 

 

Order extra flip-up fence stops so you can have multiple stops on your fence at any time.

7e61e09e-a7ce-4160-a9ff-e626f0e66b9452170801Extra Flip Stop Assembly (M7 without Extension Rail & MV’s with Extension Rail)139.95

Extra Flip Stop Assembly (for MARK 7 & Pro-Fence Table Systems without Extension Rail & MV 505/510 with Extension Rail)

 

Flip-Up Rip Fence Stop ensures repeatability for a variety of operations. The perfect accessory for creating multiple stopped dadoes, grooves, molding bandsaw cuts & repetitive drilling and routing operations.

 

The 24" aluminum extension rail attaches to the T-Slot on top of the rip fence on your Shopsmith machine. It also attaches to the fence upgrade for Shopsmith Bandsaws and MARK V 500 fence upgrades. 

 

Just slide the flip stop into position along the rail and lock with a quick twist of a knob. Twin washers hold the Rail parallel with the fence when it's extended beyond the fence end. The flip stops can be adjusted up to 32" from the center of the worktable on Your MARK V 510, 505 (31" on a MARK 7 / MARK V 520 / MARK 4). Fits on later Model 500's with t-slot on top. Stop Levers are reversible to work on either side of the fence. 

 

Order extra flip-up fence stops so you can have multiple stops on your fence at any time.

8679ac04-f2f8-4c54-9acf-aaf35e1939e15219871/2 Inch Premium (4 Tooth) Combination Bandsaw Blade0.339.95Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades are fabricated from high-quality silicon carbide steel with precision-milled teeth for superior, long lasting performance. Our premium bandsaw blades are induction heat treated to ensure an even hardness. Shopsmith blades feature a special tooth set and rake angle ensuring consistent cutting with less pressure on a wide variety of materials reducing heat build-up, prolonging blade life. All Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades include a lifetime warranty on weld integrity. Should your bandsaw blade break at the weld, we'll replace it for free for the lifetime of the blade. Shopsmith's 1/2 Inch Premium Woodcutting Blade features a 4 TPI, hook-style tooth set ideal for resawing and heavy-duty cutting operations for wood, plywood, and plastics up to 6 Inches thick. This blade has a 2 Inch minimum radius and is not recommended for metal cutting.
97aea757-8d70-4c02-9dc9-104abb89e4a7514645Sharpening Jig Hardware Pack0.437.95Sharpening Jig Hardware Pack
9223f94f-a9bd-42fe-89f2-564e9a2d2a3d502555Bandsaw Upper Blade Guide Locking Handle Assembly1.539.95Bandsaw Upper Blade Guide Locking Handle Assembly
a53d3dbc-7f56-4d3f-b724-7238548d3d3aMen’s Columbia short sleeve button shirt73Get ready to own the great outdoors! This adventure-ready shirt packs Omni-Wick™ tech to keep you dry and cool and UPF 40 protection, so you can soak up the sun without worry. It’s got all the right pockets and loops for your gear, making it a must-have for your next big trip.

• Branded with Columbia logo
• Omni-Wick™ moisture management
• Omni-Shade™ UPF 40 sun protection
• Mesh-lined vent at the back for breathability
• Antimicrobial treatment for odor control
• Rod-holder loop on the left chest
• Multiple chest pockets
• Blank product sourced from China

This product is made especially for you as soon as you place an order, which is why it takes us a bit longer to deliver it to you. Making products on demand instead of in bulk helps reduce overproduction, so thank you for making thoughtful purchasing decisions!
94d42d44-98e8-4b7e-bf87-f81ded0eb348556212NOVA G3 Lathe Chuck Package5.3259.95

The NOVA G3 Lathe Chuck Package is exclusively manufactured for Shopsmith -- Only this Shopsmith package includes the T-Bar Wrench and the Wormwood Screw

The NOVA Lathe Chucks are precision machined to the closest tolerances from the highest quality steels. This premier quality, self-centering scrolling chuck allows you to attach and detach your turnings without leaving unsightly screw holes or having to glue scrap blocks to them that can be difficult to remove. A quick turn of the geared, T-Handled Wrench moves all four jaws smoothly and in unison to grasp your workpiece firmly. Other chucks use jaw profiles that are engineered to grasp hard materials such as steel or rounded profiles and often crush the wood fibers without digging in to hold the stock securely. The unique NOVA dovetail jaw profile and chuck gearing are carefully designed to hold the wood firmly without crushing it.

You can count on a secure hold, whether you're gripping end grain or side grain and feel confident that your gripping pressure will be spread over a wide area, helping to prevent damage to your workpieces.

The 1.889" long by 0.507" diameter Woodworm Screw offers a deep, fine thread that is precision machined all the way to the end of the screw, allowing it to lead easily into a 9/32" diameter pilot hole in soft woods (5/16" for hardwoods) and grip the wood tightly. It features a square shank and locating groove that locks positively into the NOVA chuck body.

The Insert Adapter is also precision machined to close tolerances from high strength carbon steel. It features a wide mounting face to eliminate wobble and is designed specifically for attachment to the 5/8" diameter Shopsmith spindle with your standard 5/32" allen wrench.

The Value Pin Jaw Set enhances your turning capabilities. This jaw set is designed to expand into a pre-bored hole in your workpiece. This makes it the ideal choice for turning bowls with free form edges. However, unlike pin chucks, which typically only work in a single sized hole, these jaws will grip a range of different hole sizes, so you won't be limited to a single size drill bit for this mounting hole.

The long jaws can be used to provide a powerful, more stable external (contraction) grip when turning miniature or smaller diameter spindles. Or for those times when you need to use an internal (expansion) grip on smaller diameter bowls, turned boxes and similar projects, it is included with your G3 purchase!

Chuck Expanding Contracting (External Gripping Action)
(Internal Gripping Action) Square Mode Spigot Mode
Min Max Min Max Min Max
G3 2.008" 2.835" 1.220" 2.047" 1.654" 2.520"
Pin Jaws 1.024" 1.811" 0.278" 1.102" 0.394" 0.748"

Features:
• Quality Materials and Precision Machining (body made from precision machined 1045 high tensile steel)
• Common Accessory Jaw Mounting Profile - compatible across all NOVA chucks and accessories
• High Tech Precision Composite Jaw Slides
• Special Woodturning Dovetail Profile on Jaws
• Auto Safety Stop Feature - Jaw slides can't protrude past the chuck body
• Open back for easy cleaning
• Comprehensive Instructions
• Common Insert/Adaptor Fitting - compatible across all NOVA chucks
• Safe Lock™ Woodworm Screw

Package Includes:
• Shopsmith NOVA G3 Chuck
• Pin Jaw Set
• Shopsmith Chuck Adapter
• 50mm Jaw Set
• Fasteners
• T-Bar Handle
• Woodworm Screw
• Instructions

A Top-Quality, Highly Versatile Lathe Chuck System at a Great Value! And, there is a 5 Year Warranty (Chuck Only) - One of the Best in the Business!

b8e7580d-0d8f-458c-a320-d7127c5cab34515396Strip Sander 1/2" Radius Curved Platen0.337.95Strip Sander Curved Platen
b1674209-438f-48a6-9372-6f4ee9e146e9555060Shopsmith Utility Stand (27.5" Tall)19.3209.95STURDY. LIKE NO OTHER. The Shopsmith Special Purpose Tool (SPT) Power Stand is dressed-to-impress with custom-made, heavy-duty steel construction. The heavy-gauge-steel tapered legs are larger at the top to support the weight of all your Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools securely and run with less vibration. \nGet The Shopsmith Power Stand for each of Your Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools including Bandsaw (#1 Selling Accessory), Belt Sander, Jointer, Scroll Saw, & Strip Sander. \n \nShopsmith's All-Inclusive, Machine-Specific Power Stands Give You Ready-To-Go Woodworking Convenience for Your Shopsmith Special-Purpose Tools! No need to switchover each time you want to use one of your Special Purpose Tools just power up whenever you are ready by using Your Power Stand. The Shopsmith Power Stand makes sure Your Special Purpose Tools are ready when you are! \n� With Your Shopsmith Power Stand, there is no more lifting back and forth. \n� Small footprint - just store in a corner and slide it out as needed. \n� Made exclusively for the Shopsmith Woodworking System with sturdy all steel construction Powder Coated for durability. \n� Plus, a Heavy-Duty, 1.25 Service Factor, 3/4 HP 11.3-amp motor ready to deliver an additional 25% performance output, on-demand, to handle even the toughest jobs with ease � THAT�S NEARLY 1-FULL HP OF TOP-END PERFORMANCE! \n \nUniversal Stand (555060) \nThe Universal Stand is ideal for the customer that wants to use their own Motor, Motor mount, Switch, Power Cord and Machine Mount. Even their own machine. The Universal Stand is made from the same rugged steel components as the SPT Power Stand but without the extra components you have already for your own machine. Add only what you need to design your own custom stand. \n \nLeg Extenders (557108) \nRaise your Special Purpose Tool a full 6" for comfort, convenience, or both! If you are taller than average or just want the Belt Sander, Strip Sander or Bandsaw a little taller to see your work better. Maybe you want the Jointer a little taller so you don�t have to bend over so far to push the workpiece through the machine. These 6� Leg Extenders will give you the extra lift you have always wanted. \n \nRetractable Casters \nDo not Forget the Retractable Casters. They add mobility to your SPT Stand. Simply move the SPT Stand out of where you store it. Use it. And roll it back out of the way. Retractable Casters let you move your Power Stand effortlessly wherever you want to use it. Then, with a touch of your toe, the Caster Wheels retract, placing rubber feet of the stand securely on the floor. For sturdy support under each of your SPT�s. Each Retractable Caster Wheel is designed to swivel in the corner of the stand, giving you full 360-degree mobility. The 2-inch diameter wheels are made from a very durable solid black polymer that will last for years and years. \n \nShopsmith Retractable Casters are available for either the Standard Height SPT Power Stand or the SPT Power Stand with Leg Extenders. \nStandard Height SPT Stand Casters (555353) \nExtended Height SPT Stand Casters (557124) \n \nSPT Individual Belt and Pulley Packages \nBelt and Pulley Packages are available for each SPT. If you only have room for one stationary SPT Power Stand, buy the SPT Power Stand for your Favorite SPT. Then for the rest of your SPT�s waiting in the wings, buy separate Pulley Packages for each. Then you simply change the belt and pulleys when you want to convert the SPT Power Stand to run a different machine. Use the same Motor, Switch, Cord, ALL ON THE SAME STAND. Simply change the belt and pulleys. \nBandsaw Belt and Pulley Package (514084) \nBelt Sander Belt and Pulley Package (514085) \nJointer Belt and Pulley Package (514087) \nScroll Saw Belt and Pulley Package (515570) \nStrip Sander Belt and Pulley Package (521767)
31cde779-a1ed-49f2-b552-9d7cc7bc0b2e522359MARK 7 Pro Fence System Rip Fence Assembly15309.95MARK 7 Pro Fence System Rip Fence Assembly
1754bc8b-5a11-4d60-97bb-cab47a56aa15555355Belt Sander36849.95

Save time and Money by using One of Our Most Versatile Tools - The 6” x 48” Shopsmith Belt Sander (555355) Few tools will save you more work and time than a Stationary Belt Sander. Its straight-line action removes stock quickly and easily, then smooths surfaces and edges to a glass like surface by changing to a fine grit belt. What You Will Want to Do with Your New Shopsmith Belt Sander: Belt sanders are the ideal tool for smoothing the surfaces and edges of both narrow and wide boards as well as component assemblies. You'll use it to make easy work of home shop sanding jobs such as: • Removing unsightly mill marks from sawn stock • Sanding bevels, miters and other cuts while using the table and Miter Gauge to maintain a precise angle or size • Contour sanding odd-shaped workpieces on the back side of the belt (which runs free without a back-up plate) • Sanding protruding joinery (finger laps, lap joints, mortise-and-tenons, dovetails, etc.) flush with workpiece edges or surfaces • Sanding small or unusually-shaped parts that may be difficult or impossible to hold for sanding with hand-held power sanders • Sanding Paint from the surfaces of refinishing projects When you want to remove stock quickly, sanding across the grain or with the grain, use a coarse belt. Use the Shopsmith Belt Sander with a medium belt when you want to smooth the end of a piece of stock or sand the face or edge with the grain. In fact, thanks to its straight-line cutting action, you can produce surfaces, edges or ends that are smooth as glass and straight as an arrow by simply changing to a fine grit belt. The accuracy is built-in to this machine with a heavy duty Steel back-up Platen, a tilting Cast Iron support table with Miter Gauge Slot. When you need true 90° edges, position the worktable along the side of the belt so its surface is 90° to the belt surface and then use the table as a precision rip fence-type guide. When you need precise, 2-way 90° corners, position the worktable across the belt with its surface 90° to the belt surface and then use the table as a precision back-up to maintain the angle of the stock during sanding and lock in the Miter Gauge. When you need precise, 3-way 90° corners just use your belt sander's table slot to bring your MARK miter gauge, locked in the table slot into the equation, for more control. Even compound angles can be sander with this set-up! As with all Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools, your Belt Sander offers a number of great features and accessories to help you make everything you make - BETTER! MARK or Stand Mount -- Every Shopsmith Special Purpose Tool offers the option of mounting and powering it with your Shopsmith - or with its own, individual, motorized stand. 6" x 9" Support Table -- Tilts and locks into position to control sanding angles and to act as a back-up during precise operations. It may be used across the belt, parallel to it on either side or at any angle for support when surfacing or edging stock. Your MARK's Miter Gauge may be used with the table for added control. Automatic Belt Tensioning and Tracking -- Just twist the tensioning knob until it clicks to release the tension for belt changes. Then, depress the knob release lever and everything snaps back to normal belt tension automatically. No tension settings required. Special high-crown idler drum helps to keep the belt on-track at all times, without the need for constant adjustments. Free-Running Belt on Back Side -- Since the back side of the belt has no back-up plate, it will flex and give to match the external contours of workpieces. Built-In Dust Collection Port -- 2-1/2" dust collection port helps you capture the fine dust created by your belt sander before it gets into your shop environment. 2-1/2" Dust Collection Elbow allows you to position the belt sander vertical, horizontal or in between without kinking the hose. Auxiliary Power Shaft -- 5/8" shaft extends from the drive roller to accept the Shopsmith Drum Sander (505552). Or, use your Shopsmith 1/4" Router Chuck to hold our small drum sanders. Specifications: • Belt Size - 6" x 48" • Table Size - 6" x 9" • Table Tilt - 0 to 20° into belt 45° away from belt • Backup Plate - 6" x 16-1/2" • Bearings – 2 Permanently Lubricated Ball Bearings (one on each end of the Drive Drum) • 2-Oil Impregnated Sleeve Bearings (one on each end of the Idler Drum) • Drums - (2) 3" diameter x 6-1/8” long (Drive drum rubber coated) • Speed - 1,150 to 1,900 rpm (recommended) • Weight - 36 lbs. Includes: • Belt Sander • Instruction Manual and • (1) 80-Grit Belt

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio. Built to order (estimated to ship in minimum 4 weeks).

de3bda01-c4da-4d46-b422-8e3890f5739aShopsmith Hat28.5Dad hats aren't just for dads. This one's got a low profile with an adjustable strap and curved visor.

• 100% chino cotton twill
• Green Camo color is 35% chino cotton twill, 65% polyester
• Unstructured, 6-panel, low-profile
• 6 embroidered eyelets
• 3 ⅛” (7.6 cm) crown
• Adjustable strap with antique buckle
• Blank product sourced from Vietnam or Bangladesh

This product is made especially for you as soon as you place an order, which is why it takes us a bit longer to deliver it to you. Making products on demand instead of in bulk helps reduce overproduction, so thank you for making thoughtful purchasing decisions!
305a1627-a4bb-4ad8-a976-f217675d4a1555543012 Inch 60 Grit A/O Stick-On Conical Sandpaper Discs (3 Pack)0.539.95Shopsmith Conical Abrasive Discs are designed to work exclusively with the Shopsmith Conical Sanding System. The tapered, conical design of the Shopsmith Conical Sanding Disc provides a gentle sanding profile best suited for smoothing highly-figured or composite materials without chipping or tearout. The Conical Sanding System is also key to keeping your Shopsmith Planer and Jointer Knives sharp by using the conical disc and abrasives in conjuction with the Planer/Jointer Knife Sharpening Jig (555928). Our Aluminum Oxide Conical Sandpaper Discs are laser-cut from the same high-performing materials as our standard 12 Inch discs. Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist build-up, and outlast the competition. These discs are workhorses in the shop, easily handling tough sanding jobs, tool sharpening, and more with superior durability and performance. Made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. Includes (3) 12 Inch, 60 Grit, Adhesive-Backed A/O Sanding Discs.
b2cc6463-44ca-41a7-b016-8a984e2cb9b3518218Edgewood Fence Straddler (for MARK V 510, 500)0.837.95Part of our award-winning 5-Piece Safety Kit, this version of the Edgewood Fence Straddler fits MARK models 500/505/510 and is used to guide thin stock past the blade during ripping operations. The heel of the Fence Straddler holds the end of your workpiece securely ensuring fingers stay out of the way of the saw blade.
c37172aa-da65-42a2-9b3f-338105128436556460Strip Sander with Chisel Sharpening Attachment5749.95Shopsmith Strip Sander is the Best Detail Sander on the Market! (555309) This Versatile, Compact Machine Works Equally Well With All Types and Shapes of Materials. The Strip Sander is an often-forgotten, value-priced workshop addition that will save you countless hours of tedious hand work on a variety of woodworking tasks, as well as grinding, sharpening and polishing of chisels, other workshop edged tools and garden implements of all types. Use Your Choice of a narrow 1" or 1/2" belt to achieve the same kinds of work-saving convenience that you've come to expect from your full-sized stationary or portable belt sanders - just on a smaller scale. You'll Use Your Strip Sander to: • Smooth the external edges of small craft, model or miniature projects • Sand or grind intricate internal cut-outs on projects of all types, thanks to its unique belt re-threading capability • Grind metal objects or shape parts made of plastic, bone or other materials • Sharpen chisels, knives, scissors, metal snips or lawn and garden tools • Put a keen edge on bevel-edged or turning chisels using the optional chisel sharpener Feature-Packed for Ease of Operation and First-Rate Results Oversized tilting table is 11" x 11", made of rugged die-cast aluminum and tilts from 0 to 45° for precision beveling or working on sharpening jobs. Its generous size provides plenty of rock-solid support for your most critical tasks. Interchangeable Flat & Curved Platens support the belt during straight or curved sanding or grinding jobs. You'll get both 1" and 1/2" flat platens plus a 1/2" radius curved platen. You can even remove the platens completely for unsupported light sanding of delicate workpieces. Exposed Upper Tracking Wheel lets you sand the flowing external curves of valances, decorative trim and similar projects. Simple Tracking Adjustments & Automatic Belt Tensioning make using this machine hassle-free. A quick twist of the single tracking knob keeps the belt running straight and true - while the spring-loaded tracking wheel automatically keeps the belt on-track, without fiddling. Built-In Dust Port lets you use your in-shop dust collector to capture dust and other debris before they become a problem in your shop. Specifications: Belt Sizes – 1” (or 1/2") x 42" Platens - 1" flat, 1/2" flat & 1/2" radius curved Table Size - 11" x 11" (5-1/2" of table in front of platen) Table Tilt - 0 to 45° - forward only Throat Depth - 6" behind platen (with table at 90-degrees) Maximum Stock Thickness - External Sanding 4" - Internal (Piercing Cuts) 3-1/4" (with table at 90-degrees) Speed Range (recommended) - 700 rpm - 2,500 rpm Dimensions - 7" L x 11" W x 15" D Weight -15 lbs. Note: Power Coupler required for use with the MARK or Power Station. WARNING: Do not use Dust Collection of any type while sharpening or grinding. The hot sparks will catch this machine on fire. Chisel Sharpening Attachment makes Your Shopsmith Strip Sander a Sharpening Whiz! (555812) Add this easy-to-use Attachment to Your Shopsmith Strip Sander and you'll be putting super-keen, razor-sharp edges on all your Bench and lathe chisels before You know it! Just replace your Strip Sander's Table with this attachment, switch to the special angles Sharpening Platen and You'll be ready to start sharpening in less than two minutes. Drop the end your Chisel's handle into the Holder, adjust for length and desired angle, tighten the two knobs and start sharpening. It's that easy! Includes: Attachment, Platen, Upper Drum Guard and Superfine Assorted Belt Kit. BUNDLE & SAVE Get the Shopsmith Strip Sander with the Chisel Sharpening Attachment. (556460) In addition to all the regular features of the Shopsmith Strip Sander, you gain the ability to put a razor-sharp edge on your bench chisels and lathe chisels. Order the combination package and SAVE compared to individual prices!
b0f08ba0-ed77-45d2-82a8-56be23fbd5c0555868All-Inclusive Lathe Tool Rest Package39409.95

The 35-pound Universal Lathe Tool Rest will do more to improve your lathe yurning results than any other tool! This heavy, rigid, cast iron tool rest system gives you all the rock-solid lathe tool support and reach you'll ever need. You'll quickly "hog-out" huge amounts of waste or deliberately and delicately produce intricate designs with equal ease and assured, super-smooth results every time.


Its unique triple-jointed design lets you swing the arm and support in any direction to position your tool rest deep within the deepest bowls, vessels or goblets - even around the back side of large diameter faceplate or chuck-mounted turnings.
 

No more annoying vibrations, chatter, or tool rest flexing. Whether you're turning with a faceplate, chuck or between centers, scraping or shearing, the added mass and rigidity with adjustment flexibility of this system will make a big difference in your turning results from now on.

Get the Shopsmith Universal Tool Rest System along with 3 specialty tool rests. With these rests you'll enjoy better chisel control and results. The Curved Tool Rest lets you reach 4" deep into a bowl. The L-Shaped/ 90° Tool Rest allows you to make flowing continuous cuts from outside to inside surfaces. The 4" Specialty Tool Rest is great for smaller turning jobs and allows you to get in closer to deep coves.

Lathe Tool Rest Package Includes:
• Universal Lathe Tool Rest System
• Curved Lathe Tool Rest
• L-Shaped Specialty Lathe Tool Rest
• 4" Specialty Lathe Tool Rest

Curved Lathe Tool Rest (555312)
Rest your Hand or Tools on this Robust, Solid Cast Iron Rest. When using your Shopsmith Lathe, this tool rest can be used to easily craft bowl shaped pieces of wood. It offers You new angles to keep your hands and chisel sturdy. The curved shape lets you reach inside bowls easier and around the outside of a bowl with ease.

L-Shaped Specialty Lathe Tool Rest (555313)
90 Degree Tool Rest accommodates both scraping and shearing techniques. This Tool Rest is perfect for turning bowls, goblets, vases and other projects where you should make flowing, continuous cuts from outside surface to inside surfaces. Will not work on 10-ER and Mark II. Fits Tool Rest supports that have a 3/4" post.

4 Inch Specialty Lathe Tool Rest (555314)
This Tool Rest lets you position closer to deep coves on a spindle or bowl. Reach farther into bowls for hollowing out, and get close to short spindles while maintaining the same steadiness a larger rest would provide. Will not work on 10-ER and Mark II. Top bevel design allows scraping and shearing. Fits Tool Rest Supports that have a 3/4" Post.

 

Universal Lathe Tool Rest System
Simply remove your MARK’s (for All MARKs except 10-ER and Mark II) worktable from the table carriage, set the 10" diameter by 1" thick cast iron mounting plate on top of the carriage, tighten the two bolts that go into the clamp under the carriage and go to work.

A quick twist of the locking lever loosens the 18-1/4" long support base arm. Rotate it a full 360-degrees, move it left or right and lock it firmly at any point along its 7-3/8" of travel.

Slip the rotating tool support arm into the support base arm and lock it into position with another quick-acting lever. The rugged 1" diameter steel post in the support arm gives you a full 2" of up-down travel allowing you to position Shopsmith's standard tool rest anywhere from 1/2" below to 1-1/2" above your work-piece centerline. An adjustable stop collar and height setscrew let you return to a pre-set height instantly. Any of the four available Shopsmith tool rests lock into the tool support arm with a convenient third lever.

Universal Lathe Tool Rest System Gives You Everything To Achieve Improved Turning Results:
• 10" diameter by 1" thick cast iron mounting base with precision machined support base bearing surfaces
• Rigid, 18-1/4" by 1-3/8" by 2-1/2" Cast Iron Support Base Arm with a 7-3/8" travel
• 4-3/8" by 1-1/2" Steel Tool Support Arm with 1" diameter steel mounting post and adjustable depth-stop collar
• Three Locking Levers for quick adjustments without tools or wrenches
• All necessary mounting hardware.

 

 

NOTE: Lathe Tool Rest Packages and Parts will NOT work on 10-ER and Mark II except for the Lathe Tool Rest Locking Lever Upgrade (521765) which will work with the 10-ER Only.

6aeff0f4-a721-0885-f4f3-894315e285e7557454MARK 5 Lathe Turning Package0549.95

Enhance the lathe function of your MARK 5 for every woodturning project. Transform chunks of raw wood into masterpieces you will be proud of.

 

Package includes:

  • Lathe Drive Center Complete (505715)
  • Lathe Cup Center (505716), Cup Center Shaft (501432), and Center Pin (501430)
  • Lathe Tailstock & Tailstock Tube
  • Lathe Tool Rest, Lever, and Post
  • Chisel Set with Wooden Box (556463)
  • 3-3/4 Inch Cast Iron Lathe Face Plate (505590)
  • 6 Inch Cast Iron Lathe Face Plate (505591)
  • Tailstock Live Center (505602
b26b31e2-a6ad-83f8-0745-776ba254bfad5561571x42 Inch 100 Grit Ceramic Strip Sanding Belts (4 Belts)0.522.95

Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts are available in two width and three different abrasives. These ½” and 1” wide belts will meet your expectations for many different projects. Three different abrasives give you just the right cutting material for the job at hand - Ceramic for extended life and working the toughest materials - Aluminum Oxide (A/O) for general purpose sanding and sharpening - Silicon Carbide for the final polished surface on a bevel when sharpening.

They come in many different grits from very coarse to very fine. The coarsest grits will remove stock in a HURRY! Medium grits for general purpose sanding and sharpening and the finest grits will leave the best and smoothest surface obtainable.

Ceramic-Abrasive 1 x 42" Strip Sander Belts
Our ceramic grain, coated abrasive material was developed specifically for the commercial woodworking industry and, depending on the application, will easily deliver 4-Times the Life of Standard Aluminum-Oxide Abrasives!

Their performance is nothing short of Amazing! The open-coat application of the particles to the rugged cloth backing resists tearing and deforming against the platen. The open-coat application of particles plus the special coating on this abrasive reduces clogging. All this combined, extends life of this product well beyond what you could expect from more conventional abrasives. Read more about our ceramic abrasive product testing here.

Note: The stiffer backing of the course grits will not work as well with the curved platen.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

9fb70c71-afdd-4703-b8b0-04dee1c75e5d55547712 Inch Conical Sanding Disc Package6.289.95The Remarkable Shopsmith Conical Sanding Disc Allows You to: • Joint Highly Figured Woods Without Tearing or Chipping • Produce Glue-Quality Edges on Plywood, MDF and Particle Board • Shave End Grain workpieces to Length with Glass-Smooth Results • Achieve Superior Sharpening Results on Planer and Jointer Knives This strange-looking disc will help you produce astonishing sanding results on workpiece surfaces and edges up to 4" wide. There's nothing else like it! Here's how it works: The infeed side of the disc - not the outfeed side - contacts the workpiece's surface at a 90° angle, parallel to the grain. The 4° taper begins 1-1/4" from the center of the disc and continues to its outside edge. This taper gives the disc its cone-like shape. The steel disc is made with a 4° tapered, cone-like shape. During use, your Mark 7 or Mark V's worktable is tilted to that same 4° angle and your rip fence or miter gauge is used as a guide to keep the stock moving in a straight line. As the stock moves past the disc, a vertical band (about 1/4" wide) is created where the full workpiece edge (up to 4" tall) is in contact with the abrasives. Within this band, the abrasives and the workpiece edge move parallel with one another, and in opposing directions, delivering straight-line, swirl-free sanding. Achieve a Glass-Smooth, Glue Quality Finish on the Most Difficult Edges No workpiece edge is too difficult. Unlike your jointer, the Conical Sanding Disc will shave the edges of highly figured birdseye or Burl woods without tearing or chipping. Where plywood, particleboard, MDF and laminate-covered composites will eat-up jointer knives, they're no problem for the abrasive on the Conical Sanding Disc! Remove up to 1/8" In a Single Pass! Where an 1/8" deep pass across jointer on composites or figured woods is almost certain to produce poor results, not so with the conical disc! For proof of the cutting ability of coarse abrasives on the Conical Sanding Disc, just grab a piece of figured wood or composite material... make your set-up for a 1/8" pass... follow all operational and safety instructions and shove it through. You'll be amazed! Required for the Planer/Jointer Knife Sharpener The conical disc is the required abrasive tool for use with Shopsmith's Planer/Jointer Knife Sharpener 555471. This easy-to-use sharpener makes quick work of sanding out nicks in your jointer or planer blades, eliminating the expense of having them professionally sharpened. BUNDLE & SAVE with the Conical Sanding Disc Package The conical sanding disc package includes: • (1) Conical Disc (item 555435) • (1) 60 grit disc • (1) 80 grit disc and • (1) 150 grit disc. A great package to get started with this amazing accessory. Self-Stick Aluminum Oxide Discs. Assorted package includes: one each 60, 80 and 150-grit discs.
6d316e33-9fa0-4360-abe5-2cef3988d0ee557108Shopsmith Utility & SPT Stand Leg Extenders (Set of 4)16109.95Lift your Shopsmith Utility or SPT Stand 6 Inches for more comfortable Scroll Saw operations or other applications where you want to raise the work area of your Power Stand for comfort. Includes (4) Power Stand Leg Extenders and mounting hardware.
e18ca923-ce7a-4a5f-b979-19ba4937f05d514328Carriage Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)12199.95Carriage Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
9ce40f87-c71a-467b-9ba4-1c45d0b8bf1f556492120V Motor Replacement & Poly-V Drive System Upgrade36799.95If you are experiencing excessive motor noise, slipping, straining, or overall poor performance of your Conventional Headstock with Gilmer Belt, it's time to upgrade to the quiet, highly-efficient Poly-V Drive System. The Poly-V Belt is a full 7/8 Inch wide with 9-ribs to grip the pulleys for full power transmission. The Poly-V Sheave has matching high-speed balanced grooves for smooth running performance. Drive Sleeve Assembly includes precision machined Poly-V Pulley with high-speed bearings and extra grooves for proper belt alignment. Double Bearing Quill Assembly is precision machined and factory-aligned with two high speed bearings for smooth operation under load. Gilmer-to-Poly-V Drive System Upgrade With Motor Includes: High-Speed, Two-Bearing Quill, Drive Sleeve Assembly, Poly-V Sheave, Poly-V Drive Belt, and easy to follow instructions.
5560a3d3-c2af-d0d9-540a-3f228c17a29cBelt Sander Belts 4x2427.95

Shopsmith Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Ceramic Belts for heavy, long-term sanding and grinding. Ceramic Belts are the ultimate in sanding life and durability. Each size of abrasive belt is offered in multi-packs of either assorted grits or packs of all the same grit of your choice. Because Ceramic belts have an extended life they are also offered in single packs.

Ceramic Belts Cut 4-Times Faster with Less Effort and Last 4-Times Longer Than Standard Abrasives
Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature Ceramic technology, a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. These belts are truly the carbide tipped saw blades of the sanding belt world.

Our ceramic abrasive belts feature:
� Rugged Poly-Cotton Cloth Backings that resist tearing and stretching. Strong, yet flexable
� Bi-Directional, Flush Joints that run smoothly in both directions. Quick to change.
� Heat Resistant Reinforced Joints for maximum seam durability under the toughest of conditions
� Advanced Resin Bonding System for durability and clog-free performance
� Ceramic Grains which stay super-sharp 4-times longer, cut 4-times faster and reduce heat build-up

Start enjoying the benefits of 4-times faster cutting and 4-times longer life with Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts.

Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts are available in various size and grits.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

602b5d07-e3da-2187-a21b-384c14fe208aBelt Sander 3x2424.95

Shopsmith Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Ceramic Belts for heavy, long-term sanding and grinding. Ceramic Belts are the ultimate in sanding life and durability. Each size of abrasive belt is offered in multi-packs of either assorted grits or packs of all the same grit of your choice. Because Ceramic belts have an extended life they are also offered in single packs.

Ceramic Belts Cut 4-Times Faster with Less Effort and Last 4-Times Longer Than Standard Abrasives
Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature Ceramic technology, a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. These belts are truly the carbide tipped saw blades of the sanding belt world.

Our ceramic abrasive belts feature:
� Rugged Poly-Cotton Cloth Backings that resist tearing and stretching. Strong, yet flexable
� Bi-Directional, Flush Joints that run smoothly in both directions. Quick to change.
� Heat Resistant Reinforced Joints for maximum seam durability under the toughest of conditions
� Advanced Resin Bonding System for durability and clog-free performance
� Ceramic Grains which stay super-sharp 4-times longer, cut 4-times faster and reduce heat build-up

Start enjoying the benefits of 4-times faster cutting and 4-times longer life with Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts.

Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts are available in various size and grits.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

b8259e22-4f5e-803d-7367-c23eeb3ba75950426401MV 500 Tie Bar for Way Tubes (Only for MV 500)1044.95

MV 500 Tie Bar for Way Tubes (Only for MV 500)

ddbe7bd9-9d34-400d-9daa-b206edcf09fd556190Premium Convenience Package10499.95Shopsmith's Premium Convenience Package combines three customer-favorite products designed to enhance your woodworking while improving the ease of use of your MARK machine. The Convenience Package includes our Premium Retractible Caster Set with oversized 3 Inch Polyolefin wheels. Follow the easy installation instructions to effortlessly raise your machine off the floor and roll anywhere in your shop with the effort of just one finger. Also included is the Shopsmith Lift Assist which uses a specially-calibrated hydraulic cylinder to do the heavy-lifting for you while switching operations. We also include our classic, Full-Length Denim Shop Apron with Shopsmith Logo which has been a favorite of lathe turners for years. This heavy-duty connton denim apron is 36 Inches long with oversized pockets and fray resistant straps.
f5dae358-4565-4bea-83a4-1a57efdf444e502736Table Insert for Cast Iron Tables0.839.95Bandsaw Table Insert (Cast Iron Table)
07ba025f-530a-4780-b0e1-38e5ead924b8515570Scroll Saw Belt and Pulley Package1.699.95Use this Belt and Pulley Package to make your existing Shopsmith Power Stand compatible with the Shopsmith Scroll Saw. The Shopsmith Power Stand can be used with any Shopsmith Special Purpose Tool with the correct belt and pulley installed. Each Power Stand Kit is sold with one belt & pulley combination to power a specific SPT. Belt & Pulley Packages are available for all Shopsmith SPTs that can be used on a Power Stand. Scroll Saw Package Includes: Pulley, Drive Belt, Instructions
4b618b14-711b-4c21-83d9-cf3a444ae339555811Universal Lathe Tool Rest System37.5339.95

The 35-pound Universal Lathe Tool Rest will do more to improve your lathe yurning results than any other tool! This heavy, rigid, cast iron tool rest system gives you all the rock-solid lathe tool support and reach you'll ever need. You'll quickly "hog-out" huge amounts of waste or deliberately and delicately produce intricate designs with equal ease and assured, super-smooth results every time.

 

Its unique triple-jointed design lets you swing the arm and support in any direction to position your tool rest deep within the deepest bowls, vessels or goblets - even around the back side of large diameter faceplate or chuck-mounted turnings.

 

No more annoying vibrations, chatter, or tool rest flexing. Whether you're turning with a faceplate, chuck or between centers, scraping or shearing, the added mass and rigidity with adjustment flexibility of this system will make a big difference in your turning results from now on.

 

Simply remove your MARK’s (for All MARKs except 10-ER and Mark II) worktable from the table carriage, set the 10" diameter by 1" thick cast iron mounting plate on top of the carriage, tighten the two bolts that go into the clamp under the carriage and go to work.

 

A quick twist of the locking lever loosens the 18-1/4" long support base arm. Rotate it a full 360-degrees, move it left or right and lock it firmly at any point along its 7-3/8" of travel.

 

Slip the rotating tool support arm into the support base arm and lock it into position with another quick-acting lever. The rugged 1" diameter steel post in the support arm gives you a full 2" of up-down travel allowing you to position Shopsmith's standard tool rest anywhere from 1/2" below to 1-1/2" above your work-piece centerline. An adjustable stop collar and height setscrew let you return to a pre-set height instantly. Any of the four available Shopsmith tool rests lock into the tool support arm with a convenient third lever.

 

Universal Lathe Tool Rest System Includes:

 

• 10" diameter by 1" thick cast iron mounting base with precision machined support base bearing surfaces

• Rigid, 18-1/4" by 1-3/8" by 2-1/2" Cast Iron Support Base Arm with a 7-3/8" travel

• 4-3/8" by 1-1/2" Steel Tool Support Arm with 1" diameter steel mounting post and adjustable depth-stop collar

• Three Locking Levers for quick adjustments without tools or wrenches

• All necessary mounting hardware.

3ce0628d-04ac-43eb-9350-cacfb54100ac555986MARK V 505 to MARK 7 Pro Table System Upgrade72899.95

The Pro Fence System Upgrade gives you everything you need to step your Mark V Model 505 up to the complete workpiece Table Support System and Enhanced Rip Fence of the MARK 7 Pro Fence & Table System.

 

The professional-duty self-aligning, Pro Fence System features two interchangeable stainless-steel scales for direct-reading of rip cut widths. Includes twin locking levers, one for the infeed end of the fence and one for the outfeed end to ensure a positive, precise fence lock-down, even when working with large or heavy workpieces.

 

Your new Rip Fence drops straight down onto the fence rails without tipping or fiddling, then slides easily and precisely along the rails on high-tech glides. The two floating tables and fixed extension table rails feature a 3-point locking system to ensure that your fence is always parallel to the blade. Two complete floating extension tables with four 27" connecting tubes and two telescoping support legs with adjustable fittings are included. These allow you to slide the floating tables anywhere between the main worktable and fixed extension table.

 

Included in the Pro Fence & Table Upgrade Kit:

  • Rip fence is 24-1/2" long x 2-1/2" thick with four T-slot tracks. Two on the top surface and a T-slot track on each side
  • 2 Direct-reading rip fence scales. 2 magnetic, stainless steel scales, 1 45" long and one 16" long
  • Wider fence straddler made to fit the wider rip fence
  • 2 rails for main worktable with magnetic strips for the stainless steel scales
  • 2 rails for extension table with magnetic strips for the stainless steel scales
  • 2 fully assembled and aligned floating extension tables
  • 4 27" connecting tubes
  • 2 telescoping legs
  • All required fittings and hardware
  • Instruction manual
  • (2) Special set-up and alignment gauges
959d122e-b9ab-ad98-8a38-ecb35d179f97Dust Collector Hoses79.95

Shopsmith Dust Collection Hoses extend Your Reach and Add Convenience.

 

Hook-up more machines or extend your reach with additional hoses. Save time by eliminating the need to switch one hose from machine to machine. Even run them on the wall to so your dust collector can stay put.

 

Premium See-Thru Crush-Proof Dust Collection Hose

 

The Shopsmith Clear, crush-proof, 2-1/2" premium dust collection hose lets you spot those clogs in a flash. It can be stepped-on without consequences. It is available in an extended 16' length that will let you hook-up to virtually any machine -- anywhere in your shop without moving Your Dust Collector. Choose from our 10 foot or 16 foot by 2-1/12 Inch Hose Lengths for your convenience.

 

� 10 Foot x 2-1/2 Inch Premium Dust Collection Hose (with male end fittings) (556160)

� 16 Foot x 2-1/2 Inch Premium Dust Collection Hose (with male end fittings) (556161)

 

Standard Black Dust Collection Hose (300004) \nStandard 8 foot dust collection hose with male fittings on each end. 2-1/2" diameter. Standard hose with your Shopsmith dust collector

 

2 1/2 Inch Hose Coupler (515430)

 

Connect two hoses together for extended reach with this coupler (use only with 2-1/2" diameter hoses). Female on each end.

 

Dust Collector Hose Valve (555468)

 

Hose valves open or close airflow to any accessory to improve performance and eliminate hose changes. Easy-Pull slider mechanism. Attaches to the DC-3300 dust collector or any Shopsmith accessory.

 

Important Note: Due to variations in the pitch of attaching threads and diameters, Shopsmith ends and attachments are not always compatible with every hose bought somewhere other than Shopsmith.

d03a84f1-335d-7b6e-330e-14818d534148523099Strip Sander Idler Wheel & Instructions122.95

Strip Sander Idler Wheel & Instructions

088741fe-d2f9-4df7-ad33-d8c51c919ad05219861/4 Inch Premium Combination Bandsaw Blade0.239.95Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades are fabricated from high-quality silicon carbide steel with precision-milled teeth for superior, long lasting performance. Our premium bandsaw blades are induction heat treated to ensure an even hardness. Shopsmith blades feature a special tooth set and rake angle ensuring consistent cutting with less pressure on a wide variety of materials reducing heat build-up, prolonging blade life. All Shopsmith Premium Bandsaw Blades include a lifetime warranty on weld integrity. Should your bandsaw blade break at the weld, we'll replace it for free for the lifetime of the blade. Shopsmith's 1/4 Inch Premium Combination Blade features a 10 TPI, raker-style tooth set ideal for general purpose cutting operations of soft woods, plywood, plastics, and non-ferrous metals. This blade has a 1/2 Inch minimum radius.
43534a8b-0e9a-4a93-961e-7ed646897b60555535Universal Cross-Cut Sliding Table (for all MARKS)15.4209.95

This ingenious sliding table makes easy work of cross-cutting long or cumbersome workpieces. This ingenious sliding table acts like a “sled” to support long or wide workpieces as it carries them smoothly and precisely through otherwise difficult cross-cuts. With this accessory, precise crosscuts and miters on large pieces of stock are easy and accurate!

Its durable, laminated surface is a full 15-3/4-inches x 31-3/4-inches to provide plenty of support. The aluminum fence adjusts quickly for 90-degree, 45-degree, 36-degree, 30-degree and 22.5-degree angle cuts to make precise miters for four, five, six, or eight-sided projects.

 

NOTE: Table is now black instead of gray, to match the tables on the MARK 7 and MARK 5

 

Other parts frequently bought with the Universal Cross-Cut Sliding Table:

Cross-Cut Auxiliary Table (555526)

Crosscut Sliding Table Sandpaper (516913)

b102cf8d-c399-4bbc-a705-2d1b5b281fae515591DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Right Leg Assembly12.8309.95DC-6000/3300 Dust Collector Right Leg Assembly
217e6be9-a92a-430a-81ee-110d4f55717a516152MARK V 120 Volt 60-Hz Motor and Sheave Assembly24649.95

Is your Mark V motor not running or performing as it should? Add power to your older Mark V or bring your machine back to top performance.

 

How to tell if your motor should be replaced:

  • Bogging or Lack of Power - If your motor seems to lack the power it once had or bogs down when cutting heavy boards, it's probably time for replacement.
  • Fails to Start - If you have experienced this problem and have already replaced the switch with no starting success, it is definitely time to replace your motor
  • Squeaking or Humming - Squeaking is a sign of bearing failure, while humming indicates that the motor is struggling to start. If the motor still squeaks or hums after removing the drive belt, it should be replaced immediately
  • Smoking or Foul Odor - Either of these problems are an indication that the motor should be replaced as soon as possible

 

Two versions of the service motor are available:

  • The 513964 version includes only the motor and requires that the old motor sheaves be removed, replaced, and new sheaves reinstalled to factory specifications a task that could be difficult for some customers.
  • The 516152 version includes the two sheaves with key, spacer, compression spring, washer, and snap ring all assembled and properly adjusted by factory-trained professionals. With this assembled version, all vital components will be freshly replaced and will perform properly for many years to come.
c875bf7d-5012-463b-b1cc-c059c59041a2555960Carbide-tipped Crosscut Saw Blade (60T Thin Kerf)1.999.95Sawsmith� 10-inch Carbide-Tipped Thin-Kerf Blades Slice Smoothly Through the Hardest Woods with Less Frequent Sharpening than Steel Blades. \n \nThin Kerfs Make the Difference \nSawsmith� carbide-tipped blades deliver a narrower 3/32" kerf, unlike many blades that cut a kerf of 1/8" or more. As a result, Shopsmith blades cut quickly and efficiently and require less horsepower than many competitive blades. \n \nExpansion Slots Reduce Noise and Vibration For a Cleaner Cut \nSawsmith� blades feature expansion slots to minimize vibration giving you a cleaner cut. They'll also reduce noise the blade produces. \n \nThe Trade-Off Between Ripping, Crosscut and Combination Blade Types
b7f28d5f-bc8f-4b43-901f-076b6f4843d7505590Lathe 3-3/4 Inch Cast Iron Face Plate244.95Shopsmith Cast Iron Lathe Faceplates provide secure, smooth-running support for turning large or small diameter bowls and similar objects. Our 3-3/4 Inch Face Plate attaches quickly to any MARK model spindle with a single setscrew. The 3-3/4” diameter face plate is the ideal choice for turning small bowls, vases, and other objects that are larger in diameter than what you would comfortably turn on our Lathe Screw Center (505601). The inner set of three 1/4” diameter mounting holes can be used to grip workpieces as small as 2-3/8” in diameter while the outer set will grip workpieces down to 3-1/4” in diameter.
2708c033-f949-493a-22e9-fff342fba768513964MARK V 120V 1-1/8 HP Service Motor23629.95

Conventional Headstock Service Motor (Motor Only)

8638095b-0d24-7fb0-0aed-6368b15786ce515913Speed Increaser Disc Drive0.2524.95

Speed Increaser Disc Drive

ed64c22f-dde5-47df-8eaf-600301900773504144Base Assembly (All MARKs)6119.95Base Assembly (All MARKS)
2507cc99-70af-4c43-a330-d6d6561284dc556463High Speed Steel 8 Piece Chisel Set with Wooden Box2139.95

Benjamin's Best 8-Piece Chisel Set Brought to You by Shopsmith

 

Universal 8-piese set of Lathe Chisels for bowls and spindles. A great set to satisfy the majority of your turning needs. Each chisel features a premium-quality, high-speed steel blade to take and hold a keen cutting edge under hard use. This blade is set in an ergonomically-designed hardwood handle and reinforced with a brass ferrule for added strength and durability. Made from high-speed steel or carbon, these chisels are made to last. They come in a protective case or wrap and are a great complement to your Shopsmith equipment!

 

8-Piece Set includes:

  • 3/16" Parting Tool for roughing-in large turnings and cutting large coves in both spindle and faceplate projects
  • 5/8" Spear Scraper
  • 5/8" Skew Chisel
  • 1" Skew Chisel with a straight, slanted edge and a sharp point for shaping straight profiles, forming beads and getting into tight areas on spindles, bowls and more
  • 1/2" Bowl Gouge
  • 5/8" Roundnose Scraper for cove work on both spindles and faceplate turnings
  • 3/4" Spindle Gouge with a pointed tip for grooving, cutting shoulders, sizing and separating the finished workpiece from the scrap
  • 7/8" Roughing Gouge
  • PLUS a Handsome Wood Storage Case FREE!
505e5540-6c5e-41ae-8157-91a6c63a251c556110Dial Indicator Gauge Complete Alignment Kit (Dial Indicator Gauge & DVD)2.4114.99
efe41c66-7366-4fc7-ac67-9598dba04cdd503406Belt Sander Table Assembly7219.95Belt Sander Table Assembly
77f66953-bcff-4f49-8b38-c7f0d89fc40e514344MARK 7 / MARK V 520/510/505 Tie Bar & Tube Assembly6259.95Tie Bar & Tube Assembly (for MARK 7/MARK V 520, 510, 505)
cea9e902-22d4-fd09-e35c-97e8bd93889bShopsmith Power Coupler27.95

Make the Connection with the Shopsmith Power Coupler!

 

The Shopsmith Power Coupler (503574 Power Coupler Only) is made of a virtually unbreakable plastic compound. Each end mates with splined metal Hubs that attach to your MARK?7 / MARK V / MARK 4 / POWER STATION and Special Purpose Tools such as Bandsaws, Planers, Jointers, etc.

 

Have It Your Way: Buy the Power Coupler by itself or buy a Complete Power Coupler Kit or a Classic Power Coupling Kit!

 

Note: The Power Coupler Kit is required to connect Special Purpose Tools (SPT's) to your Shopsmith MARK?7, MARK V or MARK 4. (It became a standard part included with all MARK?7 / MARK V's manufactured since April 1985)

 

Buy a pair of couplers. By buying two, you'll have a spare handy and save!

 

556135 (2) Shopsmith Power Couplers (Couplers Only)

 

Shopsmith Complete Power Coupler Kit (505631)

 

Get everything you need to get started using your Shopsmith Special Purpose Tools in one convenient package!

 

You'll receive our durable plastic coupler, two 4-splined metal hubs that attach to the upper & lower drive-side spindles on your MARK?7 or Mark V headstock, PLUS both 5/8" & 1/2" 5-splined accessory hubs to conect all your special purpose tools.

 

Shopsmith Classic Power Coupling Kit (555124)

 

Order a classic coupling kit. The classic power coupling kit includes the coupler and 2 metal hubs (one each for the upper and lower spindles of your MARK?7 / Mark V headstock).

 

Note: Special Purpose Tool (Bandsaw, Jointer, etc.) accessory hubs are not included. Order the appropriate accessory hubs you need in the Special Purpose Tool Accessory Hubs section below.

 

Accessory and Drive Hubs

 

503572 1/2" SPT Accessory Hub (for Jointer, Jigsaw or Scroll Saw)

 

503740 5/8" SPT Accessory Hub (for Bandsaw, Belt Sander, Planer or Strip Sander)

 

Extra Headstock Drive Hubs

 

503570 Upper Drive Hub Assembly

 

503738 Lower Drive Hub Assembly

c9787e0d-4336-4d4c-acde-b749f7ea5773555884Dial Indicator Alignment Gauge1.9109.95Set-up or Tune-up Your Tools and Operations with Precision, Using The Shopsmith Dial Indicator Gauge (555884) \n \nThis gauge will help You align Your MARK (for All MARKs) worktable, rip fence or miter gauge pre-sets for precise cuts, time-after-time. Align Your miter gauge to an exact 45� or 90� setting. Achieve the smoothest edges and surfaces by match-setting Your jointer knives. Micro-adjust the offset of shaper and router table fences. Set the depth-of-cut for saw blades, dado blades, router bits and more with amazing accuracy. Measure the depths of holes or dadoes the list goes on. \n \nIncludes: \n� Large 2-1/4" Diameter Dial Indicator, graduated in 1/1000 (.001") with a full 1" range \n� Set of 22 Interchangeable Indicator Points for tackling the toughest measuring jobs \n� Special Mounting Block with Adjustable Bracket \n� 5" Long Miter Bar and \n� Easy-To-Follow Illustrated Instructions. \n \nCritical MARK V Alignments � Works Great for All Other MARK Models as Well! � NOW Streaming or DVD! (556062) \n \nHosted by Nick Engler, former editor of Shopsmith's original Hands-On! Magazine, this fail-safe, step-by-step, 68-minute video leaves nothing to chance as Nick leads you through aligning your MARK V's major components to achieve the very best results. \n \nA fantastic HOW-TO video from Nick Engler that shows you, step-by-step how to align your MARK V�s major components quickly and easily so you can achieve the very best results on all of your projects. No more fiddling around, no more guesswork - Just the facts! \n \nWhat you�ll learn in these four, fail-safe sessions: \nHow to align the main Worktable with the Sawblade Since most projects begin with sawing your workpieces to size, this is the most important of all alignments. In this segment, you�ll learn how to set your Worktable Miter Gauge slots to be parallel with the axis of rotation of your sawblades. \n \nHow to align the Miter Gauge & Rip Fence to the Worktable Miter Gauge slots In this segment, Nick shows you how to be sure your Rip Fence is parallel with these slots and your Miter Gauge face is perpendicular to them. He also shows you how to set the two 450 stops on your Miter Gauge. \n \nHow to align the Worktable with the Drill Chuck In this segment, you�ll learn how to be certain that your Drill Chuck is aligned perfectly with the Worktable surface, both front-to-back � and left-to-right. Only be doing this, can you be sure that the holes you drill, grooves you rout, edges you Drum Sand and more are at the desired angle to your workpiece surfaces and edges. \n \nHow to align your Floating Tables and Extension Table Since your Rip Fence can be used on these Tables as well as your Main Worktable, it is critical that they be in perfect alignment with the Main Worktable. In this segment, Nick shows you how to make the adjustments that will ensure the precision of your rip cuts and other operations that may rely on the accurate positioning of your MARK V Rip Fence. \n \nOrder this 68-minute video and pick up loads of great of techniques on how to align your Shopsmith MARK for optimal performance and improved woodworking results! \n \nBUNDLE & SAVE \nGet the Alignment Package with Both the Shopsmith Dial Indicator Gauge and the Critical MARK V Alignments (Streaming or DVD) and Save! \n \nVideos \nWatch these online videos to see this amazing tool in action \nAligning the MARK V Table \nSetting Jointer Knives
6bae5a0e-49e4-4bfb-a592-83b3b33d6706514890DC-6000 Dust Collector Accessory Kit8.7129.95Our complete Dust Collection Accessory Kit includes many useful attachments to help keep your shop and your equipment free of sawdust and woodchips. This 8-Piece Kit is compatible with both DC-6000 and DC-3300 Dust Collectors and includes (1) 8-Foot standard black Dust Collection Hose, (1) Elbow Dusting Brush, (1) 2-1/2 Inch Male Inlet Plug, (1) Utility Nozzle Attachment, (1) Reducer Cap, (2) Extension Wands, and a 6-Pack of Dust Collection Bags.
b4d31b62-8ed0-47a9-9d46-2923bd1b406e556259Polycarbonate Stock Push Guide (Long Double Handed)144.95

This inexpensive accessory will help you guide your workpieces through rip cuts, dadoes, grooves and molding cuts with greater precision, confidence and safety. Made of a rugged, see-through polycarbonate material, it features a protruding hook on the trailing edge that will securely grasp and control stock of any thickness down to 3/8" without snagging or slipping. Use this twin-handled long guide when making cuts on stock over 13-1/4" long.

 

Carefully engineered with angled handles that are covered in soft, non-slip vinyl, it’s ergonomically comfortable to use and can provide one or two-handed downward force on your workpieces well forward of their hook edges. As a result, it will not only keep your fingers out of harm's way when making your cuts, it will also prevent dangerous lift-ups that can snag your blade or cutter and cause a kickback that could result in personal injury.

 

BUNDLE & SAVE

For the best deal, order the kit of both Short and Long (556260).

feb6e8bc-c71e-43ca-98c6-ceb1e2a72808556435Adjustable Stop Collars with Scales (2 Pack)4109.95The Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar puts an end to frustrating trial-and-error table height adjustments Delivering Precision Depth Dadoes, Grooves, Finger Joints & Molding cuts -- plus lots more! \n \nThis is an amazingly simple (and handy) accessory that truly belongs in every Shopsmith-based workshop. Add on the optional laminated scales for even more convenient precision. \n \nWeighing-in at a hefty 22 ounces and measuring about 2-1/4" in diameter, it's made of precision-machined steel then given a protective black oxide coating. \n \nJust slip it over the front (operator-side) table tube on your MARK 7 or MARK V with the narrow ring "up" and you're ready to make micro depth-of-cut adjustments from a few thousandths to about 7/8". \n \nHOW IT WORKS: \nPosition your stop collar a couple of inches above the top of the table carriage and tighten the locking screw. Set the table height for your operation to within 1/4" or so of where you want it. \n \nSet a gap of between 3/8" to 1/2" between the rings, then loosen the setscrew and drop the collar down until the bottom of the collar touches the top of your table carriage (be sure to clear all sawdust and debris away from the top of the table carriage). Tighten the setscrew. \n \nMake your micro-adjustment by rotating the bottom portion (the wide ring) clockwise or counter-clockwise, as required. A single 360-degree turn of the adjustable ring provides 1/16" of adjustment. \n \nHOW TO USE IT: \nYou'll use it for making incremental table height adjustments when sawing dado or groove cuts, cutting tenons, forming finger joints or when using the molding head for making decorative cuts in workpiece surfaces. \n \nYou can also use it to set extension table heights... to micro-adjust the in-out position of your worktable and rip fence in relation to the quill when drilling, shaping, routing, hollow chisel mortising or drum sanding... or for Special Purpose Tool alignments, plus under-table routing while using the speed increaser. \n \nDurable, Self-adhesive, Laminated Stop Collar Scales Help You Set and Return to Shopsmith Worktable Height Settings with Precision -- To Within Your Choice of: \n� Fractional Scale: 1/128" \n� Decimal Scale: 1/1000" \n� Millimeter Scale: 1/10th of a millimeter \n \nStop Collar Scales are a Great Addition to Your Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar \nIf you already own a Shopsmith Adjustable Stop Collar, the Stop Collar Scales make a great addition for your collar. Printed in black ink on a bright yellow background (proven to be the most legible of all printed type combinations), they'll help you make minute table height adjustments in your choice of fractional, decimal or millimeter increments. \n \nThe two strips includes the three scales described above plus a fourth indexing scale with marks at four locations, spaced 90� apart. Just select the indexing mark that best suits your needs, then rotate the bottom portion of the collar in the increment that works best for your situation. Nothing could be simpler -- or more precise! \n \nFeaturing a tenacious, self-adhesive backing, once you attach the scales to your collar, you won't have to worry about them moving or coming un-glued... they'll be there for the duration! \n \nIn addition, the scales are protected by a rugged laminate covering to guard against scrapes, tears and snags. \n \nDouble-up your Stop Collar order for unparalleled convenience. \nOrder an extra Shopsmith Stop Collar and Scale and you'll be making table adjustments faster than you may ever have imagined! \n \nPut the extra collar on the opposite side of your carriage and you'll have TWO quick, precise adjustments at the ready. \n \nPut it on your fixed Extension Table Post and you'll be ready to raise and lower your main worktable and extension table in unison.
0bfbc11f-7596-4ca7-8426-48c1df4a3a8d505982Planer Knives (Set of 3)2119.95Having a spare set of Shopsmith Replacement Planer Knives ensures that you keep working in the event of your Planer blades become dull or nicked over time. Our Replacement Planer Knife Set includes three hardened steel knives, each precision-ground to exacting specifications. The finely-honed cutting edge of the blade is made of hardened M-2 steel fused with a low-carbon steel base for durability. This special process ensures the ideal combination of edge-holding ability and strength, without being brittle. The blades are then treated with a special rust preventative solution for lasting performance. We recommend you always have a spare set of knives on-hand to keep down-time to a minimum. Includes: Set of (3) Replacement Planer Knives. Set your Planer Knives Quickly, Easily and Accurately with the handy Shopsmith Planer Knife Setting Gauge (513414).
704cc2ca-5449-402f-9128-4ae153ecdbca555077Jointer Guard and Dust Collection Upgrade Kit1.4129.95

Jointer Chip Chute Upgrade Kit Collects Shavings at the Source (555077). Keep Your Tools and Workshop Clean with Jointer Chip Chute Upgrade Kit. This kit is specially designed to collect dust & shavings at the source keeping them off the floor and your equipment. Update older Shopsmith Jointers for improved dust collection. The Jointer Chip Chute Upgrade Kit Includes*:

  • Rear Blade Guard
  • Inner Guards
  • Chip Chute

 

*Some drilling and tapping required.

 

Note: For Shopsmith Jointers with serial numbers prior to 70,000. 

a9361c15-3cc1-4868-8549-49ac5fab3bde555645Bandsaw Fence Upgrade5.3249.95

The Bandsaw Fence Upgrade delivers improved straight-line cutting results. The self-aligning aluminum fence locks firmly into position on the band saw table with a twist of the handle and a flip at the locking lever, and adjusts from 0" to 5" from blade. The bandsaw fence accepts fence mounted accessories such as flip-up stop, T-track mounted utility light and featherboards.

Note: For use on Shopsmith bandsaws with aluminum tables only (as shown here).

dd2f303d-1961-4452-a58e-fa0073f3fb32555101Complete Miter Gauge Package with Safety Grip4.8139.95

Making precision saw cuts -- guiding workpieces precisely through molding, dadoing, shaping & routing operations -- and controlling your stock during sanding are all jobs that require the help of a reliable, accurate miter gauge. Shopsmith's Miter Gauge is the perfect solution!

 

The Miter Gauge Package includes the Miter Gauge and the Safety Grip.

The Shopsmith Miter Gauge forms the basis for this complete system of work-holding and guiding devices. It offers:
• A built-in scale that reads from 90° to 30° left and right
• An adjustable “zeroing” pointer that lets you measure down to 1° increments
• Adjustable auto-stops at 90° and 45° in both directions
• A large, knurled knob with through holes (for use with the 5/32" Allen wrench as a lever) to lock the gauge into position.
• A 1/4" hole that runs through the face (left-to-right) for inserting the optional stop rod.
• Two 1/4" wide slots in the face for attaching Miter gauge Extensions and other helpful Jigs and Fixtures
• Two adjustable Nylon Glides on the bottom for smooth sliding and to prevent rocking
• An expanding Bar to reduce sliding clearance and to lock the Miter bar in in the slot to work as a guide or fence
• A T-washer in the guide bar used with the T-Slot in the main worktable to keep the miter gauge in the slot for wide cuts and to prevent accidental lift-out

The Miter Gauge Safety Grip attaches to the miter gauge with a single screw and the top screw-in post. One pound of pressure on the grip exerts five pounds of holding pressure between the safety grip pad and the top of the miter bar to keep the stock from slipping during the cut. Quick-release knob adjusts rapidly for stock up to 4-1/4" thick.

2c763aef-7e93-4665-a4ba-fb4f8154cf3f516524Cross-Cut Sliding Table (Without Miter Bar)5169.95Ingenious Sliding Table Makes Easy Work of Cross-Cutting Long or Cumbersome Workpieces\n\nThis ingenious sliding table acts like a �sled� to support long or wide workpieces as it carries them smoothly and precisely through otherwise difficult cross-cuts. With this accessory, precise crosscuts and miters on large pieces of stock are easy and accurate!\n\nIts durable, laminated surface is a full 15-3/4-inches x 31-3/4-inches to provide plenty of support. The aluminum fence adjusts quickly for 90-degree, 45-degree, 36-degree, 30-degree and 22.5-degree angle cuts to make precise miters for four, five, six, or eight-sided projects.\n\nAvailable in three versions for use with all MARK?7 / MARV V models, as well as other table saws.\n\nAuxiliary Table Lets You Match Cross-Cut Table Height on the Opposite Side of Your Saw Blade to Support Separating Scrap from Your Workpiece\n\nThe miter bar on the bottom locks this auxiliary table into the table slot on the opposite side of the blade from the Cross-cut Sliding Table when it's in use. Its purpose is to match the height and thickness of the Cross-cut Sliding Table to keep scrap material from falling into your blade. Eliminates possible blade problems and dangerous kickbacks.\n\nNote: For All MARK Models. Only made for Shopsmith machines.\n\nNote: For use with Crosscut Sliding Table\n\nAdd Another Level of Accuracy with the Crosscut Sliding Table Sandpaper (516913)\nAbrasive Strip keeps your work piece from slipping out of position as you cut. While using the Cross-Cut Sliding Table. 1-1/2" x 30" Adhesive-backed Aluminum Oxide Abrasive Strip.\n
62335892-fa29-4e7b-a033-dd511e448999505905Pro Premium Doweling Bit Package1.7139.95Brad Point Drill Bits provide superior cutting during precision drilling operations like doweling, drilling uniformly round pilot holes, and for even countersinking. Our Premium Brad Point Doweling Bits are made of high-quality, carbon-steel alloy to maintain sharp cutting edges. Deep-cut, fluted grooves clear material quickly to avoid clogging or burning. Precision-ground pilot tip ensures proper center alignment every time. The Complete Premium Brad Point Doweling Bit Package Includes (1) Each: 3/16 Inch, 1/4 Inch, 5/16 Inch, 3/8 Inch, 7/16 Inch, 1/2 Inch, 5/8 Inch, and 3/4 Inch Bits.
80e35606-ed62-4b8c-97f3-7150f3be24db555998Lift Assist (for MARK Vs Made Before 1972)16309.95Shopsmith Lift-Assist Reduces the Effort Required to Raise your MARK into Vertical Position to as Little as Zero! \n \nIt is not always easy repositioning well made, reliable equipment such as a Shopsmith MARK, but it's IMPORTANT! Shopsmith has created a way to make sure every Owner can move their MARK with great safety, ease and efficiency, all while guaranteeing that these quality products remain durable, rugged, and sturdy. That's why the Shopsmith Lift-Assist is the Perfect Accessory! \n \nThe Shopsmith Lift-Assist offers instant ease in turning Your Machine from a horizontal to vertical position, removing extra effort and time while still allowing you all the functionality of the hard-working MARK that you know and love. \n \nLIFT-ASSIST PACKAGE INCLUDES: \n� Lift Assist Arms - Gas Charged Cylinder \n� Hardware \n� Simple, Step-by-Step Instructions for adding it to every MARK Model \n \nPounds of Lift Effort Required With & Without Shopsmith Lift-Assist \nSmart Motor Distance from Left Side of MARK - Pounds of Effort Required Without Lift-Assist - Pounds of Effort required With Lift-Assist \n0" 65# 25# \n8" 57# 20# \n12" 50# 12# \n20" 35# Self-Lift \n \nNote: If you own Shopsmith's steel storage cabinets, with the lift-assist only one of them will slide under the MARK 7 / MARK V for storage (if the casters are removed from the steel storage cabinets, two will fit). \n \nMARK 7 / PowerPro Lift Assist Gas Cylinder Upgrade \nShopsmith offers an upgraded Lift-Assist with a design optimized for the PowerPro Smart Motor, which is ten pounds heavier than a conventional MARK V Smart Motor. \n \nThis upgraded Lift-Assist also provides a quick disconnect which allows the MARK 7 to be easily tilted left for under-table operations. Shopsmith also offers a cylinder upgrade to add these capabilities to an existing Shopsmith Lift-Assist. \n \nAnother MARK Owner Favorite!
df1ac80a-4cd1-4f67-9bb4-b2f8568848ea555982MARK V 510 to MARK 7 Pro Fence Upgrade (for units made in 1986 or later)24649.95

Add a more versatile rip fence for improved results and direct-reading scales for greater accuracy!

 

This Pro Fence System has been engineered to give you even better control, precision and quality performance than you've come to expect from your MARK V 510. The professional-duty self-aligning, Pro Fence System features two interchangeable stainless steel scales for direct-reading of rip cut widths, plus twin locking levers, first one for the infeed end of the fence and the second for the outfeed end to ensure a positive, precise fence lock-down, even when working with large and/or heavy workpieces.

 

Your new Rip Fence drops straight down onto the fence rails without tipping or fiddling, then slides easily and precisely along the rails on high-tech glides. The fence is easier to square-up than a 510 fence (the alignment screws are easily accessible on the top of the Rip Fence) and the 520 floating tables feature a 3-point locking system to ensure that your fence is always parallel to the blade, unlike the single-point locking system on the Model 510 floating tables.

 

Your New Rip Fence adds three more heavy-duty T-slots (two on the top and one on each face for attaching even more jigs & fixtures) to your machine. Two new fence rails for the main work table, two new fence rails for the fixed extension table and four new fence rails for your two floating tables, plus all the required rail mounting hardware and a special-built set-up and alignment gauge. Included is the new, wider fence straddler that slides easily on your new wider rip fence for cutting narrow workpieces, and finally a comprehensive Owner�s Manual.

 

What's included:

  • Larger rip fence is 24-1/2" long x 2-1/2" thick with dual T-slot tracks on the top surface and a T-slot track on each face for mounting accessories such as: rip fence mounted feather board, T-track utility light kit, flip-up rip fence stop.
  • Direct-reading rip fence scales let you set rip cut dimensions in an instant without measurement. Includes two magnetic, stainless steel scales, one 45" long with a zero-point 6-1/2" from the left end and 38-1/2" from the right end - and a second scale 16" long with a zero-point 6-1/2" from the left end and 9-1/2" from the right end.
  • Wider fence straddler to accommodate the 2-1/2� wide rip fence
  • (6) Extruded fence rails for main and extension tables
  • All required fittings and hardware
  • Instruction manual fully describing alignment, maintenance, safety, tips and techniques
  • Special set-up and alignment gauge 
c5e544e8-1199-442a-85cb-3e943fbce25e509032Bandsaw Lower Wheel Assembly2.1149.95Bandsaw Lower Wheel Assembly
723b8a92-3c9b-42b4-b9a9-e6131c2ec36e556436Shop Deputy Work Center Conversion Kit10.1159.95

Imagine a second multi-purpose machine in your shop, ready to perform your choice of operations! Disc Sanding, drum sanding, belt sanding, strip sanding, bowl turning, horizontal boring, slot mortising, bandsawing, scrollsawing, jointing — and more!. The Shop Deputy will power any of these operations (except the Thickness Planer) with the 1-1/8 HP motor of your original MARK V.

Conversion Kit Includes:

  • Two 26" Way Tubes
  • Mounting Hardware
  • PDF Owner's Manual with Plans & Template for building a wooden base

 

Please note that this package does not include the bases needed to mount the Shop Deputy to a bench or table top.

37c84ac5-d0c6-4ae0-a4e7-c1008402ad00556207Premium Convenience Package (for MARK V before 1972)25499.95Shopsmith's Premium Convenience Package combines three customer-favorite products designed to enhance your woodworking while improving the ease of use of your MARK machine. The Convenience Package includes our Premium Retractible Caster Set with oversized 3 Inch Polyolefin wheels. Follow the easy installation instructions to effortlessly raise your machine off the floor and roll anywhere in your shop with the effort of just one finger. Also included is the Shopsmith Lift Assist which uses a specially-calibrated hydraulic cylinder to do the heavy-lifting for you while switching operations. We also include our classic, Full-Length Denim Shop Apron with Shopsmith Logo which has been a favorite of lathe turners for years. This heavy-duty connton denim apron is 36 Inches long with oversized pockets and fray resistant straps.
51759275-3ef2-4236-b049-b3d252c5f793556459MiterSet Segments (Exclusively made for Shopsmith)3.5129.95

MiterSet Segments For Segmented Turnings - No Math Required!

Normally, when cutting segments, you'd have to calculate the angles. Or, maybe you would need to find your look-up chart to determine the angle you need based on the number of sides in your project. The MiterSet Segment jig eliminates the need for these tedious steps, making it effortless.

Here's How it Works.
• Plug in the base pin;
• Plug the 2nd pin in the hole clearly labeled with the number of sides.
• That's it, the MiterSet has selected and set the correct angle. All that is left to do, is again to place your miter gauge in the slot and slide the miter face against the pins to set the exact angle.

You save the frustration, trial-and-error, and wasted wood that comes with a conventional approach.


Bundle and save with the MiterSet Standard & Segments Set (556461)

80573ebc-65ec-4c84-8ef1-02dd5eb64ebf556235NOVA Live Center Set2.8139.95A Great Work-holding Compliment for Your Shopsmith Lathe \n \nNow, you can get a more positive, more wobble-free grip on both small and large spindle and faceplate turnings with this amazing, affordable 10-piece universal live center system from Nova. \n \nPrecision machined from premium tool steel; this is the only system featuring the exclusive stepped cone for convenient, super-fast mounting of workpieces. \n \nNOVA 10-Piece Lathe Live Center System Includes: \n1. Ball Bearing Live Center Body - Massive 1-3/4" diameter x 2-1/8" Long Rotating Live Center Body \n2. 60� Center Point - 11/16" Diameter 60�, #2 Morse Taper Center Point for turning large spindles and faceplate turnings \n3. Hollow Cup Center - 5/16" through hole that's ideal for holding soft or green woods with less chance of splitting \n4. Small Hollow Cup Center Point - 70� Tapered Point for the cup center \n5. Miniature Extension Center - 2" Long with a 1/4" diameter x 5/8" long point that extends almost 1-1/2" from the nose. Good for small turnings like pens. \n6. Double-Ended #2MT Threaded Insert - 1-1/2" Long, Double-Ended #2 Morse Taper Insert that offers a 5/16"-18 internal thread on one end for the screw (#7) or bolt (#8) below, either of which can be used to hold shop-made fixtures. \n7. Screw for Threaded Center (#6) - 2" Long Screw (hanger bolt) for #6 above - featuring a 5/16"-18 bolt on one end and a coarse threaded screw on the other \n8. Bolt For Threaded Center (#6) - 2" long, 5/16"-18 Bolt for #6 above \n9. Stepped Cone Center - Nova-Exclusive Stepped Cone Center. It can be used in two different ways: #1: Attach it to the live center body using the insert (#6) above, the inverted cone will support either square or round stock without having to locate the exact workpiece centers. #2: Turn the center around and position its "cone" over the mating tapered end of the live center body. Now, you have a series of stepped diameters that can be slipped into holes or sockets in the workpiece. A very unique capability! \n10. Knock Out Bar - 5-7/8" Long x 3/8" Diameter for removing centers from the live center body \n \nNOVA 10-Piece Lathe Live Center System will be all You will ever need for versatile work-holding on the Lathe!
b4ea46fc-70c5-4660-8e42-24ceac84ce8a555997Table Extension Bracket Set3.5119.95

Shopsmith Table Extension Brackets let you use your two floating extension tables as infeed/outfeed supports when ripping or crosscutting wide or long workpieces.

 

The Extension Brackets let you use the two floating extension tables and connecting tubes that come with all MARKs (except the MARK V 500) as infeed or outfeed supports when ripping or crosscutting wide or long pieces of stock. Once assembled, you'll have a 30" deep by up to 18" wide auxiliary support table to help you handle cumbersome workpieces with added ease.

 

Just slip the two mounting brackets over the ends of one of your 2' connector tubes that you've slipped through the front tube or rail of your worktable. Attach you floating tables to the other end using the (included) 18" connector tube affix one or both of your telescoping legs to this 18" tube. Adjust the table height, and go to work. The entire process will take less than 5 minutes and give you all the workpieces support and convenience you could ask for.

 

The brackets work with all MARKs (except the MARK V 500) and feature a unique table leveling system that lets you micro-adjust the heights of the floating extension table(s) for safe, smooth operation using two height adjustment setscrews. (These brackets will also work with model 505 Mark Vs but require that you purchase floating extension tables (514446) and connector tubes (514439) separately.

8809b9fe-ab00-4d21-8bfc-70e01c4145dd555928Jointer/Planer Knife Sharpening Jig Kit21169.95

Buy your Jointer/Planer Knife Sharpener to pair with your conical sanding disc. Nicked planer or jointer knives can ruin the appearance of your projects and cost hours (or days) of delay as you sand out the blemishes they make. To fix your jointer/planer knives, clamp your knives into the self-aligning jig, grasp the two large handles and use your Shopsmith conical sanding disc to sharpen them to a keen edge.

 

Special nylon glides on the back and bottom edges ensuring the guide's smooth travel over your MARK’s tabletop and against your rip fence as it holds your knives at the precise, correct angle while you sharpen them.

 

The Jointer/Planer Knife Sharpening Jig Kit includes the following:

  • Jointer / Planer Knife Sharpener (555471)
  • Conical Sanding Disc and Special Assorted Abrasives, 1 each of 50, 80 and 150 grit (555477)
  • Complete, step-by-step instructions for set-up and use

NOTE: The Jointer/Planer Knife Sharpener requires the Shopsmith Conical Sanding Disc for proper operation.

5c8d90d7-9db2-40b9-affd-aa88cc02a095501193Way Tube8.2169.95Way Tube
19234710-2240-43a7-b7e7-db2a7a6fc2c5556071Nick Engler DVD Collection1.4169.95Meet the Shopsmith MARK V Video Encyclopedia! This collection of how-to DVD videos is hosted by Nick Engler, Top Instructor and America's best-selling woodworking author. This information-packed collection of six fail-safe, step-by-step videos leave nothing to chance as they lead you through a wealth of valuable woodworking information that will help you set-up, align, maintain and repair your Shopsmith MARK V - then use it to perform a host of woodworking operations more efficiently and more professionally. If you've recently inherited or purchased an older Shopsmith MARK V, Nick's special Restoring Video will help you bring your machine to like-new operating condition and upgrade it from its more primitive 1950s, 1960s or 1970s version into a 21st century edition with improved performance and precision that will help you achieve far more professional-looking results!
2ffbc0a8-36dc-465a-a44a-bb7ba5e88bcf516196Jointer Cutterhead Assembly4.4229.95Replacing Your Knives Keeps Your Jointer Cutting at its Best. \nShopsmith hardened steel knives are precision match-ground to Shopsmith's exacting standards and come in a set with three knives. Our rigid quality control requirements ensure that every knife in the set is exactly the same size, with the same precision edge bevel and tapered sides to guarantee a perfect fit and easy adjustment in your Cutterhead. This assures smooth and accurate cuts! The High-Speed Steel cutting edge guarantees long life. Once the knives are ground and honed to produce a razor-sharp cutting edge in our machine shop, they are treated with a special rust preventative solution for lasting serviceability. \n \nBuy a spare set of jointer knives to keep you working in the event of a nick or other knife damage. \nWe recommend that you always have a spare set of knives on-hand, in the event of accidental nicking. This way, down time will be kept to an absolute minimum, and you'll be able to continue working on your project with minimal interruption. \n \nCheck Your Jointer Wedges for damage or resin build-up for better operation and fewer chip-outs \nThese wedges are important for the efficient operation and chip formation of your Jointer�s Cutterhead. A smooth top surface is critical for proper chip formation. Smooth and damage-free tapered sides are absolutely necessary to lock the knife safely in the Cutterhead and smooth knife adjustment. Sold in 3-packs. \nNOTE: Only fit Jointers manufactured after January 1999. \n \nUpgrade to the Newest, Most Efficient, Jointer Cutterhead Design. \nUpgrade your old cutterhead (if made before January 1999) to the high efficiency Jointer Cutterhead. Efficiencies are gained by a larger diameter head, longer, full-width wedges and less knife protrusion. This combination of features create a smaller easier to cut chip. The New Cutterhead Assembly comes with Knives and wedges assembled. The Bearings installed on the shaft and Bearing Blocks pressed on the bearings. This cutterhead assembly will bolt directly into your old Jointer, ready to set the knives to your tables.
ccf1e650-dbaf-4136-a33e-8c5a8d477aa9556256Multi-Sand Complete Drum Sanding Starter Package2.9139.95Achieving the highest quality, smoothest wood finish must start with a perfectly smooth surface. Achieving that smoothness (especially on a Curved Edge) usually means incrementally sanding raw workpiece edges with coarse, medium and fine grit abrasives. Skip a step and you will end up with poor results. Without Shopsmith’s Multi-Sand Process, You Would Likely Follow a Normal 3-Step Changeover Process: 1. Install a coarse sleeve to remove the majority of the sawing marks. 2. Repeat the process by removing the coarse sleeve from your drum and replacing it with a medium sleeve. 3. Repeat the process again by replacing the medium sleeve with a fine sleeve and complete your final step. What if you could cut those three installation steps down to just one — and spend more time sanding and less time changing? You can, thank Shopsmith's Multi-Sand Drum Sleeves! Shopsmith Multi-Sand Sleeves Eliminate the Changeovers and Get the Job Done Faster! Here's How It Works: • Install a 2" high x 2-5/16" diameter fine grit Multi-Sand Sleeve, sliding it all the way to the top of the 6" drum followed by a 2" medium grit sleeve, and finally a 2" coarse grit sleeve. • Attach the sanding drum to your spindle and you're ready to start sanding. • Remember, your MARK gives you 4-1/4" of up-down quill travel. That means you can go through all three steps of the sanding process on any piece of stock up to 1" thick by simply moving your quill down for each subsequent step. With no sleeve changing, nothing could be simpler or faster! Multi-Sand Drum Sanding Complete Package Includes: • 6" x 2-5/16" Drum Sander • 1 Each Coarse, Medium, and Fine 2" Long Sanding Sleeves • Vacuum Attachment • Vacuum Extender • Table Insert Getting Started Is Amazingly Affordable! If you already own the Shopsmith 6" Drum Sander, all you need to get started is a package of our assorted Multi-Sand Sleeves. If you don't yet own a Shopsmith 6" Drum Sander or any of the optional drum sanding table inserts or vacuum attachments, order the following: Table Inserts: • 555119 Drum Sanding Table Insert (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4) • 556267 Drum Sanding Table Insert (MARK V 500) Vacuum Attachments: • 556257 Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment and Extender (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4) • 556265 Drum Sander Vacuum Attachment and Extender (for MARK V 500) • 556268 Extender (with bolts and spacers) (for MARK 7 / MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4) • 556269 Extender (with bolts and spacers) (for MARK V 500) Note: Extender is required for those who already own the correct drum sander table insert & drum sander vacuum attachment)
a29ef8dd-c5aa-4961-ba80-249c8bdd62a355542924" Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension with Stop Block1.4129.95

The 24" Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension mounts quickly and easily to the face of your Shopsmith miter gauge with two mounting bolts and two wing nuts.

 

The Stop block (included) adjusts to make repetitive crosscuts up to 24" long. The stop block moves easily along the length of this extension by loosening the knob, sliding to the end of the keyhole slot and moving to the next slot. No need to remove the knob from the stop block. The reversable stop block has one end cut to 45-degree angle for cutting precise picture frame sides.

752236d1-d733-4e2b-9a28-871ea8f01e1b556438Quick-Acting Drill Press Vise with Hardware & Plans for Auxiliary Jaws and Bases6.694.95

 

39b3b72e-30ad-4993-a2fb-8fb85b5742ac555988A.G.E. Industrial Aluminum & Non-Ferrous Metals Saw Blade2.6139.95A.G.E. Industrial Non-Ferrous Metals Saw Blade
173bdd5f-94d7-4f32-b486-f8779ee2d437504163Bench Tube10159.95Bench Tube
11d6da34-ad3d-f53a-ed96-c8ad203e0eb251410004Saw Table Insert (for all MARK models except 500)0.544.95

Replace your lost or damaged main saw table insert with this OEM insert that fits all MARK models except MV 500.

b7d431d6-6676-4a7f-af7d-92df1b6a3c81522252Jointer Fence11.8169.95Jointer Fence (Fence Only)
15e34caf-64e2-e06b-0f26-675cabd259dfSanding Disc69.95

Extra Discs Let You have Different Grits Mounted, Ready For Work

Heavy, 12" Diameter Steel Sanding Disc (555143)


Features a precision steel arbor that is carefully attached to eliminate bothersome run-out and wobble. Just install the sandpaper disc of your choice, slip the arbor onto your MARK (for All MARKS or Power Station) spindle and go to work.

 

Set up coarse, medium and fine sanding discs for your woodworking project components that require sanding. You know using all three grits is the best practice. Keep a separate disc for sharpening, maybe even two (1-coarse and 1-fine). If you use a �sharpening� disc for sanding wood, the results will not be acceptable and the abrasive usually leaves burn marks on the wood. The abrasive also loads with wood pitch so that dual purpose disc not good for either wood sanding or sharpening.

 

Get Your Heavy Duty Sanding Discs and So They Will Be Ready When You Are!

f1f48ef0-07b9-4af9-a0ee-0a549b117c5d516113Aluminum Die Cast Bandsaw Table5.3159.95Bandsaw Table
b7283fb5-595b-3c08-a00e-1f3633759b79504171Quill Feed Assembly5149.95

Quill Feed Assembly

0421fa5d-0534-4b6a-ae5c-0ee6ad8b40a1505937Complete Cabinet Shaper Cutter1149.95The Complete Cabinet Set of Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters includes six (6) individual shaper cutters for all your cabinet door projects. Kit contains: Right & Left Cabinet Coper Shaper Cutters, Right & Left Rail and Stile Shaper Cutters, plus 1/4 Inch Straight, and Cabinet Spacer Shaper Cutters. Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters are perfect for crafting your own unique trim and decorative edges. Shapers also create decorative joinery for a variety of applications and projects. Shopsmith Shaper Cutters can be used with any shaper that accepts 1/2 Inch Bored Cutters. For your safety, we recommend these cutters always be used with a Shaper Fence when straight-line shaping. (This Item: Complete Cabinet Set of Shopsmith Premium Shaper Cutters)
ee065af4-5139-f491-e59a-8a2260b7e5fcSanding Disc Hook and Loop42.95

Shopsmith's Aluminum Oxide Sandpaper Discs cut fast, resist loading and last a long time.

These �Do-everything� Discs are useful for sanding wood and sharpening tools. They are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide (A/O) abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life.

Their abrasive particles are bonded to a heavy, industrial-grade, paper backing or cloth, then precision cut to an exact 12� diameter for a perfect fit on Shopsmith�s 12� Sanding Disc. They come with either self-stick backing or hook & loop backing for quick disc change.

Assorted 6-Disc Package (505843) includes:
� (1) one Coarse/60-grit Disc
� (2) Medium/80-grit Discs
� (3) Fine/100-grit Discs

For the smoothest results in wood, it�s recommended that you sand your project with a minimum of three available grits, moving from Coarse through Medium and finishing with a Fine Disc. For that reason, it�s most convenient to have all three grits mounted to individual Shopsmith Sanding Discs (555143) for faster switching between grits.

Disc Sanding Package (505844)

Add this package to your single Sanding Disc. Give your projects a smooth, professional look with this 20-piece sanding package. Extra discs let you have different grits mounted, ready for work. Includes:
� 2 steel discs
� 6 coarse/60 grit
� 6 medium/80 Grit
� 6 fine/100 Grit stick on A/O sandpaper discs

For Sharpening, depending how "dull" your cutting edge is, you can also use three progressive finer grits. The Coarse/60 Grit is for chip and nick removal. The Medium Grit/80 Grit is perfect for removing the heavy scratch marks on the ground surface. Use the Fine Grit/100 Grit to smooth the ground surface prior to honing with a sharpening stone.

For the quickest abrasive grit change choose the Hook and Loop aluminum oxide abrasives. By mounting the self-stick Conversion Disc on a single Shopsmith Sanding Disc (555143), you can peel away the abrasive you have finished with and place the next finer disc directly on that same disc.

NOTE: Hook and Loop is NOT recommended for Sharpening or Grinding steel tools because the softness of the backing may cause the abrasive to catch the sharp edge of the steel cutting tool.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airbourne particles.

55f516ce-36d3-4386-aa1e-3f8b7b961211555149Shaper Starter Kit14.3169.95Get started quickly and easily making beautiful decorative edges on all your projects with the Shopsmith Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit. Decorative edges greatly enhance the look of the finished piece. Under-Table Shaping operations are generally considered safer as the workpiece acts as an additional safety guard. It also is considered more convenient and accurate for decorative cuts because you can inspect the workpiece without changing the set-up. It can be used with any MARK that has the Double-Tilt capability. The Under-Table Shaper Starter Kit is a great option for Owners looking to try under-table shaping for the first time or who need to replace lost or worn parts of their Complete Shaping Package. This package includes: Shaper/Router Safety Shield, 1/2 Inch Shaper Arbor with Rub-Collar, Shaper Table Insert, and (1) Ogee Shaper Cutter. (Note: Kit not for use with MV 500)
f264dc28-be5a-448c-b43a-1c78a9ebded8522375Extension Table with Base (for MARK 7/MARK V 520S)7.5269.95Extension Table with Base (for MARK 7/MARK V 520S)
c2f35bcd-cf35-4606-8f36-6a25596137b355624640-Piece Complete Pattern Drum Sanding Kit6.5179.95

Drum Sanding is used for sanding the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. These drums are as small as �� Diameter up to 2-5/16� diameter and work for many project applications. Shopsmith drums and sleeves range from 6� long down to 2� long to work easily on thick-to-thin stock. The abrasives are Aluminum Oxide (A/O) for strength and durability and Garnet for sharp, fast-cutting edge sanding. All of the Shopsmith 2-5/16� Sanding drums mount directly onto the Quill Spindle with a quick turn of the 5/32� Allen wrench. The rest of these drums are installed in the Drill Chuck and secured with the Chuck Key. There is even a Multi-Sand Drum that uses 3 different grits on the same drum, so changing from coarse to medium to fine is as easy as extending the quill. Below you will find these drums are available as singles or grouped together in convenient packages. No longer will you have unsightly, rough curved edges on your workpieces.

Shopsmith 2-5/16" x 3� Long Drum Sander with Sanding Sleeve

The 2-5/16" Shopsmith drum sander is 3" long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. Just slip the sleeve on, tighten the expansion bolt, and go to work. The 3� long sleeves are made with tough, long-lasting A/O Abrasive. They come in 6-packs of 60, 80, and 100 Grit sleeves as well as an assorted 6-pack of 2 each 60, 80, and 100 Grit sleeves. Includes: Drum Sander and One Medium Grit Sanding Sleeve.

33731f63-4893-d232-7792-267849d53abdBelt Sander Belts 6x4824.95

Shopsmith 6 x 48 Sanding Belts are the best on the market. We have 2-different types of belts available for 2-different purposes. Aluminum Oxide (A/O) Belts for general purpose sanding,sharpening and grinding. Ceramic Belts for heavy, long-term sanding and grinding. Ceramic Belts are the ultimate in sanding life and durability. Each type of abrasive is offered in multi-packs of either assorted grits or packs of all the same grit of your choice. Because Ceramic belts have an extended life they are also offered in single packs.

Open-Coat Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts Offer Extended Durability
Shopsmith open-coat A/O belts cut fast and are more resistant to clogging than their closed-coat counterparts. These are your best choice for your general purpose sanding, sharpening and grinding belts.

Aluminum Oxide Belts Feature:
� Heavy X-Weight Poly-Cotton Cloth Backing for optimum durability under continuous use - plus are flexible enough to be used for contour sanding on the open, back side of the Belt Sander.
� Coarse to Super-fine Grits Available for use with everything from coarse stock removal and heavy grinding to fine surface and detail sanding.
� Bi-Directional Tape Joints for smooth running, quick and easy to belt change.
Shopsmith A/O Abrasives are available in 36 grit, 60 grit, 80 grit, 100 grit, 120 grit, 150 grit, 220 grit, and 320 grits in assorted 3-packs and single grit 3-packs.

Ceramic Belts Cut 4-Times Faster with Less Effort and Last 4-Times Longer Than Standard Abrasives
Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature Ceramic technology, a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. These belts are truly the carbide tipped saw blades of the sanding belt world.

Our Ceramic Abrasive Belts Feature:
� Rugged Poly-Cotton Cloth Backings that resist tearing and stretching. Strong, yet flexable
� Bi-Directional, Flush Joints that run smoothly in both directions. Quick to change.
� Heat Resistant Reinforced Joints for maximum seam durability under the toughest of conditions
� Advanced Resin Bonding System for durability and clog-free performance
� Ceramic Grains which stay super-sharp 4-times longer, cut 4-times faster and reduce heat build-up

Start enjoying the benefits of 4-times faster cutting and 4-times longer life with Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts.

Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive 6 x 48" Belts are available in 36 grit, 60 grit, 80 grit, 100 grit and 120 grit. Each comes one per package.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

840f6001-4d1d-4647-8826-bbe1d767c715522646PowerPro HMI Control Panel (Gen 1)1129.95PowerPro HMI Control Panel (Gen 1)
b53a620a-e37f-4d1f-88e0-445c4ff3c805556221NOVA Pro-Tek Lathe Chuck Kit6.9279.95

Upgrade your turning with the NOVA Pro-Tek Chuck — built for power, precision, and durability. With rust-resistant nickel plating, laser-etched jaw identification, and multiple jaw sets included, this chuck delivers reliable performance for both small and large projects.

 

Why You’ll Love It

  • Rust Protection: Nickel-plated finish resists corrosion — perfect for turning green wood.

  • Versatility Included: Comes with 50mm jaws for everyday projects and 100mm jaws for larger work.

  • Secure Grip: Unique dovetail + serrated jaw profile locks in round or square blanks.

  • Easy to Use: Laser-etched numbering, Torx screws, and T-bar handle make setup faster and simpler.

  • Strong & Smooth: CNC-machined for accuracy with copper-infused slides for effortless movement.

  • Built to Last: 6-year full replacement warranty — best in the industry.

 

What’s in the Box

  • NOVA Pro-Tek Chuck Body

  • 50mm (2") Serrated Jaws

  • 100mm (4") Large Jaws

  • Pin Jaw Set

  • Safe-Lock Woodworm Screw

  • 2 T-Wrenches & Mounting Screws

  • Hard-Plastic Storage Case

 

Note: To use with Shopsmith machines, you’ll need the Shopsmith Spindle Adapter (556245).

1c6a28b5-2599-4b92-88bc-7c9b6b1a9aa255515537 Piece Drum Sanding Package9.3149.95

Drum Sanding is used for sanding the inside or outside of curved edges on project workpieces. These drums are as small as �� Diameter up to 2-5/16� diameter and work for many project applications. Shopsmith drums and sleeves range from 6� long down to 2� long to work easily on thick-to-thin stock. The abrasives are Aluminum Oxide (A/O) for strength and durability and Garnet for sharp, fast-cutting edge sanding. All of the Shopsmith 2-5/16� Sanding drums mount directly onto the Quill Spindle with a quick turn of the 5/32� Allen wrench. The rest of these drums are installed in the Drill Chuck and secured with the Chuck Key. There is even a Multi-Sand Drum that uses 3 different grits on the same drum, so changing from coarse to medium to fine is as easy as extending the quill. Below you will find these drums are available as singles or grouped together in convenient packages. No longer will you have unsightly, rough curved edges on your workpieces.

Shopsmith 2-5/16" x 3� Long Drum Sander with Sanding Sleeve

The 2-5/16" Shopsmith drum sander is 3" long with a rubber expansive drum that can be attached quickly to the spindle on Your MARK, Shopsmith Power Station, or the auxiliary spindle on your Shopsmith Belt Sander. Just slip the sleeve on, tighten the expansion bolt, and go to work. The 3� long sleeves are made with tough, long-lasting A/O Abrasive. They come in 6-packs of 60, 80, and 100 Grit sleeves as well as an assorted 6-pack of 2 each 60, 80, and 100 Grit sleeves. Includes: Drum Sander and One Medium Grit Sanding Sleeve.

7190e8a5-da32-f1d9-1a31-cd9f294b67f7Belt Sander Belts 4x3618.95

Shopsmith Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Ceramic Belts for heavy, long-term sanding and grinding. Ceramic Belts are the ultimate in sanding life and durability. Each size of abrasive belt is offered in multi-packs of either assorted grits or packs of all the same grit of your choice. Because Ceramic belts have an extended life they are also offered in single packs.

Ceramic Belts Cut 4-Times Faster with Less Effort and Last 4-Times Longer Than Standard Abrasives
Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature Ceramic technology, a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. These belts are truly the carbide tipped saw blades of the sanding belt world.

Our ceramic abrasive belts feature:
� Rugged Poly-Cotton Cloth Backings that resist tearing and stretching. Strong, yet flexable
� Bi-Directional, Flush Joints that run smoothly in both directions. Quick to change.
� Heat Resistant Reinforced Joints for maximum seam durability under the toughest of conditions
� Advanced Resin Bonding System for durability and clog-free performance
� Ceramic Grains which stay super-sharp 4-times longer, cut 4-times faster and reduce heat build-up

Start enjoying the benefits of 4-times faster cutting and 4-times longer life with Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts.

Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts are available in various size and grits.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

a9fafc74-651f-87eb-4044-8805070adfccStrip Sanding Belts 1 x 4211.95

Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts are available in two width and three different abrasives. These �� and 1� wide belts will meet your expectations for many different projects. Three different abrasives give you just the right cutting material for the job at hand - Ceramic for extended life and working the toughest materials - Aluminum Oxide (A/O) for general purpose sanding and sharpening - Silicon Carbide for the final polished surface on a bevel when sharpening.

 

They come in many different grits from very coarse to very fine. The coarsest grits will remove stock in a HURRY! Medium grits for general purpose sanding and sharpening and the finest grits will leave the best and smoothest surface obtainable.

 

Aluminum Oxide and Silicon Carbide Abrasive 1/2" x 42" and 1" x 42" Strip Sanding Belts

 

Open-coat Aluminum Oxide and Silicon Carbide Strip Sanding Belts offer extended durability at a reasonable cost.

 

These top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. The Silicon Carbide Strip Sander Belts are used for the perfect final touch to your fine tool sharpening.

 

The Aluminum Oxide and Silicon Carbide abrasive particles are bonded to a flexible, industrial-grade, cotton-poly cloth backing, then precision cut to either 1/2" wide or 1" wide strips. The ends are joined with a tape joint so they can be installed to run in either direction for a perfect fit on the Shopsmith Strip Sander. Their flexible back conform to both the flat platens and the curved platen. The open-coat application of the grit leaves room between the particles to reduce clogging and make the belts cut faster and cooler. Aluminum Oxide is the perfect abrasive choice if you want to change from hardwood to softwood to sharpening and back again.

 

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

08e9155d-bcac-8b31-8b29-e07cc8806ef7Strip Sanding Belts 1/2x4211.95

Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts are available in two width and three different abrasives. These �� and 1� wide belts will meet your expectations for many different projects. Three different abrasives give you just the right cutting material for the job at hand - Ceramic for extended life and working the toughest materials - Aluminum Oxide (A/O) for general purpose sanding and sharpening - Silicon Carbide for the final polished surface on a bevel when sharpening.

 

They come in many different grits from very coarse to very fine. The coarsest grits will remove stock in a HURRY! Medium grits for general purpose sanding and sharpening and the finest grits will leave the best and smoothest surface obtainable.

 

Aluminum Oxide and Silicon Carbide Abrasive 1/2" x 42" and 1" x 42" Strip Sanding Belts

 

Open-coat Aluminum Oxide and Silicon Carbide Strip Sanding Belts offer extended durability at a reasonable cost.

 

These top-quality Strip Sander Belts are made with a durable, open coat Aluminum Oxide abrasive that is fast-cutting and resistant to loading for a longer life. The Silicon Carbide Strip Sander Belts are used for the perfect final touch to your fine tool sharpening.

 

The Aluminum Oxide and Silicon Carbide abrasive particles are bonded to a flexible, industrial-grade, cotton-poly cloth backing, then precision cut to either 1/2" wide or 1" wide strips. The ends are joined with a tape joint so they can be installed to run in either direction for a perfect fit on the Shopsmith Strip Sander. Their flexible back conform to both the flat platens and the curved platen. The open-coat application of the grit leaves room between the particles to reduce clogging and make the belts cut faster and cooler.

 

Aluminum Oxide is the perfect abrasive choice if you want to change from hardwood to softwood to sharpening and back again.

 

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

ad9334b8-848d-4be4-9d8b-6d11dfd391c1556458MiterSet Standard (Exclusively made for Shopsmith)3.5129.95

One of the most common headaches in woodworking is making accurate miter cuts. Whether you're creating unique segmented wood pieces, constructing a picture frame, or doing high-end finish work, a well-cut joint is easy to appreciate. You may be thinking two things are necessary for a no-gap miter joint:

 

1) A correctly calculated and set miter angle;

2) Pieces cut to the right length.

 

Getting the right length is achieved with accessories like the 24" Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension, the 20" Aluminum Miter Gauge Extension, or the Shopsmith miter stop rod. But, until now, getting the correct angle has been more difficult and time consuming.

 

The Solution: The MiterSet!

 

The MiterSet Standard stands out with accurate and fast set-up at ½ degree increments, eliminating concerns about how accurately you’ve set-up your Miter Gauge indicator plate. With the MiterSet Standard, just place one pin in the zero hole and the other in the hole for the desired angle. The holes are clearly labeled with large, easy-to-read numbers giving the angle at every 5 degrees. For angles that are not a multiple of 5 degrees, you'll use the included detent bar to add or subtract up to 2 ½ degrees, in ½ degree increments. Then, loosen your miter gauge lock. Place your miter gauge bar in the MiterSet slot (which was made specially for an accurate fit of your Shopsmith miter gauge bar). Slide your miter gauge against the pins, and then relock your miter gauge. That quickly, your miter gauge will be flawlessly set to the angle you need for your project.

 

Includes: MiterSet, (2) Pins, Detent Bar (Standard jig only), Padded Protective Case, and Instructions.

 

Using the MiterSet Segments is even one step easier. Bundle and save with the MiterSet Standard & Segments Set (556461).

2efc990c-a6aa-4b8d-8dbe-932349ae9454556220Premium Shopsmith Pen Turning Bundle8.6259.95

Everything you need to start turning pens on your Shopsmith lathe.

 

The NOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle is the complete pen turning system for Shopsmith MARK owners . Designed to turn both wood and acrylic pens with precision, this bundle includes all the essential tools—whether you're starting from scratch or upgrading your turning setup.

 

What’s Included (Part #556220):

  • NOVA G3 Chuck with standard 50mm jaws

  • Pen Plus Jaws – hold pen blanks securely and squarely

  • Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit – for precise blank drilling and turning

  • Mandrel Saver – supports the mandrel shaft without adding pressure

  • Tailstock Chuck Arbor (Shopsmith specific)

  • Woodworm Screw – for rough blank mounting

  • Fitted Insert for Shopsmith spindle compatibility

  • Durable Storage Case

 

Why the NOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle?

  • Designed exclusively for Shopsmith—fits all MARK lathes (up to 16" swing)

  • Self-centering 4-jaw chuck for fast, one-handed operation

  • TuffLock™ geared grip ensures strong, positive hold on blanks

  • Reverse mode sanding ready – includes locking set screw for PowerPro

  • Copper-fused steel slides and solid steel body for durability

  • Pen Plus Jaws handle both precision pen work and longer spindles

  • Compatible with a wide range of NOVA accessory jaws

  • 5-Year Chuck Warranty – among the best in the industry

 

Turn Pens Like a Pro

With this all-in-one pen turning kit for Shopsmith, you'll be ready to drill, turn, and finish high-quality pens in no time. The Pen Plus Jaws ensure square alignment every time, while the Mandrel Saver prevents flexing during turning—giving you professional results with less effort.

 

Already Have Some Tools?

Check out our other packages:

  • G3 Pen Turning Kit Only (556214) – For owners with the arbor & mandrel

  • G3 Accessory Completer Kit (556219) – For those who already own a G3 chuck

Or shop individual parts:

  • Pen Plus Jaws (556218)

  • Pen Mandrel (556216)

  • Tailstock Chuck Arbor (505603)

  • Mandrel Saver (556217)

 

Perfect for beginner woodturners and experienced pen makers alike. Built for Shopsmith. Backed by NOVA quality. Ready to turn.

4171c4cb-f043-43f5-839c-ab862413e72b513947Jointer Fence with Quadrant Assembly2.5249.95Jointer Fence with Quadrant Assembly
0a41a0d4-c61d-4e1e-a9da-4f99056bf368555404Shopsmith MiterPro Assembly4.6149.95

Tired of not-so-perfect miters? The Shopsmith Miter-Pro will put an end to that problem!

The Shopsmith Miter-ProTM gives you precise, tight-fitting miters every time. Its precision machined 90-degree working surface ensures accurate 45-degree complementary angle faces to the table saw blade. Cut half of your mitered corner with one of your adjoining work surfaces, then cut your second piece against the other. You'll get perfect 90-degree corners every time.

No more trial cut after trial cut, fiddling around with a simple task that this amazing tool makes possible in a matter of seconds. The Miter Pro's non-skid abrasive faces combined with the Stop Block hold the stock firmly in place without moving while you make your cuts. The infinitely adjustable Stop Block for making duplicate cuts to exact lengths on stock up to 24-inches long.

Includes 10-inch and 24-inch-long extension fences for optimum stability when working with long pieces. Replaceable, nonskid abrasive on both fences safely keeps stock from “creeping” during cuts. Order an additional 24" aluminum miter gauge extension (555429) and you can have two 24" working faces with adjustable stops for even more convenience.

299927f1-c331-4e0d-b9e0-4a904d6e5122502789Belt Sander Driver Drum Assembly3149.95Belt Sander Driver Drum Assembly
eff45064-d5c3-4554-9589-919f4accd712514425Planer Cutterhead Assembly4449.95Planer Cutterhead Assembly
2b3f0fe2-84b2-b0d4-4af3-7529e88b4983Bandsaw Blades39.95

Shopsmith Bandsaw Blades are made from premium-quality silicon carbon steel with precision milled teeth for added sharpness and consistency of cut. These premium blades are induction heat-treated to ensure an even hardness, and feature a special tooth set and rake angle to provide more aggressive cutting with less pressure. This reduces heat build-up, prolonging blade life substantially.

Lifetime Guarantee On Weld Integrity* - If a Shopsmith blade breaks at the weld, we'll replace it for FREE!

Choose The Bandsaw Blade that is Right for Your Project:

  •  1/8" Combination Blade (521984) - 14 TPI Raker Tooth - .025" thick: For fine detail work and smooth cuts in wood, plywood, plastics and soft, non-ferrous metals. Cool Blocks are required. 1/4" minimum radius.

 

  • 3/16" Combination Blade (521985) - 10 TPI Raker Tooth - .025" thick: For general craft cuts in wood, plywood, plastics and soft, non-ferrous metals. 3/8" minimum radius.
  • 1/4" Combination Blade - 10 TPI Raker Tooth - .025" thick: General purpose blade for wood, plywood, plastics and soft, non-ferrous metals. 1/2" minimum radius.
  • 1/4" Combination Blade - .025 -- 14 TPI Raker - For finer finish cuts in wood, plywood, plastics and non-ferrous metals. 3/4-inch minimum radius.
  • 1/2" Combination Blade - 6 TPI Raker - Heavy-duty, general-purpose blade for wood, plywood and nonferrous metals. Suitable for wood up to 6-inches thick and metal work on stock up to 1/2-inch thick. 2-inch minimum radius.
  • 5/8" Woodcutting Blade - 3-4 Variable TPI - This blade is used strictly for resawing wood up to 6 inches thick and straight cuts only. Variable-spaced tooth design gives a more aggressive cut, less tooth vibration and ultimately, a finer finish cut. Use 1/2" tension setting on Shopsmith bandsaw.


Whether you're cutting large sweeping curves; straight lines; tight, intricate fretwork; resawing thin boards from thick ones; or working with a variety of materials from non-ferrous metals through the softest of woods, Shopsmith has a bandsaw blade to do the job.

*Warranty applies only to original customer on verified purchases made through Shopsmith agents or Shopsmith.com.

760034d2-fe74-4ac9-b294-1a7882b4338c5562735/8 Inch Keyless Drill Chuck Package3.4139.95If you've always wanted a drill chuck that could hold larger bits and let you switch from size-to-size quickly without fiddling with a chuck key, this mammoth, three-and-a-half-pound beast is your answer! \n \nManufactured especially to Shopsmith's stringent specifications, this rugged, smooth-acting chuck cuts bit-changing times significantly -- feels like quality in your hand -- and delivers the kinds of performance you would expect from any Shopsmith product. \n \nMeasuring 6" from end-to-end, it's over 2-5/16" in diameter with a 1-1/4" wide, deeply knurled band that gives you an easy, slip-free grip. Its three precision-ground jaws open and close with amazing smoothness to grasp bits from just 1/32" to 5/8" in diameter. \n \nIt also works well for turning dowels up to 5/8" in diameter and for smoothing or cleaning steel or aluminum rods, tubing and similar items. You will NOT be Disappointed!
dbb71d3e-d164-4580-b538-2a717d39b052557092DC-3300 to DC-6000 Dust Collector Upgrade Kit (DC-3300 Plastic Main Housing)18.3419.95

DC-3300 To DC-6000 Performance Upgrade Kit (for DC-3300 with Plastic Main Housing)

The DC-6000 upgrade kit includes all the best features from the well-engineered, first generation DC3300 Dust Collector PLUS adds the most important new features including a new 1-1/2 Horsepower Motor with new 6-blade Turbo-Fan and High Efficiency Fan Housing. Count on the DC-6000 conversion to allow you to enjoy virtually dust-free woodworking.

Few things are worse for your working environment and your health than a dusty, messy shop. Dusty floors are slippery, dust in lungs can cause serious health problems, and dusty air can contaminate the entire house. Solve all these problems with the DC-6000 upgrade kit.

When you've finished working, you can turn it into an air-cleaning machine by simply disconnecting the hoses, opening all its inlets and turning it on.

NOTE: If you are using a Wireless Remote Switch to turn on and off the converted DC-6000 it must be rated for 15-amps.

DC-3300 Performance Upgrade Kit will provide all the Power of the DC-6000 1-1/2 HP Motor in your existing DC3300!

  • This is much more than a "Motor Upgrade", it is a "Performance Upgrade."
  • This upgrade improves the old DC3300 to perform just like the new DC-6000.
  • This upgrade includes the 1-1/2 hp Motor, New 6-blade Turbo-Fan, with highly efficient Fan Housing and Motor Housing, pre-assembled and quality tested.
  • Complete with new Seals and ready to drop into the DC3300 Main Housing.
  • Just unplug and remove the old DC3300 Motor, Fan and Fan Housing Assembly and install the pre-assembled DC-6000 Motor, 6-blade Turbo-Fan, with Fan Housing and Motor Housing.
  • Now the Performance in the old DC3300 is the same as the new DC-6000.


What's Included:

  • Easy-to-follow instructions.
  • All the Necessary Parts and Hardware to Make Upgrading Your DC3300 a snap!
  • New powerful 1-1/2 HP Motor with up to 98% efficiency.
  • New Motor Housing to accommodate the new, larger motor.

 

Do you have a DC3300 made prior to 1991 (with the metal main housing)?

  • For Owners with a DC3300 made prior to 1991 (with the metal main housing) this upgrade kit also provides a new leg with a more convenient switch location, the and the addition of collection bag clips (for easy collection bag changes) in the new fully assembled polymer main housing.


Buy The Right Performance Upgrade Kit for Your Machine:

  • DC-3300 To DC-6000 Performance Upgrade Kit (for DC-3300 with Plastic Main Housing) (557092)
  • DC-3300 To DC-6000 Performance Upgrade Kit (for DC-3300 with Metal Main Housing) (557094)

 

NOTE: Image shows DC-3300 with metal main housing.

66841618-e4b9-480d-84e2-5e90282c5d88556214NOVA G3 Pen Turning Chuck Package (Made Exclusively for Shopsmith)6.7279.95NOVA G3 Pen Turning with 3 Great Ways to Buy! \n \n1. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214) \nBuy this kit if you already have the Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor and Pen Mandrel. You will be ready to go! \n \n2. NOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle (556220) (Includes: NOVA G3 Pen Turning Kit made Exclusively for Shopsmith (556214) + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit) \nStarting from Scratch? Here is Everything You Will Need to Get Started Plus Extra Savings! \n \n3. NOVA Pen Turning Accessory Completer Kit (556219) (Includes: NOVA Pen Jaws + Pen Mandrel & Drill Bit + Shopsmith Tailstock Chuck Arbor + Mandrel Saver) \nThe Perfect Choice if You Already have the NOVA G3 Chuck! \n \nNOVA G3 Pen Turning Bundle will enable you to turn Beautiful colorful pens out of wood and acrylic alike. The NOVA G3 Turning Bundle (556220) includes the highly popular G3 Chuck with standard 50mm jaws, plus the Pen Plus Jaws, Mandrel Saver and the Woodworm Screw PLUS the special Insert made specially to connect with to Your Shopsmith Spindle. \n \nYou will love the solid construction, minimal vibration and ease-of-use. The NOVA G3 Lathe Chuck Package, made exclusively for use on Shopsmith equipment, has become a customer-favorite chuck for lathe turning. It is made especially for Shopsmith Lathe with up to a 16" of swing over the bed. The G3 is a self-centering chuck, so all four jaws close at the same time by turning a single key. With only one hand needed to close the chuck, your other hand is free to align the stock. And you will love the sturdy storage case which makes it easy to keep your kit free from dust and in top operating condition. \n \nWhat You Can Expect: \n� Small, compact design minimizes load on small spindles and bearings \n� Dedicated, close fitting Insert using only the standard 5/32" Allen wrench to install. No separate insert tools required \n� Single-handed operation with included chuck key \n� Four jaw design firmly grips both round and square wood?Tufflock geared grip provides a powerful, positive hold \n� Locking set screw allows it to be used for sanding in reverse mode when mounted on the PowerPro Smart Motor. \n� Wide range of available accessory jaws (Note that although all Nova jaws will fit, not all are recommended for use with the G3) \n� Jaw slides made from high-tech copper fused steel for maximum hardness, wear, and self-lubricating properties \n� Precision machined in one operation from a solid steel block for optimal accuracy \n� Polished finish to allow for closer tolerances and accuracy \n� Safe Lock� Woodworm screw included for fast mounting of rough timbers \n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor 505603 required to hold the Drill Chuck for center drilling the penstock \n� 5 Year Warranty (Chuck Only) - One of the Best in the Business! \n \nNOVA's Pen Plus Jaws quickly convert your NOVA G3 chuck into a fast, accurate pen blank drilling tool. The large jaw profile provides a solid grip for all sizes of pen blanks, and a perfectly centered hole, every time. Being able to finely control the drill Quill feed on your lathe helps to prevent break out on delicate pen walls. Pen Plus Jaws are also perfect for squaring up the pen blank ends after gluing in the tubes. But here's the ''Plus'' in Pen Plus�the heavy-duty design of the jaws means that they're also powerful enough to handle larger, longer spigot work. With an internal profile that accepts square turning blanks, and a rock-solid grip over 1-1/2" long, the jaws perform admirably, with minimal vibration. \nPen mandrels can bend when you extend the mandrel tip into the tailstock center point. With the NOVA Pen Mandrel Saver, the mandrel shaft goes through the hollow live center, providing support without pressure. The pen bushings will rest against the center with little to no pressure on the mandrel shaft. \nOnly Need One Piece? NO PROBLEM! All Items Also Sold Separately! \n� Pen Turning Jaws (556218) \n� Shopsmith Pen Turning Mandrel (556216) \n� Tailstock Chuck Arbor (for All MARKs) (505603) \n� NOVA Pen Turning Mandrel Saver (556217)
b1e1e503-50df-411b-af9d-fb0d66bb3d46522369Extension Table with Studs (for MARK 7/ MARK V 520S)7.5209.95Extension Table with Studs (for MARK 7/ MARK V 520S)
eb459b13-03c9-4dcd-abdb-6e4c54e20fbb515795Speed Reducer Idler Shaft134.95Speed Reducer Idler Shaft
1689a705-d7e0-443b-a0c5-4271c6eb35db501299Headstock Retaining Ring06.95Headstock Retaining Ring
9adb660d-211a-470e-a18f-0d2d4e5da019555983MARK V 510 to MARK 7 Pro Fence Upgrade (for units made prior to 1986)27649.95

Add a more versatile rip fence for improved results and direct-reading scales for greater accuracy!

 

This Pro Fence System has been engineered to give you even better control, precision and quality performance than you've come to expect from your MARK V 510. The professional-duty self-aligning, Pro Fence System features two interchangeable stainless steel scales for direct-reading of rip cut widths, plus twin locking levers, first one for the infeed end of the fence and the second for the outfeed end to ensure a positive, precise fence lock-down, even when working with large and/or heavy workpieces.

 

Your new Rip Fence drops straight down onto the fence rails without tipping or fiddling, then slides easily and precisely along the rails on high-tech glides. The fence is easier to square-up than a 510 fence (the alignment screws are easily accessible on the top of the Rip Fence) and the 520 floating tables feature a 3-point locking system to ensure that your fence is always parallel to the blade, unlike the single-point locking system on the Model 510 floating tables.

 

Your new Rip Fence adds three more heavy-duty T-slots (two on the top and one on each face for attaching even more jigs & fixtures) to your machine. Two new fence rails for the main work table, two new fence rails for the fixed extension table and four new fence rails for your two floating tables, plus all the required rail mounting hardware and a special-built set-up and alignment gauge. Included is the new, wider fence straddler that slides easily on your new wider Rip Fence for cutting narrow workpieces, finally a comprehensive owner�s manual.

 

What's included:

  • Larger Rip Fence is 24-1/2" long x 2-1/2" thick with dual T-slot tracks on the top surface and a T-slot track on each face for mounting accessories such as: rip fence mounted feather board, T-track utility light kit, flip-up rip fence stop
  • Direct-reading Rip Fence scales let you set rip cut dimensions in an instant without measurement. Includes two magnetic, stainless steel scales, one 45" long with a zero-point 6-1/2" from the left end and 38-1/2" from the right end - and a second scale 16" long with a zero-point 6-1/2" from the left end and 9-1/2" from the right end.
  • Wider fence straddler to accommodate the 2-1/2� wide Rip Fence
  • (6) extruded fence rails for main and extension tables
  • All required fittings and hardware
  • Instruction manual fully describing alignment, maintenance, safety, tips and techniques.
  • Special set-up and alignment gauge
b3ddb87f-9f33-4f02-b561-c5c91c9994fa555313Lathe Tool Rest (L-Shaped)1.534.95Lathe Tool Rest (L-Shaped)
2c503053-f95f-451c-8546-34259912f8ee504217Retaining Ring (5100-031 5/16 Inch)0.46.95Retaining Ring (5100-031 5/16 Inch)
513402ad-4bd0-44ed-b691-c99415bffc62556700DC-6000 Dust Collector721049.95

The heavy-duty DC-6000 is the strong silent type you're sure to love!

 

The DC-6000 includes all the best features including a new 1-1/2 horsepower motor with new 6-blade turbo-fan and high efficiency fan housing. Count on the DC-6000 to allow you to enjoy virtually dust-free woodworking.

 

Few things are worse for your working environment and your health than a dusty, messy shop. Dusty floors are slippery, dust in lungs can cause serious health problems, and dusty air can contaminate the entire house. Solve all these problems with the DC-6000.

 

Shopsmith DC-6000 Dust Collector was engineered as a compact, efficient way to suck the wood dust and shavings out of your running Shopsmith machines before they mess up your shop, equipment, clothes, and home.

 

When you've finished working, you can turn it into an air-cleaning machine by simply disconnecting the hoses, opening all three of its inlets and turning it on. The DC-6000 removes any lingering airborne particles from a 12' x 12' shop in about 10 minutes.

 

Big Powerful Features:

  • New, powerful 1-1/2 HP Motor with up to 98% efficiency
  • Heavy-duty construction
  • (3) 2-1/2 ports enabling you to connect to three machines at once. Exceptional hookup versatility without reducing air flow (CFM) as you add hoses
  • 1 Ready-to-use 8-foot hose an 2 inlet plugs
  • 1 heavy-duty, 30-gallon see-through, disposable dust bag
  • Oversized wheels and casters made for effortless movement
  • No extensions needed with the generous 12-foot power cord

 

Specifications:

  • Motor: 8 amp 1-1/2 hp capacitor-start industrial motor
  • Airflow: 600 CFM
  • Bag Capacity: 30 Gallons
  • Dimensions: 21"w x 26"d x 48"h
  • Power Cord: 12 feet
  • Weight: 64 lbs (approximately)

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio.

9dd8e86f-d4ba-4c5a-b3b2-e9694cefb44e555668Bandsaw Accessory Kit (Bandsaw Fence, Table Extension, Circle Cutter)7299.95

The Bandsaw Accessory Kit (Bandsaw Fence, Table Extension, Circle Cutter) is the perfect upgrade to get the most out of your Shopsmith Bandsaw if you already have the aluminum bandsaw table. The kit comes with the following:

 

• Bandsaw Rip Fence (for improved straight-line cutting results)
• Table Extension (adds 11-1/2" of outboard table support)
• Circle Cutter (helps you create perfectly round circles).

 

For more details on each part in the complete kit, see below.

Bandsaw Fence Upgrade (555645)

The upgraded bandsaw fence delivers improved straight-line cutting results. The self-aligning aluminum fence locks firmly into position on the band saw table with a twist of the handle and a flip at the locking lever, and adjusts from 0" to 5" from blade. Accepts fence mounted accessories such as flip-up stop, T-track mounted utility light and featherboards.

Note: For use on Shopsmith bandsaws with aluminum tables only (as shown here).

Table Extension Upgrade (555488)

The upgraded table extension adds 11-1/2" of outbound support for improved workpiece control and precision.  Just slip the twin steel mounting rods into the two holes in the front edge of your (newer model) Shopsmith cast aluminum bandsaw table and tighten the two locking knobs (included with the table extension). Provides loads of extra support and stability when cutting larger, more cumbersome workpieces.

Note: For use on Shopsmith bandsaws with aluminum tables only (as shown here).

Bandsaw Circle Cutter (555489)

Add the Shopsmith circle cutter to cut perfect circles from 2" to 36" in diameter, quickly and easily. Just attach the circle cutter to your bandsaw table extension (555488) with a single bolt. Use the single adjustment knob to position the center pin for your desired diameter and stock thickness and pivot your workpiece through the bandsaw blade to cut perfect circles from 2" to 36" in diameter. It's just that simple!

The heavy, twin steel bars provide plenty of rigidity while the single adjustment knob makes setting your desired circle size both fast and precise. If necessary, the center pivot pin adjusts up and down, then locks into position with a wing nut.

Handles any thickness of stock, all the way up to your bandsaw's maximum 6" depth-of-cut.

Note: Works only with newer model aluminum table Shopsmith Bandsaws and requires the bandsaw table extension (item 555488) for attachment.

e840fa52-2b74-4340-aabd-2a47a761080d555483Jointer38849.95

Jointers have many great uses, including flattening, straightening and truing-up project pieces.

 

Jointers are used to smooth and square board edges in preparation for glue-up into wider panels perfect for cabinet and furniture projects or any woodworking project.

 

Loaded with work-saving, results-enhancing benefits and accessories! As with all Shopsmith special purpose tools, your Jointer offers a number of great features and accessories to help you make everything you make - better.

 

  • Bevel or Chamfer Edges - Create smooth, precisely beveled or chamfered edges on boards for angled cabinetry; making decorative interior or exterior columns; creating a bowl or vase glue-up for lathe turning; or cooperage (barrel/container-making) projects. No sanding required!
  • Eliminate Cupping - Boards are often cupped or hollow on one side. As long as they're no wider than 4", you can eliminate this cupping with a few light Jointer passes. This will change board thickness.
  • Square Large Stock - Squaring large stock on a table saw can often tax its capabilities, especially with resinous woods. Use your Jointer to deliver a perfect 90� angle on stock up to 4" thick every time. No sanding required!
  • Form Precision Edge Rabbets and Tongues (up to 3/8" deep) - Form a perfect, 90� rabbet or tongue (for tongue-and-groove joints) along the edge of a board with your Shopsmith Jointer. No sanding required!

 

Safety Feather Guard Special Guard is spring-loaded to exert continuous pressure against the workpiece, forcing it against the fence while you make your cuts. To increase or decrease tension, just loosen the tension adjustment Knob, move it along its adjustment arc and tighten.

 

Simple Knife Leveling and Clamping System Your Shopsmith Jointer's individual knife leveling screws let you adjust each knife end up-and-down individually to compensate for variations created during sharpening. As a result, you'll be able to sharpen your own knives using our special Planer/Jointer Knife Sharpener, without the need for costly professional match-grinding.

 

Full Tilting Fence The fence on your Shopsmith Jointer tilts up to 45� left or right and offers adjustable auto-stops at common angles for rapid adjustment convenience.

Built-In Dust Collection Chute Built-in 2-1/2" dust collection chute helps you capture the dust and debris before it gets into the shop environment.

 

Mounts on MARKs, Power Stand or Power Station.

 

The Shopsmith Jointer is the best value for smoothing, straightening and squaring project components!

 

Hand-assembled in Dayton, Ohio. Built to order (estimated to ship in minimum 4 weeks).

333fe366-60af-41c8-81df-dea158edd064556210Double Tilt Upgrade (for All MARKs except MARK V 500)25549.95

Double Tilt is the Perfect Upgrade For Shopsmith Owners Who Prefer the Under-Table Approach

Tilt Both Ways For Both Over-Table and Under-Table Operation
Many woodworkers prefer the more conventional, under-table approach to routing and shaping. There are a couple of great reasons for this. One reason is that with under-table operation, the workpiece is positioned between your hands and the bit or cutter, providing superior protection and safety. For drum sanding the drum is coming up from under the table so the pattern lines are on top and you have an unobstructed view of your workpiece.

Another important reason comes into play when you're drum sanding, routing or shaping an interior cut-out area of a workpiece. With the over-table method, if you need to remove the workpiece for an occasional inspection (or other reason) during operation, you'll have to retract your drum, bit or cutter to do so. As a result, you'll then also have to re-set your depth-of-cut each time you return to your task. With an under-table set-up, these retraction and re-setting operations won't be necessary. Just lift the workpiece over the drum, bit or cutter.

Upgrading is a Quick, Simple Process
All that's required is the replacement of your Mark V base and arm assembly and headrest assembly with the two new base & arm assemblies and the two vertical worktable support tubes. The entire process takes about an hour and requires only a few simple tools that every woodworker probably has in their shop.

Here's What's Included with Your Upgrade Kit:
� Two New Base & Arm Assemblies with (2) Pivot Bases, (2) Pivot Arms, (2) Vertical Lock Knobs & (2) Horizontal Lock Knobs
� Two Accessory Mount Lock Handles
� Two New Double-Rack Worktable Posts with Locking Pins
� Hardware
� Comprehensive Instructions

Note: For MARK V 520, 510, 505 / MARK 4 Only -- The MARK V 500 does not have interchangeable table support tubes.

Note: Older MARK V 500 machines (produced before 1972) that have been upgraded to the MARK V 520 or 510 table system will require two new 1-3/4" diameter bench tubes (504163). The old 1-7/8" diameter bench tubes will not fit in the new base castings.

Note: (link to Shop Deputy page) Use the single-tilt parts, Mark V base and arm assembly and headrest assembly, you have just removed to make a Shop Deputy for even greater workshop versatility.

8a928d94-f1c0-16ac-e624-a983aaa8d2b3522357MARK 5 Expansion Package0499.95

Extend your MARK 5’s capabilities with added support and an extended work surface. This package is a must-have for any woodworker serious about home improvements or furniture crafting.

 

Package includes:

  • Two Floating Extension Tables
  • Four 27" Connecting Tubes
  • Two Telescoping Legs
c5837a76-c590-47a8-89a3-86d72b64402b555312Lathe Tool Rest (Curved)1.244.95Lathe Tool Rest (Curved)
2d7b4554-72ba-498a-b1fb-23c66055ad98505640Jointer Replacement Knives (3 Blade Set)269.95Shopsmith Replacement Jointer Knives (Set of 3) are precision-ground and beveled to exacting specifications. Each knife in the set is inspected to ensure uniform size, edge bevel, and taper angle to guarantee a perfect fit in the cutterhead for smooth, even cutting.
d932b527-07f3-1da2-c2c7-3840d43b6f9d5561551x42 Inch 60 Grit Ceramic Abrasive Strip Sanding Belts (4 Belts)0.524.99

Shopsmith Strip Sander Belts are available in two width and three different abrasives. These ½” and 1” wide belts will meet your expectations for many different projects. Three different abrasives give you just the right cutting material for the job at hand - Ceramic for extended life and working the toughest materials - Aluminum Oxide (A/O) for general purpose sanding and sharpening - Silicon Carbide for the final polished surface on a bevel when sharpening.

They come in many different grits from very coarse to very fine. The coarsest grits will remove stock in a HURRY! Medium grits for general purpose sanding and sharpening and the finest grits will leave the best and smoothest surface obtainable.

Ceramic-Abrasive 1 x 42" Strip Sander Belts
Our ceramic grain, coated abrasive material was developed specifically for the commercial woodworking industry and, depending on the application, will easily deliver 4-Times the Life of Standard Aluminum-Oxide Abrasives!

Their performance is nothing short of Amazing! The open-coat application of the particles to the rugged cloth backing resists tearing and deforming against the platen. The open-coat application of particles plus the special coating on this abrasive reduces clogging. All this combined, extends life of this product well beyond what you could expect from more conventional abrasives.

Note: The stiffer backing of the course grits will not work as well with the curved platen.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

d22597ea-8fc3-47ca-ac90-9d256c502d51514416Lathe Tool Rest Post189.95Replacement post for the Lathe Tool Rest Assembly. The post is broached in the same process as all Shopsmith Tie Bar Tubes and are fully compatible with the table height adjustment wheel.
2c73d679-cee9-4f01-9c9f-d90318c8df83515785Speed Reducer Adapter0.479.95Speed Reducer Adapter
d54a6423-36dc-4d59-bf59-2d9926770ae7502686Bandsaw Tensioning Screw Retaining Ring0.46.95Bandsaw Tensioning Screw Retaining Ring
19e0420b-6f6f-4f3c-9100-16fa43494c42Organic cotton apron39.99Whether you’re crafting a simple lunch or a fancy dinner, an apron can be your shield against food spills, heat, or dirt. Order the 100% organic cotton apron and rock your kitchen in style!

• 100% organic cotton
• Fabric weight: 7.08 oz/yd² (240 g/m²) 
• Adjustable straps
• Large front pocket in the front with 2 compartments
• Blank product sourced from Bangladesh
d7fff165-90ca-d06e-ef19-5c38fa4a923c504175Quill Feed Lever (Bar Only - No Handle)0.512.95

Machined Quill Feed Lever Bar

cb6bf0e2-cef8-affe-354a-b94c45253fb9556355Shopsmith 3x21 Inch 100 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (4 Pack))0.520.95

Shopsmith Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Ceramic Belts for heavy, long-term sanding and grinding. Ceramic Belts are the ultimate in sanding life and durability. Each size of abrasive belt is offered in multi-packs of either assorted grits or packs of all the same grit of your choice. Because Ceramic belts have an extended life they are also offered in single packs.

Ceramic Belts Cut 4-Times Faster with Less Effort and Last 4-Times Longer Than Standard Abrasives
Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature Ceramic technology, a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. These belts are truly the carbide tipped saw blades of the sanding belt world.

Our ceramic abrasive belts feature:
• Rugged Poly-Cotton Cloth Backings that resist tearing and stretching. Strong, yet flexable
• Bi-Directional, Flush Joints that run smoothly in both directions. Quick to change.
• Heat Resistant Reinforced Joints for maximum seam durability under the toughest of conditions
• Advanced Resin Bonding System for durability and clog-free performance
• Ceramic Grains which stay super-sharp 4-times longer, cut 4-times faster and reduce heat build-up

Start enjoying the benefits of 4-times faster cutting and 4-times longer life with Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts.

Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts are available in various size and grits.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

8daa14af-e717-3ac1-5954-ee727a50e3e9556358Shopsmith 3x24 Inch 60 Grit Ceramic Sanding Belts (4 Pack)0.521.95

Shopsmith Sanding Belts are the best on the market. Ceramic Belts for heavy, long-term sanding and grinding. Ceramic Belts are the ultimate in sanding life and durability. Each size of abrasive belt is offered in multi-packs of either assorted grits or packs of all the same grit of your choice. Because Ceramic belts have an extended life they are also offered in single packs.

Ceramic Belts Cut 4-Times Faster with Less Effort and Last 4-Times Longer Than Standard Abrasives
Shopsmith's premium abrasive products feature Ceramic technology, a combination of the highest quality abrasive grains, mated with the most durable backings to give you the fastest-cutting, longest-lasting abrasives available. These belts are truly the carbide tipped saw blades of the sanding belt world.

Our ceramic abrasive belts feature:
• Rugged Poly-Cotton Cloth Backings that resist tearing and stretching. Strong, yet flexable
• Bi-Directional, Flush Joints that run smoothly in both directions. Quick to change.
• Heat Resistant Reinforced Joints for maximum seam durability under the toughest of conditions
• Advanced Resin Bonding System for durability and clog-free performance
• Ceramic Grains which stay super-sharp 4-times longer, cut 4-times faster and reduce heat build-up

Start enjoying the benefits of 4-times faster cutting and 4-times longer life with Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts.

Shopsmith Ceramic Abrasive Belts are available in various size and grits.

Note: We advise you to always wear an N95 (NIOSH-Certified) Respirator when sanding to filter out 95% of airborne particles.

fd1926b9-d602-49ee-9b7b-e1d8005fdb8bEmbroidered Champion Packable Jacket66.5Protect yourself from the elements with this Champion packable jacket. This wind and rain resistant polyester jacket with a detailed embroidery design has a practical hood, front kangaroo pocket, and zipped pouch pocket which you can pull out and use to scrunch the jacket into for convenient storage.

• 100% polyester micro poplin
• Wind and rain resistant
• Half zip pullover with a hood
• Front kangaroo pocket
• Hidden zipped pouch pocket
• Packable in the zipped pouch pocket
• Adjustable bungee draw cord at hood and bottom hem
• Elastic cuffs
• Embroidered “C” logo on the left sleeve

This product is made especially for you as soon as you place an order, which is why it takes us a bit longer to deliver it to you. Making products on demand instead of in bulk helps reduce overproduction, so thank you for making thoughtful purchasing decisions!
7a410c9e-ebbd-4a56-8b14-ee2daf6bb591513752Planer Outfeed Cover Logo Pivot Stud Retaining Ring0.66.95Planer Outfeed Cover Logo Pivot Stud Retaining Ring
8c746e01-62bf-400f-b78f-fc201019da5aAdidas Sport Polo Embroidered59.5Stay cool and stylish with the adidas sport polo, made from 100% recycled polyester piqué. The lightweight and premium fabric features a hydrophilic finish and an athletic fit. Great for outdoor activities or casual wear alike.

• 100% recycled polyester piqué
• Fabric weight: 4.3 oz./yd.² (145.79 g/m²)
• Hydrophilic finish
• Relaxed fit
• Rib-knit collar with three-button placket
• Contrast adidas logo on the right sleeve
• Blank product sourced from Vietnam

This product is made especially for you as soon as you place an order, which is why it takes us a bit longer to deliver it to you. Making products on demand instead of in bulk helps reduce overproduction, so thank you for making thoughtful purchasing decisions!
27f8967f-9b4c-45d4-bbb4-2814d5a961af515782Speed Reducer Idler Sheave Assembly0.879.95Speed Reducer Idler Sheave Assembly
1ee7a060-30a3-4dac-b016-6ef5615aa7eb857500MARK V 520S Owners Manual and Reference Guide0.134.95

MARK V 520S Owners Manual and Reference Guide

9c82bc75-ecb5-4b8c-bfd0-208448ed22e466C52C0B06C00_11417Trucker Hat Embroidered036.75Complete your outfit with an embroidered trucker cap—combine it with a sports tee, slacks, and comfy shoes. It has a classic structured fit, adjustable plastic snapback, and a curved visor that matches its underbill.

• 60% cotton, 40% polyester
• 100% polyester mesh back
• Structured, 6-panel, mid-profile cap
• Pre-curved contrast stitched visor
• Underbill matches visor color
• Adjustable plastic snapback
• Blank product sourced from China
9e373a17-0a48-4e2c-8c0e-a4c67f97354f504179Idler Shaft Retaining Ring06.95Idler Shaft Retaining Ring